Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

2011 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M

In Brief ...... 1-1 Storage ...... 4-1 Climate Controls ...... 8-1 Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 Storage Compartments ...... 4-1 Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Initial Drive Information ...... 1-4 Additional Storage Features . . . 4-3 Air Vents ...... 8-6 Vehicle Features ...... 1-17 Roof Rack System ...... 4-11 Maintenance ...... 8-6 Performance and Maintenance ...... 1-23 Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1 Driving and Operating ...... 9-1 Controls ...... 5-2 Driving Information ...... 9-2 Keys, Doors and Windows . . . 2-1 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Starting and Operating ...... 9-17 Keys and Locks ...... 2-2 Indicators ...... 5-10 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-24 Doors ...... 2-14 Information Displays ...... 5-29 Automatic Transmission ...... 9-26 Vehicle Security...... 2-18 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-34 Drive Systems ...... 9-30 Exterior Mirrors ...... 2-20 Vehicle Personalization ...... 5-42 Brakes ...... 9-30 Interior Mirrors ...... 2-22 Universal Remote System . . . . 5-48 Ride Control Systems ...... 9-34 Windows ...... 2-23 Cruise Control ...... 9-38 Roof ...... 2-27 Lighting ...... 6-1 Object Detection Systems . . . . 9-40 Exterior Lighting ...... 6-1 Fuel ...... 9-47 Seats and Restraints ...... 3-1 Interior Lighting ...... 6-7 Towing...... 9-54 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Lighting Features ...... 6-8 Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-62 Front Seats ...... 3-4 Rear Seats ...... 3-12 Infotainment System ...... 7-1 Safety Belts ...... 3-15 Introduction ...... 7-1 Airbag System ...... 3-30 Radio ...... 7-11 Child Restraints ...... 3-46 Audio Players ...... 7-19 Rear Seat Infotainment ...... 7-37 Phone ...... 7-50 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

2011 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M

Vehicle Care ...... 10-1 Technical Data ...... 12-1 General Information ...... 10-2 Vehicle Identification ...... 12-1 Vehicle Checks ...... 10-4 Vehicle Data ...... 12-2 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-34 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-38 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Electrical System ...... 10-47 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Wheels and Tires ...... 10-56 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-17 Jump Starting ...... 10-96 Vehicle Data Recording and Towing...... 10-101 Privacy...... 13-18 Appearance Care ...... 10-105 Index ...... i-1 Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1 General Information ...... 11-1 Scheduled Maintenance ...... 11-2 Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts ...... 11-7 Maintenance Records ...... 11-10 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Introduction iii

This manual describes features Canadian Vehicle Owners that may or may not be on your specific vehicle either because Propriétaires Canadiens they are options that you did A French language copy of this not purchase or due to changes manual can be obtained from your subsequent to the printing of this dealer or from: owner manual. Please refer to the The names, logos, emblems, purchase documentation relating On peut obtenir un exemplaire de slogans, vehicle model names, and to your specific vehicle to confirm ce guide en français auprès du vehicle body designs appearing in each of the features found on your concessionnaire ou à l'adresse this manual including, but not limited vehicle. For vehicles first sold in suivante: to, GM, the GM logo, CADILLAC, Canada, substitute the name the CADILLAC Crest and Wreath, Helm, Incorporated “General Motors of Canada Limited” and SRX are trademarks and/or P.O. Box 07130 for Cadillac Motor Car Division Detroit, MI 48207 service marks of General Motors wherever it appears in this manual. LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, 1-800-551-4123 or licensors. Numéro de poste 6438 de langue française www.helminc.com

Litho in U.S.A. Part No. 20784402 B Second Printing © 2010 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

iv Introduction

Using this Manual Symbols { WARNING To quickly locate information The vehicle has components and about the vehicle, use the Index These mean there is something labels that use symbols instead of in the back of the manual. It is an that could hurt you or other text. Symbols are shown along with alphabetical list of what is in the people. the text describing the operation or manual and the page number information relating to a specific where it can be found. component, control, message, Notice: This means there is gauge, or indicator. something that could result Danger, Warnings, and in property or vehicle damage. M : This symbol is shown when Cautions This would not be covered by you need to see your owner manual the vehicle's warranty. for additional instructions or Warning messages found on vehicle information. labels and in this manual describe hazards and what to do to avoid or * : This symbol is shown when reduce them. you need to see a service manual for additional instructions or Danger indicates a hazard with a information. high level of risk which will result in serious injury or death. Warning or Caution indicates a A circle with a slash through it hazard that could result in injury or is a safety symbol which means death. “Do Not,”“Do not do this,” or “Do not let this happen.” Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Introduction v

Vehicle Symbol Chart . : Fuel Gauge Here are some additional symbols + : Fuses that may be found on the vehicle and what they mean. For more 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam information on the symbol, refer Changer to the Index. j : LATCH System Child 0 : Adjustable Pedals Restraints * 9 : Airbag Readiness Light : Malfunction Indicator Lamp : # : Air Conditioning : Oil Pressure g ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) : Outside Power Foldaway Mirrors % : Audio Steering Wheel Controls } or OnStar® : Power / $ : Brake System Warning Light : Remote Vehicle Start " : Charging System > : Safety Belt Reminders I : Cruise Control 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor d B : Engine Coolant Temperature : Traction Control/StabiliTrak O : Exterior Lamps M : Windshield Washer Fluid # : Fog Lamps Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

vi Introduction

2 NOTES Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

In Brief 1-1

Mirror Adjustment ...... 1-11 Rear Vision In Brief Steering Wheel Camera (RVC) ...... 1-22 Adjustment ...... 1-12 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 1-22 Throttle and Brake Pedal Storage Compartments ...... 1-22 Instrument Panel Adjustment ...... 1-13 Power Outlets ...... 1-23 Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 Interior Lighting ...... 1-13 Universal Remote System . . . 1-23 Initial Drive Information Exterior Lighting ...... 1-14 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-14 Performance and Maintenance Initial Drive Information ...... 1-4 Traction Control Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Climate Controls ...... 1-16 Transmission ...... 1-16 System (TCS) ...... 1-23 System ...... 1-4 StabiliTrak® System ...... 1-24 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 1-5 Vehicle Features Tire Pressure Monitor ...... 1-24 Door Locks ...... 1-5 Radio(s) ...... 1-17 Tire Sealant and Liftgate ...... 1-6 Satellite Radio ...... 1-18 Compressor Kit ...... 1-25 Windows ...... 1-6 Portable Audio Devices ...... 1-19 Engine Oil Life System ...... 1-25 Seat Adjustment ...... 1-7 Bluetooth® ...... 1-19 Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 1-26 Memory Features ...... 1-8 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-19 Driving for Better Fuel Heated and Ventilated Cruise Control ...... 1-20 Economy ...... 1-26 Seats ...... 1-10 Navigation System ...... 1-20 Roadside Service ...... 1-26 Head Restraint Driver Information OnStar® ...... 1-27 Adjustment ...... 1-10 Center (DIC) ...... 1-21 Safety Belts ...... 1-10 Vehicle Personalization ...... 1-21 Sensing System for Passenger Airbag ...... 1-11 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

1-2 In Brief

Instrument Panel Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

In Brief 1-3

A. Air Vents on page 8‑6. I. Safety Locks on page 2‑13. P. Windshield Wiper/Washer on page 5 3. B. Turn and Lane‐Change Lever. Power Door Locks on ‑ See Turn and Lane-Change page 2‑12. Rear Window Wiper/Washer on Signals on page 6‑6. Hazard Warning Flashers on page 5‑5. Driver Information Center (DIC) page 6‑5. Q. Heated Front Seats on Controls. See Driver Information J. Exterior Lamp Controls on page 3‑10 (If Equipped). Center (DIC) on page 5 29. ‑ page 6‑1. Heated and Ventilated C. Cruise Control on page 9 38. Front Seats on page 3 11 ‑ Front Fog Lamps on page 6‑6 ‑ D. Instrument Cluster on (If Equipped). (If Equipped). page 5‑11. Instrument Panel Illumination R. Parking Brake on page 9‑31. E. Steering Wheel Controls on Control on page 6‑7. S. Shift Lever. See Shifting Into page 5‑2. K. Data Link Connector (DLC) Park on page 9‑23. F. AM-FM Radio on page 7‑11. (Out of View). See Malfunction T. StabiliTrak® System on Navigation System Indicator Lamp on page 5‑19. page 9‑36. (If Equipped). See Navigation L. Steering Wheel Adjustment on Ultrasonic Parking Assist on System Manual. page 5‑2. page 9‑40 (If Equipped). G. Driver Information Center (DIC) M. Horn on page 5‑3. Economy Mode (If Equipped). Display. See Driver Information N. Adjustable Pedal Control See Fuel Economy Mode on Center (DIC) on page 5‑29. (If Equipped). See Adjustable page 9‑29. H. Clock (Analog Clock) on Throttle and Brake Pedal on U. Dual Automatic Climate Control page 5‑7 or Clock (Digital page 9‑18. System on page 8‑1. Clock) on page 5 7. ‑ O. Start/Stop Button. See Ignition V. Glove Box on page 4‑1. Positions on page 9‑18. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

1-4 In Brief

Initial Drive Remote Keyless Q : Press to lock all doors. Information Entry (RKE) System Lock and unlock feedback can be personalized. See Vehicle This section provides a brief The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is used to lock and Personalization on page 5‑42. overview about some of the & important features that may unlock the doors from up to 60 m : Press and hold to open the or may not be on your specific (195 ft) away from the vehicle. liftgate. vehicle. L : Press and release to locate For more detailed information, refer the vehicle. to each of the features which can be Press and hold L for found later in this owner manual. three seconds to sound the panic alarm. Press L again or start the vehicle to cancel the panic alarm. Press the key release button near the bottom of the transmitter to remove the key. The key can be used for the driver door and the glove box. K : Press to unlock the driver See Keys on page 2‑2 and Remote door or all doors depending on the Keyless Entry (RKE) System vehicle personalization settings. Operation on page 2‑4. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

In Brief 1-5

Remote Vehicle Start Canceling a Remote Start With this feature the engine can be To cancel a remote start: started from outside of the vehicle. . Press and hold / until the Starting the Vehicle parking lamps turn off. 1. Press Q on the RKE transmitter. . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. 2. Within two seconds, press . Turn the vehicle on and then off. and hold / until the turn signal lamps flash, or for See Remote Vehicle Start on about two seconds if the page 2‑10. vehicle is not in view. Door Locks The power door lock switches are When the vehicle starts, the parking on the instrument panel. lamps will turn on and remain on To lock or unlock a door, use the as long as the engine is running. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) K : Press to unlock the doors. The doors will be locked and transmitter from the outside. Q : Press to lock the doors. the climate control system may From inside the vehicle with the come on. See Power Door Locks on doors locked, pull once on the door page 2‑12. The engine will continue to run for handle to unlock it, and a second 10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a time to open it or use the power 10-minute time extension. Remote door lock switch. start can be extended only once. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

1-6 In Brief

Liftgate Power Liftgate Operation Windows Manual Liftgate Operation For vehicles without keyless access, unlock the vehicle before opening the liftgate. Press the touchpad located in the handle of the liftgate, above the license plate, and lift up to open. Do not press the touchpad while closing the liftgate. This will cause the liftgate to be unlatched. Driver Side Shown On vehicles with a power liftgate the switch is located on the driver door. The power window controls are on The vehicle must be in P (Park) to each of the side doors. use the power feature. The taillamps The driver door also has switches flash when the power liftgate that control the passenger and rear moves. windows. Choose the power liftgate mode Operate the switch for the window by turning the dial on the switch by pressing to open and pulling to until the indicator lines up with the close. desired position. Press the center of the switch. Pushing or pulling the switch part of the way will open or close the See Liftgate on page 2‑14 for more window as long as the switch is information. operated. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

In Brief 1-7

Seat Adjustment 3. Release the handle to stop the Power Seats seat from moving. Manual Seats 4. Try to move the seat back and forth to be sure it is locked in place. To raise or recline the seatback, use the lever on the outboard side of the seat. See Seat Adjustment on page 3‑4 and Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑8 for more information.

A. Seat Position Control B. Seatback Adjustment Control To adjust a manual seat: C. Lumbar Adjustment Control 1. Pull the handle at the front of the seat cushion. 2. Move the seat forward or rearward to adjust the seat position. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

1-8 In Brief

To adjust a power seat, if equipped: Memory Features seat are used to manually save and recall the positions of the . Slide control (A) forward or rearward, and up or down to driver seat, outside mirrors, and adjust the power seat. adjustable throttle and brake pedals, if available. These manually stored See Power Seat Adjustment on positions are referred to as Button page 3‑4. Memory positions. . Raise or recline the seatback The vehicle will also automatically by tilting control (B) forward or save driver seat, outside mirror, rearward. and adjustable throttle and brake See Reclining Seatbacks on pedal positions to the current driver page 3‑8. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter when the ignition is . Increase or decrease the lumbar turned off. These automatically support by pressing and holding stored positions are referred to On vehicles with the memory the front or rear of control (C). as RKE Memory positions. See Lumbar Adjustment on feature, the “1” and “2” buttons page 3‑7. on the outboard side of the driver Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

In Brief 1-9

Storing Button Memory Positions To automatically recall RKE Easy Exit Driver Seat To save positions into Button Memory positions, unlock This feature moves the seat Memory: the driver door with the RKE rearward allowing the driver more transmitter, and open the driver room to exit the vehicle. 1. Adjust the driver seat, door. On vehicles with Keyless seatback recliner, both Access, opening the driver door To activate, place the ignition in outside mirrors, and adjustable when an RKE transmitter is present OFF and open the driver door. If the pedals, if available, to the will activate the RKE Memory recall. driver door is already open, placing desired driving positions. If the driver door is already open, the ignition in OFF will activate the 2. Press and release the pressing the RKE transmitter K easy exit driver seat. MEM (Memory) button. button will also activate the RKE This feature is turned on or off using Memory recall. The driver seat, the vehicle personalization menu. 3. Press “1” until a beep sounds. outside mirrors, and pedals, See “Easy Exit Driver Seat” under 4. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 for a if available, will move to the Vehicle Personalization on second driver using “2.” previously saved RKE Memory page 5‑42 for more information. positions. To recall the manually saved Button Memory positions, press See “Memory Seats” under Power and hold “1” or “2.” The driver seat, Seat Adjustment on page 3‑4 for outside mirrors, and adjustable more information. pedals, if available, move to the positions stored to those buttons when pressed. Releasing “1” or “2” before the stored positions are reached stops the recall. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

1-10 In Brief

Heated and Ventilated Press C or {, if available, Safety Belts Seats to ventilate the driver or passenger seat. For more information, see Heated Front Seats on page 3‑10 or Heated and Ventilated Front Seats on page 3‑11. Head Restraint Adjustment Do not drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly. Heated and Ventilated To achieve a comfortable seating Refer to the following sections for important information on how to use Seat Buttons Shown, position, change the seatback safety belts properly. Heated Seat Buttons Similar recline angle as little as necessary while keeping the seat and the . Safety Belts on page 3‑15. If available, the buttons are near the head restraint height in the proper climate controls on the instrument position. . How to Wear Safety Belts panel. To operate, the ignition must Properly on page 3‑19. For more information see Head be in ON/RUN/START. . Restraints on page 3‑2 and Seat Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3‑24. Press M or L to heat the driver or Adjustment on page 3‑4. . Lower Anchors and Tethers for passenger seat. Children (LATCH System) on page 3‑55. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

In Brief 1-11

Sensing System for The passenger airbag status To adjust the mirror: Passenger Airbag indicator will be visible on the 1. Move the selector switch to overhead console when the vehicle L (left) or R (right) to choose is started. See Passenger Sensing the driver or passenger mirror. System on page 3‑39 for more information. 2. Press the arrows on the control pad to move each mirror to the Mirror Adjustment desired position. 3. Return the selector switch to the Exterior United States center position. See Power Mirrors on page 2‑21. Manual Folding Mirrors Vehicles with manual fold mirrors are folded inward toward the vehicle to prevent damage when going Canada and Mexico through an automatic car wash. Push the mirror outward to return The passenger sensing system will it to the original position. turn off the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat-mounted side impact airbag under certain conditions. The driver airbags and roof‐rail airbags are not affected by Controls for the outside power the passenger sensing system. mirrors are on the driver door. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

1-12 In Brief

Power Folding Mirrors To fold the mirrors: Steering Wheel 1. With the selector switch in Adjustment the ) position, push the down arrow on the control pad. Both mirrors will automatically fold. 2. Push the down arrow on the control pad again to return the mirrors to their original position. See Folding Mirrors on page 2‑21. Automatic Dimming Mirror If the vehicle has the automatic dimming mirror, the driver outside Vehicles with power folding mirrors mirror and the inside rearview have controls on the driver door. mirror automatically adjust for the glare of headlamps behind you. To adjust the steering wheel: See Automatic Dimming Mirror on 1. Pull the lever down. page 2‑22 or Automatic Dimming 2. Move the steering wheel up Rearview Mirror on page 2‑23. or down. 3. Pull or push the steering wheel closer or away from you. 4. Pull the lever up to lock the steering wheel in place. Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

In Brief 1-13

Throttle and Brake Pedal Interior Lighting Reading Lamps Adjustment Dome Lamps There are reading lamps located on the overhead console and over the If the vehicle has this feature, the The dome lamp controls are located rear passenger doors. These lamps position of the throttle and brake in the overhead console. come on automatically when any pedals can be adjusted. To change the dome lamp settings, door is opened. The switch used to adjust the press the following: To manually turn the reading lamps pedals is located on the right side * on or off: of the steering column, below the : Turns the lamp off, even when wiper stalk. Pull the switch toward a door is open. . For the overhead console you to move the pedals further from 1 : The lamp comes on reading lamps, press the button the floor, or push the switch away automatically when a door is next to each lamp. from you to move the pedals closer opened. . For the rear passenger reading to the floor. + : Turns the dome lamp on. lamps, press the lamp lens. See Adjustable Throttle and Brake For more information on interior Pedal on page 9‑18. lighting, see Instrument Panel Illumination Control on page 6‑7. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

1-14 In Brief

Exterior Lighting AUTO: Turns the headlamps on Windshield Wiper/Washer automatically at normal brightness, together with the parking lamps, taillamps, license plate lamps, and instrument panel lights. ; : Turns the parking lamps on together with the taillamps, license plate lamps, and instrument panel lights. The windshield wiper/washer 5 : Turns the headlamps on lever is located on the right side together with the parking lamps, of the steering column. With the taillamps, license plate lamps, ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY and instrument panel lights. or ON/RUN/START, move the # : For vehicles with fog lamps, windshield wiper lever to select The exterior lamps control is located press to turn the lamps on or off. the wiper speed. on the instrument panel to the left of 2: Use for fast wipes. the steering column. For more information, see: 1: Use for slow wipes. The exterior lamps control has four . Exterior Lamp Controls on positions: page 6‑1. O : Briefly turn to this position to . Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) turn the automatic light control off or on page 6‑3. on again. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

In Brief 1-15

G : Turn the 3 band up for Rainsense™ more frequent wipes or down for For vehicles with Rainsense: less frequent wipes. If the vehicle G has Rainsense™, see following : Move the windshield wiper Rainsense information. lever to G. Turn the 3 band on the wiper lever to adjust the sensitivity. Turn the band up for more sensitivity to moisture. Turn the band down for less sensitivity to moisture. ( : Use to turn the wipers off. To deactivate Rainsense, move Press the upper or lower portion of the windshield wiper lever out of 8 : For a single wipe, briefly move the button to control the rear wiper the wiper lever down. For several the G position. and rear wiper delay. wipes, hold the wiper lever down. Rear Window Wiper/Washer The system turns off when the button is returned to the middle Windshield Washer The rear wiper controls are on the position. end of the windshield wiper lever. Pull the lever toward you to spray Z : Use for continuous rear washer fluid on the windshield. window wipes. See Windshield Wiper/Washer on 5 : Use to set a delay between page 5‑3 and Rear Window Wiper/ wipes. Washer on page 5‑5, if equipped. = : Push the windshield wiper lever forward to spray washer fluid on the rear window. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

1-16 In Brief

Climate Controls See Dual Automatic Climate Control System on page 8‑1 and The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with Rear Climate Control System on this system. page 8‑5, if equipped. Transmission Driver Shift Control (DSC) Notice: If you drive the vehicle at a high rpm without upshifting while using Driver Shift Control (DSC), you could damage the vehicle. Always upshift when necessary while using DSC. Driver Shift Control (DSC) allows you to shift an automatic transmission similar to a manual A. Fan Control H. Driver and Passenger Heated transmission. To use the DSC feature: B. Power and Ventilated Seats I. Air Conditioning 1. Move the shift lever to C. AUTO (Automatic Operation) the left from D (Drive) to D. ZONE J. Recirculation M (Manual Mode). E. Defrost K. Outside Air 2. To enter M (Manual Mode), press the shift lever forward (+) F. Air Delivery Mode Control L. Rear Window Defogger to upshift or rearward (−) to G. Driver and Passenger downshift. Temperature Control See Manual Mode on page 9‑28. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

In Brief 1-17

Vehicle Features Buttons 1 ‐ 6: Press to save and Setting the Clock select favorite stations The vehicle has a digital and an Radio(s) For more information about analog clock. these and other radio features, For detailed instructions on setting VOL/ O : Press to turn the system see Operation on page 7 7. ‑ either clock, see Clock (Analog on and off. Turn to increase or Clock) on page 5 7 or Clock (Digital decrease the volume. Storing a Favorite Station ‑ Clock) on page 5‑7. RADIO/BAND: Press to choose Stations from all bands can be between FM, AM, or XM™, stored in the favorite lists in any Turning the Digital Clock On or Off if equipped. order. Up to six stations can be 1. Press the CONFIG button. stored in each favorite page and TUNE k : Turn to select radio the number of available favorite 2. Select Time and Date Settings. stations. pages can be set. 3. Select Clock Displayed. Press to show play or pause track. To store the station to a position 4. Press the MENU/SELECT in the list, press the corresponding button to turn the clock on or off. SEEK r t : Press to seek the numeric button 1-6 until the station previous station or track. can be heard again. SEEK [ u : Press to seek the For more information, see “Storing next station or track. a Station as a Favorite” in AM-FM Radio on page 7 11. / BACK or BACK / (depending ‑ on system): Press to exit or move backwards in a menu. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

1-18 In Brief

Setting the Time and Date Setting the Month & Day Format Satellite Radio 1. Press the CONFIG button. 1. Press the CONFIG button. Vehicles with an XM™ Satellite 2. Select Time and Date Settings. 2. Select Time and Date Settings. Radio tuner and a valid XM Satellite Radio subscription can receive XM 3. Select Set Time or Set Date. 3. Highlight Month & Day Format. programming. 4. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to 4. Press the MENU/SELECT knob adjust the highlighted value. to select MM/DD (month/day) or XM Satellite Radio Service 5. Press the MENU/SELECT knob DD/MM (day/month). XM is a satellite radio service based to select the next value. Setting the Auto Time Adjust in the 48 contiguous United States (If Equipped) and 10 Canadian provinces. 6. To save the time or date and XM Satellite Radio has a wide return to the Time and Date 1. Press the CONFIG button. variety of programming and Settings menu, press the BACK 2. Select Time and Date Settings. commercial-free music, coast to button at any time or press the coast, and in digital-quality sound. MENU/SELECT knob after 3. Highlight Auto Time Adjust. A fee is required to receive the adjusting the minutes or year. 4. Press the MENU/SELECT knob XM service. Setting the 12/24 Hour Format to turn Auto Time Adjust on For more information refer to: or off. 1. Press the CONFIG button. . www.xmradio.com or call 2. Select Time and Date Settings. 1-800-929-2100 (U.S.). 3. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format. . www.xmradio.ca or call 1-877-438-9677 (Canada). 4. Press the MENU/SELECT button to select the 12 hour For more information, see Satellite or 24 hour display format. Radio on page 7‑14. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

In Brief 1-19

Portable Audio Devices Bluetooth® Steering Wheel Controls Some vehicles have a 3.5 mm The Bluetooth system allows (1/8 in) auxiliary input and a USB users with a Bluetooth-enabled port located in the center console. cell phone to make and receive External devices such as iPods®, hands-free calls using the vehicle laptop computers, MP3 players, audio system, microphone, and CD changers, and USB storage controls. devices may be connected, The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone depending on the audio system. must be paired with the in-vehicle For more information, see Bluetooth system before it can be Auxiliary Devices (Radio with CD) used in the vehicle. Not all phones on page 7‑29 or Auxiliary Devices will support all functions. (Radio with CD/DVD and MEM) on See Bluetooth (Overview) on page 7 35. ‑ page 7‑50 or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls) on If available, some audio controls page 7‑52 or Bluetooth (Voice can be adjusted at the steering Recognition) on page 7‑56. wheel. y z : Press y to select the next favorite radio station or next CD, DVD, if equipped, or MP3 track. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

1-20 In Brief

Press z to select the previous Cruise Control Navigation System favorite radio station or previous If the vehicle has a navigation CD, DVD, if equipped, or MP3 track. system, there is a separate + x −: Press + to increase the Navigation System Manual that volume, press − to decrease the includes information on the radio, volume. audio players, and navigation system. b g : Press to interact with the available Bluetooth, OnStar, The navigation system provides or Navigation system. detailed maps of most major 0 freeways and roads. After a c : Press to silence the destination has been set, the vehicle speakers only. Press again system provides turn-by-turn to turn the sound on. For vehicles instructions for reaching the with OnStar or Bluetooth systems, T : Press to turn cruise control on destination. In addition, the system press to reject an incoming call, and off. can help locate a variety of points or end a current call. + RES: Press briefly to make the of interest (POIs), such as banks, SRCE: Press to select an audio vehicle resume to a previously airports, restaurants, and more. source. set speed or press and hold to See the navigation system manual For more information, see Steering accelerate. for more information. Wheel Controls on page 5‑2. −SET: Press to set the speed and activate cruise control or make the vehicle decelerate. [ : Press to disengage cruise control without erasing the set speed from memory. See Cruise Control on page 9‑38. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)

In Brief 1-21

Driver Information B. w x: Use the thumbwheel Vehicle Personalization Center (DIC) to scroll through the items in Some vehicle features can be each menu. The DIC display is located in the programmed by using the audio center of the instrument panel C. MENU: Press to get to the system controls. These features cluster. It shows the status of many Trip/Fuel Menu and the Vehicle include: Information Menu. This button vehicle systems. The controls for . Climate and Air Quality the DIC are located on the turn is also used to return to or exit . Comfort and Convenience signal lever. the last screen displayed on the DIC. . Language For more information, see Driver . Lighting Information Center (DIC) on . page 5‑29. Power Door Locks . Remote Lock/Unlock/Start . Return to Factory Settings See Vehicle Personalization on A. SET/CLR: Press to set or page 5‑42. clear the menu item when it is displayed. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)

1-22 In Brief

Rear Vision Ultrasonic Parking Assist The system can be disabled by pressing the park assist button Camera (RVC) If available, this feature uses located next to the shift lever. sensors on the front and rear If available, the rear vision See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on camera displays a view of the bumpers to detect objects while page 9‑40 for more information. area behind the vehicle when the parking the vehicle. Ultrasonic Front vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). and Rear Parking Assist (UFRPA) The display will appear on either the comes on automatically when the Storage Compartments inside rearview mirror or navigation shift lever is moved into R (Reverse) The glove box is air conditioned screen, if equipped. and operates at speeds less than and can be used to store items at a 8 km/h (5 mph). UFRPA uses To clean the camera lens, located lower temperature. Slide the control audible beeps and a display in the across the small hole to adjust the above the license plate, rinse it with instrument panel to provide distance water and wipe it with a soft cloth. air flow. See Glove Box on page 4‑1 and system information. for more information. See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) on Keep the sensors on the vehicle's page 9‑43. front and rear bumpers clean to ensure proper operation. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)

In Brief 1-23

Power Outlets Universal Remote System Performance and The accessory power outlets can be Maintenance used to plug in electrical equipment, such as a cell phone or MP3 player. Traction Control The vehicle has four accessory System (TCS) power outlets. The power outlets located below the climate control The traction control system limits system inside the front storage wheel spin. The system is on when bin, inside the center floor console, This system provides a way the vehicle is started. to replace up to three remote and on the rear of the center floor . To turn off traction control, press console are powered while the control transmitters used to and release located on the vehicle is in ON/RUN/START or activate devices such as garage g ACC/ACCESSORY mode, or until door openers, security systems, console. i illuminates and the driver door is opened within and home automation devices. the appropriate DIC message 10 minutes of turning off the vehicle. Read the instructions completely displays. See Vehicle Messages on page 5 34. The power outlet located in the rear before attempting to program ‑ cargo area is powered at all times. the Universal Home Remote. . Press and release g again to Because of the steps involved, turn traction control back on. Open the protective cap to use the it may be helpful to have another accessory power outlet. person available to assist you with For more information, see Traction See Power Outlets on page 5‑8. programming the Universal Home Control System (TCS) on Remote. page 9‑34. See Universal Remote System on page 5‑48. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)

1-24 In Brief

StabiliTrak® System Tire Pressure Monitor During cooler conditions, the low tire pressure warning light may appear The StabiliTrak system assists This vehicle may have a Tire when the vehicle is first started and with directional control of the Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). then turn off. This may be an early vehicle in difficult driving conditions. indicator that the tire pressures are The system is on when the vehicle getting low and the tires need to be is started. inflated to the proper pressure. . To turn off both Traction Control The TPMS does not replace normal and StabiliTrak, press and monthly tire maintenance. It is the hold g until g and i illuminate driver’s responsibility to maintain and the appropriate DIC correct tire pressures. message displays. See Vehicle The TPMS warning light alerts you to a significant loss in pressure See Tire Pressure Monitor System Messages on page 5‑34. of one of the vehicle's tires. If the on page 10‑65. . Press g again to turn on both warning light comes on, stop as systems. soon as possible and inflate the tires to the recommended pressure For more information, see shown on the Tire and Loading StabiliTrak® System on page 9 36. ‑ Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑12. The warning light will remain on until the tire pressure is corrected. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)

In Brief 1-25

Tire Sealant and Resetting the Oil Life System The oil life system can also be reset Compressor Kit 1. Using the DIC MENU button and as follows: thumbwheel on the turn signal 1. Turn the ignition on with the This vehicle may come with a jack lever, display REMAINING OIL engine off. and spare tire or a tire sealant and LIFE on the DIC. See Driver 2. Fully press and release the compressor kit. The kit can be used Information Center (DIC) on to temporarily seal small punctures accelerator pedal three times page 5‑29 and Engine Oil in the tread area of the tire. within five seconds. Messages on page 5‑37. See Tire Sealant and Compressor If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL 2. Press the SET/CLR button to SOON message is not on, the Kit on page 10‑81 for complete reset the oil life at 100%. operating information. system is reset. Be careful not to reset the oil See Engine Oil Life System on If the vehicle came with a jack and life display accidentally at any page 10‑14. spare tire, see If a Tire Goes Flat on time other than after the oil is page 10‑79. changed. It cannot be reset accurately until the next oil Engine Oil Life System change. The engine oil life system calculates engine oil life based on vehicle use and displays the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message when it is time to change the engine oil and filter. The oil life system should be reset to 100% only following an oil change. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)

1-26 In Brief

Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . Avoid idling the engine for long Roadside Service periods of time. Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge U.S. or Canada: 1-800-882-1112 . When road and weather and a yellow fuel cap can use either conditions are appropriate, TTY Users (U.S. or Canada): unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel use cruise control. 1-888-889-2438 containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on . Always follow posted speed Mexico: 01-800-466-0805 page 9‑50. For all other vehicles, limits or drive more slowly when As the owner of a new Cadillac, use only the unleaded gasoline conditions require. you are automatically enrolled in described under Recommended . Keep vehicle tires properly the Roadside Service program. Fuel on page 9‑48. inflated. See Roadside Service (U.S. and Driving for Better Fuel . Combine several trips into a Canada) on page 13‑8 or Roadside single trip. Service (Mexico) on page 13‑11 for Economy more information. . Replace the vehicle's tires with Driving habits can affect fuel the same TPC Spec number Roadside Service and OnStar mileage. Here are some driving molded into the tire's sidewall (U.S. and Canada) tips to get the best fuel economy near the size. possible. If you have an active OnStar . Follow recommended scheduled subscription, press the Q button . Avoid fast starts and accelerate maintenance. smoothly. and the current GPS location will be sent to an OnStar advisor who . Brake gradually and avoid will assess your problem, contact abrupt stops. Roadside Service, and relay your exact location to get the help you need. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)

In Brief 1-27

Online Owner Center Automatic Crash Response Navigation, and Hands‐Free Calling (U.S. and Canada) are available on most vehicles. In a crash, built‐in sensors can The Online Owner Center is a automatically alert an OnStar Not all OnStar services are complimentary service that includes Advisor who is immediately available on all vehicles. For more online service reminders, vehicle connected to the vehicle to information, see the OnStar Owner's maintenance tips, online owner see if you need help. Guide; visit www.onstar.com (U.S.) manual, special privileges, or www.onstar.ca (Canada); and more. How OnStar Service Works contact OnStar at 1-888-4-ONSTAR (1‐888‐466‐7827) or TTY Sign up today at: Q : Push this blue button to 1‐877‐248‐2080; or push the Q www.cadillacownercenter.com connect to a specially trained button to speak with an OnStar (U.S.) or www.gm.ca (Canada). OnStar Advisor to verify your account information and to Advisor 24 hours a day, 7 days OnStar® answer questions. a week. ] : Push this red emergency For a full description of OnStar button to get priority help from services and system limitations, specially trained OnStar Emergency see the OnStar Owner's Guide in Advisors. the glove box. X : Push this button for hands‐free, OnStar service is subject to the voice‐activated calling and to give OnStar Terms and Conditions voice commands for Hands‐Free included in the OnStar Glove Box Kit. For vehicles with an active OnStar Calling and Turn‐by‐Turn subscription, OnStar uses several Navigation. OnStar service requires wireless innovative technologies and live Automatic Crash Response, communication networks and the Advisors to provide a wide range Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, Global Positioning System (GPS) of safety, security, navigation, Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle satellite network. Not all OnStar diagnostics, and calling services. Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock, services are available everywhere Roadside Assistance, Turn‐by‐Turn or on all vehicles at all times. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)

1-28 In Brief

OnStar service can’t work unless control may prevent service to you, Your Responsibility the vehicle is in a place where such as hills, tall buildings, tunnels, Increase the volume of the radio OnStar has an agreement with weather, electrical system design if the OnStar Advisor cannot be a wireless service provider for and architecture of the vehicle, heard. service in that area, and the damage to important parts of the wireless service provider has vehicle in a crash, or wireless phone If the light next to the OnStar coverage, network capacity, network congestion or jamming. buttons is red, the system may not be functioning properly. reception, and technology See Radio Frequency Statement on compatible with OnStar service. page 13‑20 for information Push the Q button and request Service involving location regarding Part 15 of the Federal a vehicle diagnostic check. information about the vehicle Communications Commission If the light appears clear (no light can’t work unless GPS signals (FCC) rules and Industry Canada appears), your OnStar subscription are available, unobstructed, Standards RSS-210/220/310. has expired and all services have and compatible with the OnStar been deactivated. Push the Q hardware. The vehicle has to have OnStar Steering Wheel button to confirm that the OnStar a working electrical system and Controls adequate battery power for the equipment is active. OnStar equipment to operate. This vehicle may have a Talk/Mute OnStar service may not work if the button that can be used to interact with OnStar Hands-Free calling. OnStar equipment isn’t properly See Steering Wheel Controls on installed or you haven’t maintained it and the vehicle is in good working page 5‑2 for more information. order and in compliance with all On some vehicles, the Talk button government regulations. If you try can be used to dial numbers into to add, connect, or modify any voice mail systems, or to dial phone equipment or software in the extensions. See the OnStar Owner's vehicle, OnStar service may not Guide for more information. work. Other problems OnStar can’t Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-1

Doors Interior Mirrors Keys, Doors and Liftgate ...... 2-14 Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 2-22 Windows Automatic Dimming Rearview Vehicle Security Mirror ...... 2-23 Vehicle Security ...... 2-18 Windows Keys and Locks Anti-Theft Alarm System . . . . . 2-18 Immobilizer ...... 2-19 Windows ...... 2-23 Keys ...... 2-2 Immobilizer Operation ...... 2-19 Power Windows ...... 2-24 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Sun Visors ...... 2-26 System ...... 2-3 Exterior Mirrors Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Convex Mirrors ...... 2-20 Roof System Operation ...... 2-4 Power Mirrors ...... 2-21 Sunroof ...... 2-27 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-10 Folding Mirrors ...... 2-21 Door Locks ...... 2-12 Heated Mirrors ...... 2-22 Power Door Locks ...... 2-12 Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . 2-22 Safety Locks ...... 2-13 Reverse Tilt Mirrors ...... 2-22 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

2-2 Keys, Doors and Windows

Keys and Locks Keys

{ WARNING

Leaving children in a vehicle with the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is dangerous for many reasons; children or others could be badly injured or even killed. They could operate the power This key, located inside the Remote windows or other controls or Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, even make the vehicle move. is used for the driver door and The windows will function glove box. with the RKE transmitter in the vehicle and they could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window. Do not leave the RKE transmitter in a vehicle with children. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-3

Notice: If the keys get locked If there is a decrease in the RKE in the vehicle, it may have to be operating range: damaged to get them out. Always . Check the distance. carry a spare key. The transmitter may be Contact Roadside Service if too far from the vehicle. you are locked out of the vehicle. . Check the location. Other See Roadside Service (U.S. and vehicles or objects may be Canada) on page 13‑8 or Roadside blocking the signal. Service (Mexico) on page 13‑11. . Check the transmitter's battery. Remote Keyless Entry See “Battery Replacement” later (RKE) System in this section. To remove the key, press the button . If the transmitter is still not near the bottom of the transmitter, See Radio Frequency working correctly, see your and pull the key out. Never pull the Statement on page 13‑20 for dealer or a qualified technician key out without pressing the button. information regarding Part 15 for service. of the Federal Communications See your dealer if a new key is Commission (FCC) rules and needed. Industry Canada Standards RSS-210/220/310. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

2-4 Keys, Doors and Windows

Remote Keyless Entry Q (Lock): Press to lock all light your approach to the vehicle. (RKE) System Operation doors. The turn signal indicators The turn signal indicators may may flash and/or the horn may flash and/or the horn may sound The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) sound to indicate locking, see to indicate unlocking. See “Unlock transmitter functions will work up to “Locking Feedback” under Vehicle Feedback” under Vehicle 60 m (195 ft) away from the vehicle. Personalization on page 5‑42. Personalization on page 5‑42. Memory seat positions may be Keep in mind that other conditions, If the driver door is open when Q is such as those previously stated, recalled when unlocking the vehicle. pressed, all doors lock except the can impact the performance of the See Memory Remote Recall driver door, if enabled through “ ” transmitter. under Vehicle Personalization on the vehicle personalization. If the page 5‑42 for more information. passenger door is open when Q is pressed, all doors lock. Pressing K will disarm the theft-deterrent system. Pressing Q may also arm See Anti-Theft Alarm System on the theft-deterrent system. page 2‑18. See Anti-Theft Alarm System on / (Remote Start): For vehicles page 2‑18. with this feature, press Q and K (Unlock): Press to unlock the driver door or all doors, see then press and hold / within “Door Unlock Options” under two seconds to start the engine Vehicle Personalization on from outside the vehicle using page 5‑42. When remotely the RKE transmitter. See Remote With Remote Start and Power unlocking the vehicle at night the Vehicle Start on page 2‑10 for Liftgate Shown, Without Similar fog lamps and reverse lamps will additional information. come on for about 20 seconds to Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-5

L (Vehicle Locator/Panic Keyless Unlocking removed from the interior of the Alarm): Press and release With the transmitter within 1 m (3 ft), vehicle, the doors will lock after one time to locate the vehicle. approach the front door and pull eight seconds. The exterior lamps flash and the the handle. If the transmitter is If there are two keyless access horn chirps. Press and hold L for recognized, the door will unlock transmitters in the vehicle and three seconds to sound the panic and open. one is removed, the other will be alarm. The horn sounds and Entering any door other than the locked in. A person approaching the turn signal lamps flash for driver door will always cause all the outside of the locked vehicle 30 seconds, or until L is pressed of the doors to unlock. This is not without an authorized keyless again or the vehicle is started. customizable. access transmitter will not be able to open the door, even with the & (Remote Liftgate Release): To customize which doors unlock transmitter in the vehicle. Press until the liftgate begins to when the driver’s door is opened, You may temporarily disable the move to open or close the power see “Passive Unlock” under Vehicle keyless locking feature by pressing liftgate. Personalization on page 5‑42. and holding the power door unlock Keyless Access Operation Keyless Locking button on the instrument panel for several seconds with a door open. Some vehicles have the keyless If the vehicle has the keyless Keyless locking will then remain access system that lets you lock access system, this feature allows disabled until the door lock switch and unlock the doors and access you to select whether the doors is pressed, or until the vehicle is the liftgate without removing the automatically lock during normal turned on. remote transmitter from your pocket, vehicle exit. When the vehicle is purse, briefcase, etc. The keyless turned off and all doors become To customize whether the doors entry transmitter must be within closed, the vehicle will determine automatically lock when you exit 1 m (3 ft) of the door being opened. how many keyless access the vehicle, see “Passive Locking” If the vehicle has this feature, there transmitters remain in the vehicle under Vehicle Personalization on will be a body colored touch pad interior. If at least one keyless page 5‑42. on the outside front door handles. access transmitter has been Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

2-6 Keys, Doors and Windows

Lock Sensor Keyless Liftgate Opening Programming with a Recognized Press the touch pad on the liftgate Transmitter (Keyless Access handle to open the liftgate if the Vehicles Only) keyless entry transmitter is within A new transmitter can be range. programmed to the vehicle when there is one recognized transmitter. Programming Transmitters to the Vehicle To program, the vehicle must be off and all of the transmitters, both Only keyless entry transmitters currently recognized and new, must programmed to the vehicle will work. be with you. If a transmitter is lost or stolen, a replacement can be purchased and 1. Place the recognized programmed through your dealer. transmitter(s) in the cupholder. The vehicle can be reprogrammed 2. Insert the vehicle key of the When all doors are closed and the so that lost or stolen transmitters no new transmitter into the key lock ignition is off, the vehicle can be longer work. Each vehicle can have cylinder located on the outside locked by pressing this area on the up to eight transmitters matched of the driver door and turn the door handle. This feature will be to it. key to the unlock position five available for several minutes after times within ten seconds. the vehicle has been turned off. The Driver Information Center (DIC) displays READY TO LEARN ELECTRONIC KEY #2, 3, 4, ETC. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-7

4. Press the ignition. When the Programming without a transmitter is learned the DIC Recognized Transmitter display will show that it is ready (Keyless Access Vehicles Only) to program the next transmitter. If there are no currently recognized 5. Remove the transmitter from transmitters available, follow this the transmitter pocket and procedure to program up to eight press K on the transmitter. transmitters. This feature is not available in Canada. This procedure To program additional will take approximately 30 minutes transmitters, repeat Steps 3 to complete. The vehicle must be through 5. off and all of the transmitters you When all additional transmitters wish to program must be with you. 3. Place the new transmitter are programmed, press and hold 1. Insert the vehicle key of the into the transmitter pocket. the ignition for 10 seconds to transmitter into the key lock The transmitter pocket is inside exit programming mode. cylinder located on the outside the center console storage of the driver door and turn the area located between the driver key to the unlock position five and front passenger seats. times within ten seconds. The storage area will need to be opened and the storage The Driver Information tray lifted up to access the Center (DIC) displays transmitter pocket. REMOTE LEARN PENDING, PLEASE WAIT. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

2-8 Keys, Doors and Windows

2. Wait for ten minutes until the 5. Press the ignition. When the DIC displays PRESS ENGINE transmitter is learned the DIC START BUTTON TO LEARN display will show that it is ready and then press the ignition. to program the next transmitter. The DIC displays will again 6. Remove the transmitter from show REMOTE LEARN the transmitter pocket and PENDING, PLEASE WAIT. press K on the transmitter. 3. Repeat Step 2 two additional To program additional times. After the third time all transmitters, repeat Steps 4 previously known transmitters through 6. will no longer work with the vehicle. Remaining transmitters When all additional transmitters can be relearned during the next 4. Place the new transmitter are programmed, press and hold steps. into the transmitter pocket. the ignition for 10 seconds to The transmitter pocket is inside exit programming mode. The DIC display should the center console storage now show READY FOR area located between the driver REMOTE # 1. and front passenger seats. The storage area will need to be opened and the storage tray lifted up to access the transmitter pocket. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-9

Starting the Vehicle with a Low 3. With the vehicle in P (Park) or Transmitter Battery N (Neutral), press the brake pedal and the START button. If the transmitter battery is weak, the DIC may display NO REMOTE Replace the transmitter battery DETECTED when you try to as soon as possible. start the vehicle. The REPLACE Battery Replacement BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY message may also be displayed Notice: When replacing the at this time. battery, do not touch any of the circuitry on the transmitter. To start the vehicle: Static from your body could 1. Open the center console storage damage the transmitter. area and the storage tray. Replace the battery if the 2. Use the key blade to separate REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE the two halves of the transmitter. KEY message displays in the DIC. 3. Remove the old battery. Do not 1. Press the button near the bottom use a metal object. of the transmitter and pull the 4. Insert the new battery, positive key out. side facing down. Replace with a CR2032 or equivalent battery. 5. Snap the transmitter back together.

2. Place the transmitter in the transmitter pocket. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

2-10 Keys, Doors and Windows

Remote Vehicle Start Laws in some local communities If the vehicle' s lamps are not may restrict the use of remote visible, press and hold / for at If available, this feature allows you starters. For example, some laws least two seconds. to start the engine from outside the may require a person using remote vehicle. start to have the vehicle in view. During the remote start the / (Remote Vehicle Start): Check local regulations for any doors will be locked and the This button will be on the RKE requirements. parking lamps will remain on as long as the engine is running. transmitter if the vehicle has There are other conditions which remote start. can affect the performance of the The engine will shut off after Vehicles with an automatic climate transmitter See Remote Keyless 10 minutes unless a time control system will automatically Entry (RKE) System on page 2‑3 extension is done or the ignition change to a heating or cooling for additional information. is put in ON/RUN/START. mode depending on the outside Starting the Engine Using Remote 3. Press the brake pedal and select temperature during a remote start. Start the ON/RUN/START ignition When the ON/RUN/START ignition mode to drive the vehicle. mode is selected , the climate To start the engine using the remote control system will return to its start feature use the following setting from when the vehicle procedure. was last turned off. 1. Press Q on the RKE transmitter. 2. Within two seconds, press and hold / until the turn signal lamps flash. This confirms the request to remote start the vehicle has been received. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-11

Extending Engine Run Time Shutting the Engine Off After a . The hood is not closed. For a 10-minute extension, repeat Remote Start . The hazard warning flashers Steps 1 and 2 while the engine is To cancel a remote start, do any of are on. still running. The remote start can the following. . There is an emission control only be extended once. system malfunction. . Press / until the parking lamps When the remote start is extended, turn off. . The engine coolant temperature the second 10-minute period will is too high. start immediately. . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. . The oil pressure is low. For example, if the vehicle has . been running for five minutes, and . Turn the vehicle on and then Two remote vehicle starts have 10 minutes are added, the engine back off. already been used. will run for a total of 15 minutes. Conditions in Which Remote Start . The vehicle is not in P (Park). A maximum of two remote starts, Will Not Work or a remote start with an extension, The remote start will not operate if are allowed between ignition cycles. any of the following occur. The vehicle's ignition must be . The ignition is in any mode other changed to ON/RUN/START and than OFF. then back to OFF before the remote start procedure can be used again. . The transmitter is in the vehicle. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

2-12 Keys, Doors and Windows

Door Locks Power Door Locks WARNING (Continued)

{ WARNING . Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be Unlocked doors can be unable to get out. A child can dangerous. be overcome by extreme heat . Passengers, especially and can suffer permanent children, can easily open injuries or even death from the doors and fall out heat stroke. Always lock the of a moving vehicle. vehicle whenever leaving it. The chance of being thrown . Outsiders can easily enter out of the vehicle in a crash through an unlocked door is increased if the doors when slowing or stopping are not locked. So, all the vehicle. Lock the doors passengers should wear The power door lock switches are to help prevent this from safety belts properly and on the instrument panel. happening. the doors should be locked K (Unlock): Press to unlock the whenever the vehicle is doors. driven. To lock or unlock a door, use the (Continued) Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Q (Lock): Press to lock the doors. transmitter from the outside. From inside the vehicle with the doors locked, pull once on the door handle to unlock it, and a second time to open it. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-13

Lockout Deterrent Delayed Locking Safety Locks Lockout deterrent decreases the When this feature is enabled and chances that the keys may be the doors are locked with the power accidentally locked in the vehicle. lock switch on the instrument panel, When door locking is requested three chimes sound to signal that the delayed locking feature is in by pressing Q on the instrument use. All doors lock five seconds panel or Q on the RKE transmitter after the last door is closed. and the driver door is open, all When the delayed locking doors will lock and the driver door will immediately unlock. The driver feature is in use, pressing Q on door must be closed when Q is the instrument panel or Q on pressed for all doors to remain the RKE transmitter will override locked. the feature and lock all doors immediately. This feature can be programmed Rear door security locks prevent to provide the lockout deterrent This feature can be programmed passengers from opening the rear feature only when the ignition by using the Driver Information doors from the inside. Center (DIC). See “Delayed Door mode is ACC/ACCESSORY, or Press { to activate the safety locks. ON/RUN/START. See “Power Door Lock” in Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑42. The delayed locking Once activated, the LED light in the Locks” in Vehicle Personalization on switch illuminates. page 5‑42. feature is only available if “Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout” is disabled. Pressing the button again deactivates the safety locks. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

2-14 Keys, Doors and Windows

Manual Liftgate Doors WARNING (Continued) For vehicles without keyless access, Liftgate . Adjust the Climate Control unlock the vehicle before opening system to a setting that the liftgate. { WARNING brings in only outside air Press the touchpad located in the and set the fan speed to the handle of the liftgate, above the Exhaust gases can enter the highest setting. See Climate license plate, and lift up to open. vehicle if it is driven with the Control Systems in the Index. Do not press the touchpad while liftgate, trunk/hatch open, . If the vehicle is equipped with closing the liftgate. This will cause or with any objects that pass a power liftgate, disable the the liftgate to be unlatched. through the seal between the power liftgate function. body and the trunk/hatch or Always close the liftgate before For more information about driving. liftgate. Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, see Engine carbon monoxide (CO) which Exhaust on page 9‑24. cannot be seen or smelled. It can cause unconsciousness and even death. Notice: If you open the liftgate without checking for overhead If the vehicle must be driven with obstructions such as a garage the liftgate, or trunk/hatch open: door, you could damage the . Close all of the windows. liftgate or the liftgate glass. Always check to make sure . Fully open the air outlets the area above and behind the on or under the instrument liftgate is clear before opening it. panel. (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-15

Power Liftgate OFF: The liftgate only operates { WARNING manually in this position. You or others could be injured if Manual operation of a liftgate that caught in the path of the power also has power operation requires liftgate. Make sure there is no one more effort than with a standard in the way of the liftgate as it is manual liftgate. opening and closing. In either the MAX or the 3/4 mode, the liftgate can be power opened and closed by. Choose the power liftgate mode by turning the dial on the switch . Pressing & on the Remote until the indicator lines up with Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter the desired position. until the liftgate starts moving. The three modes are. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation on On vehicles with a power liftgate, MAX : The liftgate opens to the full page 2‑4. the switch is on the driver door. open height. The vehicle must be in P (Park) to . Pressing & on the center of use the power feature. The taillamps 3/4 : The liftgate opens to a flash when the power liftgate reduced open height that can be the mode switch on the driver moves. set by the vehicle operator in a door, with the driver door range of approximately 3/4 open unlocked. to full open. Use this setting to . Pressing the touchpad switch on prevent the liftgate from opening the liftgate outside handle, with into overhead obstructions such all doors unlocked, to open the as a garage door or roof mounted liftgate. cargo during power operation. The liftgate can still be opened fully manually. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

2-16 Keys, Doors and Windows

Do not force the liftgate open or Obstacle Detection Features closed during a power cycle. If the liftgate encounters an The power liftgate may be obstacle during a power open temporarily disabled under or close cycle, a warning chime extreme temperatures or low will sound and the liftgate will battery conditions. If this occurs, automatically reverse direction the liftgate can still be operated to the full closed or open position. manually. After removing the obstruction, If you shift the transmission out of the power liftgate operation can be P (Park) while the power function used again. If the liftgate encounters is in progress, the liftgate power multiple obstacles on the same function will continue to completion. power cycle, the power function Press and release & on the If you shift the transmission out of will deactivate. The Power Liftgate liftgate adjacent to the latch to P (Park) and accelerate before the Unavailable warning message in close the liftgate. power liftgate latch is closed, the the Driver Information Center (DIC) liftgate may reverse to the open will display. After removing the Pressing any liftgate button, or position. Cargo could fall out of obstructions, the liftgate will resume the touchpad switch while the the vehicle. Always make sure normal power operation. liftgate is moving, stops it. Pressing the power liftgate is closed and the button or RKE switch again The vehicle has pinch sensors latched before you drive away. reverses the direction. There is a located on the side edges of the minimum distance that the power If you power open the liftgate and liftgate. If an object is caught liftgate must already be open for the the liftgate support struts have lost between the liftgate and the body system to hold it open. If movement pressure, the turn signals flash and presses against this sensor, is stopped below that minimum, the and a chime sounds. The liftgate the liftgate will reverse direction and liftgate closes. stays open temporarily, then slowly open fully. The liftgate will remain closes. See your dealer for service open until it is activated again or before using the liftgate. closed manually. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-17

Setting the Power When power opened with the To open the liftgate, press the Liftgate 3/4 Mode 3/4 mode selected, the liftgate touchpad on the handle on the stops at the new set position. outside of the liftgate, and lift the To change the liftgate stop position. If you do not hear the audible and gate open. To close the liftgate, 1. Turn the liftgate switch to visual feedback when setting the use the pull cup to lower the liftgate either the MAX, or the 3/4 mode intermediate stop position, you and close. With the power liftgate position and power open the are attempting to set the height disabled, the liftgate electric latch liftgate. below the 3/4 open height minimum will still power latch once contact is made with the striker. Always close 2. Stop the liftgate movement at (approximately 16.4 m or 5 ft). the liftgate before driving. the desired height by pressing The liftgate cannot be set below any liftgate switch. Manually that minimum and the new setting If the RKE button is pressed while adjust the liftgate position if will not be recorded. power operation is disabled, the turn required. signals flash and the liftgate will Manual Operation of Power not move. 3. Press and hold the button on the Liftgate liftgate adjacent to the latch until The liftgate has an electric latch. the turn signals flash and a beep To change the liftgate to manual If the battery is disconnected or sounds to indicate that the new operation, turn the mode switch to has low voltage, the liftgate will setting is recorded. the OFF position. not open. The liftgate will resume With the power liftgate disabled operation when the battery is and all of the doors unlocked, the reconnected and charged. liftgate can be manually opened and closed. Manual efforts of a vehicle equipped with a power liftgate will be higher than a standard non-power liftgate. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

2-18 Keys, Doors and Windows

Vehicle Security 3. After 30 seconds, the alarm Disarming the System system will arm, and the To disarm the system, either This vehicle has theft-deterrent LED will begin to slowly flash unlock the doors using the features; however, they do not indicating the alarm is operating. make it impossible to steal. transmitter, or start the vehicle If a door, the hood, or liftgate is with a recognized transmitter opened without first unlocking with in the vehicle. Anti-Theft Alarm System the transmitter, the turn signals To avoid setting off the alarm by will flash and the horn will sound This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm accident: system. for about 30 seconds. The alarm system will then re-arm to monitor . Lock the vehicle with the The LED light, located on for the next unauthorized event. transmitter after all occupants the instrument panel near the have left the vehicle and all The theft-deterrent alarm system windshield, indicates the status doors are closed. of the system. will not activate if the doors are locked with the vehicle's key. . Always unlock a door with the Arming the System You can start the vehicle with transmitter. Unlocking a door To arm the system, a recognized transmitter in the any other way will not disarm vehicle if the alarm has been the alarm. 1. Close all doors, liftgate, set off. and hood. If you set off the alarm by accident, turn off the alarm by pressing K on 2. Lock the vehicle using the transmitter or the power door the transmitter. The alarm will not lock button. The LED on stop if you try to unlock a door any the instrument panel should other way. come on and stay on for about 30 seconds. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-19

How to Detect a Tamper Immobilizer Operation Condition This vehicle has a passive If K is pressed and the horn chirps theft-deterrent system. three times, an attempted break-in The system does not have to be has occurred while the system was manually armed or disarmed. armed. The vehicle is automatically The security light, located in the If the alarm has been activated, the immobilized when the vehicle instrument panel cluster, comes THEFT ATTEMPTED message will is turned off. on if there is a problem with arming appear on the DIC. See Key and or disarming the theft-deterrent Lock Messages on page 5‑38 for The immobilization system is system. additional information. disarmed when the pushbutton start is activated to enter the The system has one or more RKE transmitters matched to an Immobilizer ACC/ACCESSORY mode or the ON/RUN/START mode and a valid immobilizer control unit in your See Radio Frequency transmitter is present in the vehicle. vehicle. Only a correctly matched Statement on page 13‑20 for RKE transmitter will start the information regarding Part 15 vehicle. If the transmitter is ever of the Federal Communications damaged, you may not be able Commission (FCC) rules and to start your vehicle. Industry Canada Standards RSS-210/220/310. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

2-20 Keys, Doors and Windows

When trying to start the vehicle, the If the ignition modes will not Exterior Mirrors security light comes on briefly when change with the other transmitter, the ignition is turned on. your vehicle needs service. If the Convex Mirrors If the engine does not start and the ignition does change modes, security light stays on, there is a the first transmitter may be faulty. problem with the system. Turn the See your dealer who can service { WARNING ignition off and try again. the theft-deterrent system and have a new RKE transmitter programmed A convex mirror can make things, If the vehicle will not change to the vehicle. like other vehicles, look farther ignition modes (ACC/ACCESSORY, away than they really are. If you It is possible for the immobilizer ON/RUN/START, OFF), and cut too sharply into the right lane, the RKE transmitter appears system to learn new or replacement RKE transmitters. Up to eight you could hit a vehicle on the to be undamaged, try another right. Check the inside mirror or transmitter. Or, you may try transmitters can be programmed for the vehicle. To program additional glance over your shoulder before placing the transmitter in the changing lanes. transmitter pocket located in the transmitters, see “Programming Transmitters to the Vehicle under center console. See “NO REMOTE ” Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) DETECTED” under Key and The passenger side mirror is convex System Operation on page 2 4. Lock Messages on page 5‑38. ‑ shaped. A convex mirror's surface is Do not leave the key or device curved so more can be seen from that disarms or deactivates the the driver seat. theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-21

Power Mirrors Folding Mirrors Resetting the Power Foldaway Mirrors Power Foldaway Mirrors Reset the power foldaway mirrors if: . The mirrors are accidentally obstructed while folding. . They are accidentally manually folded/unfolded. . The mirrors do not stay in the unfolded position. . The mirrors vibrate at normal driving speeds. Fold and unfold the mirrors one Controls for the outside power time using the mirror controls to mirrors are located on the reset them to their normal position. driver door. The power folding mirrors have A noise may be heard during the controls on the driver door. resetting of the power foldaway To adjust the mirror: To fold the mirrors: mirrors. This sound is normal after 1. Move the selector switch to a manual folding operation. L (left) or R (right) to choose 1. With the selector switch in the driver or passenger mirror. the ) position, press the down arrow on the control pad. Both 2. Press the arrows on the control mirrors will automatically fold. pad to move each mirror in the desired direction. 2. Press the down arrow again to return the mirrors to their original 3. Return the selector switch to the position. center position. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)

2-22 Keys, Doors and Windows

Heated Mirrors Reverse Tilt Mirrors Interior Mirrors < (Rear Window Defogger): If the vehicle is equipped with Press to heat the mirrors. memory mirrors, there is an option Manual Rearview Mirror to have the mirrors tilt down, when See “Rear Window Defogger” under Adjust the inside rearview mirror Dual Automatic Climate Control in R (Reverse), to more easily see for a clear view of the area behind the ground near the vehicle. System on page 8‑1 for more your vehicle. To avoid glare of the information. When the vehicle is shifted to headlamps from behind, push the R (Reverse), both the driver and tab forward for daytime and pull it Automatic Dimming passenger mirrors will tilt downward. for nighttime use. Mirror They will return to their previous Vehicles with OnStar® have three position when the vehicle is shifted control buttons at the bottom of the If the vehicle has the automatic out of R (Reverse), the ignition is mirror. See your dealer for more dimming mirror, the driver outside turned to OFF, or the vehicle is left information about OnStar and how mirror automatically adjusts for the in R (Reverse) for an extended to subscribe to it. See the OnStar glare of headlamps behind you. period of time. Owner's Guide for more information This feature can be turned on or off. about the services OnStar provides. See Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑42. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-23

Automatic Dimming Windows Rearview Mirror The vehicle may have an automatic { WARNING dimming inside rearview mirror. Automatic dimming reduces the Leaving children, helpless glare from the headlamps of the adults, or pets in a vehicle vehicle behind you. The dimming with the windows closed is feature and the indicator light come dangerous. They can be on each time the vehicle is started. overcome by the extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries Vehicles with OnStar have three or even death from heat stroke. control buttons located at the Never leave a child, a helpless bottom of the mirror. See your adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, The vehicle aerodynamics are dealer for more information about designed to improve fuel economy especially with the windows OnStar and how to subscribe to it. performance. This may result in closed in warm or hot weather. See the OnStar Owner's Guide for a pulsing sound when either rear more information about the services window is down and the front OnStar provides. windows are up. To reduce the sound, open either a front window Cleaning the Mirror or the sunroof (if equipped). Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror. Use a soft towel dampened with water. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)

2-24 Keys, Doors and Windows

Power Windows The power windows: . Can be operated with the { WARNING ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START. Leaving children in a vehicle . Can be operated within with the RKE transmitter is 10 minutes of switching the dangerous for many reasons; ignition off. See Retained children or others could be badly Accessory Power (RAP) on injured or even killed. They could page 9‑22. operate the power windows or . other controls or even make the Will stop operation when any door is opened. vehicle move. The windows will function with the RKE transmitter Driver Side Shown Operate the switch for the desired in the vehicle and they could be The power window controls are on window by pressing to open and seriously injured or killed if caught each of the side doors. pulling to close. in the path of a closing window. The driver door also has switches Pushing or pulling the switch part Do not leave the RKE transmitter that control the passenger and rear of the way will open or close the in a vehicle with children. windows. window as long as the switch is When there are children in the operated. rear seat, use the window lockout button to prevent unintentional operation of the windows. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-25

Express‐Down/Up Windows Programming the Power Obstacle Detection Feature Windows that have the Windows The Obstacle Detection Feature is express‐down/up feature allow Programming the power windows part of the express-up feature and is the windows to be lowered and may be necessary if the vehicle's active: raised fully without holding the battery has been disconnected or 1. In the middle and upper portions window switch. Press the window discharged. of the window opening. switch fully and release it to activate If the window will not express up the express down feature. Pull the 2. During window up movements. ‐ after power has been restored and window switch fully up and release a message is displayed in the 3. In ignition OFF during all window it to activate the express up feature. ‐ Driver Information Center: up movements and during The express mode can be canceled express-up window movements at any time by briefly pressing, 1. Close all doors . in ignition ON/RUN/START. or pulling the switch. 2. Place the ignition in If there is something blocking the ACC/ACCESSORY or window during automatic closing, ON/RUN/START. the window will reverse direction 3. From any partial open position, for a short distance. Weather close the window and continue conditions such as extreme cold to pull the switch briefly after and/or ice may cause the window the window has fully closed. to auto-reverse. The window will return to normal operation once the object or condition is removed. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)

2-26 Keys, Doors and Windows

If conditions prevent the window Window Lockout Sun Visors from closing and the window continues to auto-reverse, it is possible to close the window with the ignition in ON/RUN/START by holding the window switch in the partially or fully pulled up position. Release of the switch from the partially pulled up position will cause the window to stop. Release of the switch from the fully pulled up position will activate the express-up and related obstacle detection features.

Overload Pull the sun visor down to block o (Window Lockout): The window glare. Detach the sun visor from If the windows are repeatedly lockout switch is on the driver door. the center mount to pivot to the side operated within a short time, the This feature prevents the rear window, or to extend along the rod, window operation is disabled for passenger windows from operating, if available. a short time. except from the driver position. Press the switch to turn the lockout feature on or off. An indicator light shows the feature is on. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-27

Roof Press the back of the sunroof switch to the first detent and hold, to open the sunroof to a desired position at Sunroof a normal speed. Press the rear of On vehicles with a sunroof, the the switch to the second detent switches are on the overhead and release, to express open the console. sunroof to an automatically adjusted comfort position. Press the rear of The sunroof only operates when the switch to the second detent and the ignition is in ON/RUN/START release again, to open the sunroof or ACC/ACCESSORY, or in to the full open position. Press the Retained Accessory Power (RAP). front of the switch to second detent See Ignition Positions on page 9‑18 A. Sunroof Switch and release, to express close the and Retained Accessory Power sunroof. (RAP) on page 9‑22. B. Sunshade Switch Press the front of the sunroof switch To open the sunroof, press the back to the first detent and hold, to close of the sunroof switch (A) to the first the sunroof to a desired position detent and release, the sunroof will at a normal speed. Press the front open to the vent position. of the switch to the second detent and release, to express close the sunroof. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)

2-28 Keys, Doors and Windows

To open or close the sunshade, Anti-Pinch Feature sunroof operation, noise, press the open or close sunroof or plugging the water drainage If an object is in the path of the switch (B). system. Periodically open the sunroof when it is closing, the sunroof and remove any obstacles Press the front or back of the anti-pinch feature detects the or loose debris. Wipe the sunroof sunshade switch to the first detent object and stops the sunroof seal and roof sealing area using a and hold, to open or close the from closing at the point of the clean cloth, mild soap, and water. sunshade to a desired position at obstruction. The sunroof then Do not remove grease from the a normal speed. Press the switch returns to the full-open position. to the second detent and release, sunroof. to express open or close the sunshade. Fully close the glass before fully closing the sunshade.

Dirt and debris may collect on the sunroof seal or in the track. This could cause an issue with Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-1

Rear Seats Airbag System Seats and Rear Seats ...... 3-12 Airbag System ...... 3-30 Restraints Heated Rear Seats ...... 3-14 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-33 Rear Seat When Should an Airbag Pass-Through Door ...... 3-14 Inflate? ...... 3-34 What Makes an Airbag Head Restraints Safety Belts Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Inflate? ...... 3-36 Safety Belts ...... 3-15 How Does an Airbag Front Seats How to Wear Safety Belts Restrain? ...... 3-36 Seat Adjustment ...... 3-4 Properly ...... 3-19 What Will You See After an Power Seat Adjustment ...... 3-4 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-24 Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-37 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 3-7 Safety Belt Use During Passenger Sensing Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . 3-7 Pregnancy ...... 3-28 System ...... 3-39 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-8 Safety Belt Extender ...... 3-29 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Heated Front Seats ...... 3-10 Safety System Check ...... 3-29 Vehicle ...... 3-43 Heated and Ventilated Front Safety Belt Care ...... 3-29 Adding Equipment to the Seats ...... 3-11 Replacing Safety Belt System Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-44 Parts After a Crash ...... 3-30 Airbag System Check ...... 3-45 Replacing Airbag System Parts After a Crash ...... 3-45 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

3-2 Seats and Restraints

Child Restraints Head Restraints Older Children ...... 3-46 Infants and Young Front Seats Children ...... 3-48 The vehicle's front seats have Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-51 Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-53 adjustable head restraints in all Lower Anchors and outboard seating positions. Tethers for Children (LATCH System) ...... 3-55 { WARNING Replacing LATCH System Parts After a Crash ...... 3-63 With head restraints that are Securing Child Restraints not installed and adjusted (Rear Seat) ...... 3-63 properly, there is a greater Securing Child Restraints chance that occupants will suffer Adjust the head restraint so that the (Front Passenger Seat) . . . . 3-66 a neck/spinal injury in a crash. top of the restraint is at the same Do not drive until the head height as the top of the occupant's restraints for all occupants are head. This position reduces the chance of a neck injury in a crash. installed and adjusted properly. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-3

Rear Seats The rear seats have adjustable head restraints in the outboard seating positions.

1. To raise or lower the head The center seating position has restraint, press the release an integrated headrest that can be button while pulling up or adjusted the same way as the head pushing down on the head restraints. restraint. If you are installing a child restraint 1. Pull the head restraint up to in the rear seat, see “Securing a 2. Release the button then pull raise it. up or push down on the head Child Restraint Designed for the restraint to make sure it is 2. To lower the head restraint, LATCH System” under Lower locked in place. press the release button while Anchors and Tethers for Children pushing the head restraint down. (LATCH System) on page 3‑55. The front head restraints are designed not to be removed. 3. Release the button. 4. Push down on the head restraint to make sure it is locked in place. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

3-4 Seats and Restraints

Front Seats Power Seat Adjustment Seat Adjustment

{ WARNING

You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver seat while the vehicle is moving. The sudden movement could startle and confuse you, or make you push To adjust a manual seat: a pedal when you do not want to. To adjust a power seat, if equipped: Adjust the driver seat only when 1. Pull the handle at the front of the . Move the seat forward or the vehicle is not moving. seat cushion. rearward by sliding the control 2. Move the seat forward or forward or rearward. rearward to adjust the seat . Raise or lower the front or position. rear part of the seat cushion 3. Release the handle to stop the by moving the front or rear seat from moving. of the control up or down. 4. Try to move the seat back and . Raise or lower the seat by forth to be sure it is locked in moving the control up or down. place. To adjust the seatback, see Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑8. To adjust the lumbar support, see Lumbar Adjustment on page 3‑7. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-5

Memory Seats The vehicle will also automatically Recalling Button Memory save driver seat, outside mirror, Positions and adjustable throttle and brake To recall the manually saved pedal positions to the current driver Button Memory positions, press Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) and hold “1” or “2.” The driver seat, transmitter when the ignition is outside mirrors, and adjustable turned off. These automatically pedals, if available, move to the stored positions are referred positions stored to those buttons to as RKE Memory positions. when pressed. Releasing “1” or “2” See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) before the stored positions are System Operation on page 2‑4 reached stops the recall. for more information. If something has blocked the Storing Button Memory Positions driver seat and/or the adjustable To save positions into Button pedals, if available, while recalling On vehicles with the memory Memory: a memory position, the recall may feature, the “1” and “2” buttons stop. Remove the obstruction; then on the outboard side of the driver 1. Adjust the driver seat, press and hold the appropriate seat are used to manually save seatback recliner, both manual control for the memory item and recall the positions of the driver outside mirrors, and adjustable that is not recalling for two seconds. seat, outside mirrors, and adjustable pedals, if available, to the Try recalling the memory position throttle and brake pedal positions, desired driving positions. again by pressing the appropriate if available. These manually stored 2. Press and release the memory button. If the memory positions are referred to as Button MEM (Memory) button. position is still not recalling, see Memory positions. your dealer for service. 3. Press “1” until a beep sounds. 4. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 for a second driver using “2.” Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

3-6 Seats and Restraints

Recalling RKE Memory Positions To automatically recall RKE Memory To stop recall movement, press (Memory Remote Recall) positions, unlock the driver door one of the memory, power mirror, The Memory Remote Recall feature with the RKE transmitter, and open or power seat controls, or the can recall the driver seat, outside the driver door. On vehicles with adjustable pedal switch, if available. mirrors, and adjustable pedals, Keyless Access, opening the driver If something has blocked the if available, to previously stored door when an RKE transmitter driver seat and/or the adjustable RKE Memory positions when is present will activate the RKE pedals, if available, while recalling entering the vehicle. Memory recall. If the driver door a memory position, the recall may is already open, pressing the Every time the ignition is placed K stop. Remove the obstruction; then RKE transmitter button will also press and hold the appropriate in OFF, the positions of the activate the RKE Memory recall. driver seat, outside mirrors, and manual control for the memory item The driver seat, outside mirrors, that is not recalling for two seconds. adjustable pedals, if available, are and pedals, if available, will move automatically stored to the RKE Try recalling the memory position to the previously saved RKE again by opening the driver door transmitter that was used to start Memory positions. K the vehicle. These positions are and pressing the RKE transmitter called RKE Memory positions and This feature is turned on or off using button. If the memory position is still may be different than the previously the vehicle personalization menu. not recalling, see your dealer for mentioned Button Memory positions See “Memory Remote Recall” service. under Vehicle Personalization on saved to the “1” or “2” buttons. page 5‑42 for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-7

Easy Exit Driver Seat Lumbar Adjustment Thigh Support This feature moves the seat Adjustment rearward allowing the driver more Power Lumbar room to exit the vehicle. To activate, place the ignition in OFF and open the driver door. If the driver door is already open, placing the ignition in OFF will activate the easy exit driver seat. This feature is turned on or off using the vehicle personalization menu. See “Easy Exit Driver Seat” under Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑42 for more information. To stop recall movement, press one of the memory, power seat controls, If available, press and hold the front If available, adjust the manual leg or the adjustable pedal switch, or rear of the control to increase or extension by pulling up on the lever, if available. decrease lumbar support. Release and then pulling or pushing on the the control when the seatback support to lengthen or shorten it. If something has blocked the driver Release the lever to lock it in place. seat while recalling the exit position, reaches the desired level of lumbar the recall may stop. Remove the support. obstruction; then press and hold the power seat control rearward for two seconds. Try recalling the exit position again. If the exit position is still not recalling, see your dealer for service. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

3-8 Seats and Restraints

Reclining Seatbacks WARNING (Continued)

{ WARNING The lap belt cannot do its job either. In a crash, the belt Sitting in a reclined position when could go up over your abdomen. the vehicle is in motion can be The belt forces would be there, dangerous. Even when buckled not at your pelvic bones. This up, the safety belts cannot do could cause serious internal their job when reclined like this. injuries. The shoulder belt cannot do its For proper protection when the job because it will not be against vehicle is in motion, have the your body. Instead, it will be in seatback upright. Then sit well Do not have a seatback reclined if front of you. In a crash, you could back in the seat and wear the the vehicle is moving. go into it, receiving neck or other safety belt properly. injuries. (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-9

Manual Reclining Seatbacks Power Reclining Seatbacks

{ WARNING

You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver seat while the vehicle is moving. The sudden movement could startle and confuse you, or make you push a pedal when you do not want to. To recline a manual seatback: Adjust the driver seat only when the vehicle is not moving. 1. Lift the lever. 2. Move the seatback to the desired position, and then To adjust a power seatback, release the lever to lock the if available: { WARNING seatback in place. . Tilt the top of the control If either seatback is not locked, it 3. Push and pull on the seatback rearward to recline. to make sure it is locked. could move forward in a sudden . Tilt the top of the control forward stop or crash. That could cause To return the seatback to the upright position: to raise. injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull on the 1. Lift the lever fully without seatbacks to be sure they are applying pressure to the locked. seatback, and the seatback will return to the upright position. 2. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

3-10 Seats and Restraints

Heated Front Seats Press L or M to heat the driver or passenger seat cushion and { WARNING seatback. Press the button once for the If you cannot feel temperature highest setting. With each press change or pain to the skin, of the button, the heated seat the seat heater may cause will change to the next lower burns even at low temperatures. setting, and then to the off setting. To reduce the risk of burns, The lights indicate three for the people with such a condition highest setting and one for the should use care when using lowest. the seat heater, especially for If available, the buttons are near the The passenger seat may take long periods of time. Do not longer to heat up. place anything on the seat that climate controls on the instrument insulates against heat, such panel. To operate, the ignition must as a blanket, cushion, cover, be in ON/RUN/START. or similar item. This may cause the seat heater to overheat. An overheated seat heater may cause a burn or may damage the seat. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-11

Remote Start Heated Seats See Remote Vehicle Start on When it is cold outside, the page 2‑10 and “Remote Start heated seats can be turned on Auto Heated Seats” under Vehicle automatically during a remote Personalization on page 5‑42 for vehicle start. The heated seats more information. will be canceled when the ignition is turned on. Press the button to Heated and Ventilated use the heated seats after the Front Seats vehicle is started. The heated seat indicator lights on { WARNING the button do not turn on during a remote start. If you cannot feel temperature change or pain to the skin, If available, the buttons are near the The temperature performance of an the seat heater may cause climate controls on the instrument unoccupied seat may be reduced. burns even at low temperatures. panel. To operate, the ignition must This is normal. See the Warning under Heated be in ON/RUN/START. The heated seats will not turn on Front Seats on page 3‑10. Press M to heat the seat or { to during a remote start unless the ventilate the seat. heated seat feature is enabled in the vehicle personalization menu. Press the button once for the highest setting. With each press of the button, the seat will change to the next lower setting, and then to the off setting. The lights indicate three for the highest setting and one for the lowest. The passenger seat may take longer to heat up. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

3-12 Seats and Restraints

Remote Start Heated and Rear Seats Ventilated Seats During a remote start, the heated or Split Folding Seatbacks ventilated seats can be turned on With this feature, either side of the automatically. They are canceled rear seatback can be folded down when the ignition is turned on. for more cargo space. Press the button to use the heated or ventilated seats after the vehicle Folding the Seatbacks is started. Notice: Folding a rear seat with The heated or ventilated seat the safety belts still fastened may indicator lights on the button do cause damage to the seat or the not turn on during a remote start. safety belts. Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them A. Seatback Lock Indicator The temperature performance of an to their normal stowed position 3. Lift the lever on the top of the unoccupied seat may be reduced. before folding a rear seat. seatback. The rear seatback This is normal. To fold the seatback: lock indicator (A) extends when The heated or ventilated seats the seatback is unlocked. will not turn on during a remote 1. Unbuckle the rear safety 4. Fold the seatback forward. start unless they are enabled in belts and move the front The rear seatback lock the vehicle personalization menu. seatbacks to the upright indicator (A) retracts when See Remote Vehicle Start on position. See Reclining the seatback is locked. page 2‑10 and “Remote Start Auto Seatbacks on page 3‑8 Heated Seats” or “Remote Start for more information. Keep the seatback in the upright, Auto Seat Cool” under Vehicle 2. Make sure that there is nothing locked position when not in use. Personalization on page 5‑42 under, in front of, or on the seat. for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-13

Raising the Seatbacks To raise the seatback: Reclining the Seatbacks 1. Lift the lever on top of the To recline the seatback: { WARNING seatback. Raise the seatback 1. Lift and hold the lever on top of and release the lever. The rear the seatback. The rear seatback If either seatback is not locked, it seatback lock indicator (A) lock indicator (A) extends when could move forward in a sudden extends when the seatback the seatback is unlocked. stop or crash. That could cause is unlocked. injury to the person sitting there. 2. Tilt the seatback rearward, and 2. Push the seatback rearward Always push and pull on the then release the lever when until it locks in the upright the seatback is in the desired seatbacks to be sure they are position. The rear seatback lock position. The rear seatback lock locked. indicator (A) retracts when the indicator (A) retracts when the seatback is locked in place. seatback is locked in place. 3. Make sure the rear safety { WARNING belts are not twisted or caught between the seat cushion and A safety belt that is improperly the seatback. routed, not properly attached, or twisted will not provide the protection needed in a crash. The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured. After raising the rear seatback, always check to be sure that the safety belts are properly routed and attached, and are not twisted. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

3-14 Seats and Restraints

Heated Rear Seats With the ignition in ON/RUN/START, Rear Seat press L or M to heat the left or Pass-Through Door { WARNING right outboard seat cushion and seatback. An indicator on the RSA If you cannot feel temperature display appears when this feature change or pain to the skin, the is on. seat heater may cause burns Press the button once for the even at low temperatures. highest setting. With each press of See the Warning under Heated the button, the heated seat changes Front Seats on page 3‑10. to the next lower setting, and then the off setting. Three lights indicate the highest setting, and one light indicates the lowest.

Some vehicles have a rear seat pass-through door in the center of the rear seatback. Fold down the center armrest and push down on the latch to open the door.

If available, the buttons are on the Rear Sear Audio (RSA) panel on the rear of the center console. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-15

Safety Belts In most states and in all Canadian { WARNING provinces, the law requires wearing This section of the manual safety belts. Here is why: describes how to use safety belts It is extremely dangerous to ride You never know if you will be in properly. It also describes some in a cargo area, inside or outside a crash. If you do have a crash, things not to do with safety belts. of a vehicle. In a collision, people riding in these areas are more you do not know if it will be a serious one. { WARNING likely to be seriously injured or killed. Do not allow people to ride A few crashes are mild, and some Do not let anyone ride where in any area of your vehicle that crashes can be so serious that a safety belt cannot be worn is not equipped with seats and even buckled up, a person would properly. In a crash, if you or safety belts. Be sure everyone not survive. But most crashes your passenger(s) are not in the vehicle is in a seat and are in between. In many of them, wearing safety belts, the injuries using a safety belt properly. people who buckle up can survive can be much worse. You can hit and sometimes walk away. Without safety belts they could have been things inside the vehicle harder This vehicle has indicators as a badly hurt or killed. or be ejected from the vehicle. reminder to buckle the safety belts. You and your passenger(s) can See Safety Belt Reminders on After more than 40 years of safety be seriously injured or killed. page 5‑15 for additional information. belts in vehicles, the facts are clear. In the same crash, you might In most crashes buckling up does not be, if you are buckled up. matter ... a lot! Always fasten your safety belt, and check that your passenger(s) are restrained properly too. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

3-16 Seats and Restraints

Why Safety Belts Work When you ride in or on anything, you go as fast as it goes.

Put someone on it. Get it up to speed. Then stop the vehicle. The rider does not stop.

Take the simplest vehicle. Suppose it is just a seat on wheels. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-17

The person keeps going until or the instrument panel... or the safety belts! stopped by something. In a real With safety belts, you slow down vehicle, it could be the windshield... as the vehicle does. You get more time to stop. You stop over more distance, and your strongest bones take the forces. That is why safety belts make such good sense. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

3-18 Seats and Restraints

Questions and Answers About Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why Q: If I am a good driver, and I Safety Belts should I have to wear safety never drive far from home, belts? why should I wear safety Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle belts? after a crash if I am wearing a A: Airbags are supplemental safety belt? systems only; so they work A: You may be an excellent driver, with safety belts — not instead but if you are in a crash — even A: You could be whether you — of them. Whether or not an one that is not your fault — you are wearing a safety belt or airbag is provided, all occupants and your passenger(s) can be not. But your chance of being still have to buckle up to get hurt. Being a good driver does conscious during and after an the most protection. That is not protect you from things accident, so you can unbuckle true not only in frontal collisions, beyond your control, such as and get out, is much greater if but especially in side and other bad drivers. you are belted. And you can collisions. unbuckle a safety belt, even if Most accidents occur within you are upside down. 40 km (25 mi) of home. And the greatest number of serious injuries and deaths occur at speeds of less than 65 km/h (40 mph). Safety belts are for everyone. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-19

How to Wear Safety Belts First, before you or your worn low and snug on the hips, passenger(s) wear a safety belt, just touching the thighs. In a crash, Properly there is important information you this applies force to the strong This section is only for people of should know. pelvic bones and you would be adult size. less likely to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the belt Be aware that there are special would apply force on your abdomen. things to know about safety belts This could cause serious or even and children. And there are different fatal injuries. The shoulder belt rules for smaller children and should go over the shoulder and infants. If a child will be riding in across the chest. These parts of the vehicle, see Older Children on the body are best able to take belt page 3 46 or Infants and Young ‑ restraining forces. Children on page 3‑48. Follow those rules for everyone's protection. The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash. It is very important for all occupants to buckle up. Statistics show that unbelted people are hurt more often in crashes than those who Sit up straight and always keep are wearing safety belts. your feet on the floor in front of you. The lap part of the belt should be Occupants who are not buckled up can be thrown out of the vehicle in a crash. And they can strike others in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

3-20 Seats and Restraints

Q: What is wrong with this? Q: What is wrong with this? { WARNING

You can be seriously hurt if the shoulder belt is too loose. In a crash, you would move forward too much, which could increase injury. The shoulder belt should fit snugly against your body.

A: The shoulder belt is too loose. A: The lap belt is too loose. It will not give as much It will not give nearly as protection this way. much protection this way. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-21

Q: What is wrong with this? { WARNING { WARNING

You can be seriously hurt if the You can be seriously injured lap belt is too loose. In a crash, if the belt is buckled in the you could slide under the lap wrong place like this. In a crash, belt and apply force on your the belt would go up over your abdomen. This could cause abdomen. The belt forces would serious or even fatal injuries. be there, not on the pelvic bones. The lap belt should be worn This could cause serious internal low and snug on the hips, injuries. Always buckle the belt just touching the thighs. into the buckle nearest you.

A: The belt is buckled in the wrong buckle. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)

3-22 Seats and Restraints

Q: What is wrong with this? Q: What is wrong with this? { WARNING

You can be seriously injured if the belt goes over an armrest like this. The belt would be much too high. In a crash, you can slide under the belt. The belt force would then be applied on the abdomen, not on the pelvic bones, and that could cause serious or fatal injuries. Be sure the belt goes under the armrests.

A: The belt is over an armrest. A: The shoulder belt is worn under the arm. It should be worn over the shoulder at all times. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-23

Q: What is wrong with this? { WARNING { WARNING

You can be seriously injured You can be seriously injured if you wear the shoulder belt by not wearing the lap-shoulder under your arm. In a crash, belt properly. In a crash, you your body would move too far would not be restrained by the forward, which would increase the shoulder belt. Your body could chance of head and neck injury. move too far forward increasing Also, the belt would apply too the chance of head and neck much force to the ribs, which are injury. You might also slide not as strong as shoulder bones. under the lap belt. The belt You could also severely injure force would then be applied internal organs like your liver or right on the abdomen. That could spleen. The shoulder belt should A: The belt is behind the body. cause serious or fatal injuries. go over the shoulder and across The shoulder belt should go the chest. over the shoulder and across the chest. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)

3-24 Seats and Restraints

Q: What is wrong with this? 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull { WARNING the belt across you. Do not let it get twisted. You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt. In a crash, you would The lap-shoulder belt may lock if not have the full width of the belt you pull the belt across you very to spread impact forces. If a belt quickly. If this happens, let the is twisted, make it straight so it belt go back slightly to unlock it. can work properly, or ask your Then pull the belt across you more slowly. dealer to fix it. If the shoulder portion of a passenger belt is pulled out Lap-Shoulder Belt all the way, the child restraint All seating positions in the vehicle locking feature may be engaged. If this happens, let the belt go A: The belt is twisted across have a lap-shoulder belt. back all the way and start again. the body. The following instructions explain how to wear a lap-shoulder belt properly. 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is adjustable, so you can sit up straight. To see how, see “Seats” in the Index. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-25

4. If equipped with a shoulder belt height adjuster, move it to the height that is right for you. See “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster” later in this section for instructions on use and important safety information.

3. Push the latch plate into the To unlatch the belt, just push the buckle until it clicks. button on the buckle. Pull up on the latch plate to Before a door is closed, be sure make sure it is secure. If the belt the safety belt is out of the way. If a is not long enough, see Safety door is slammed against a safety Belt Extender on page 3‑29. belt, damage can occur to both the Position the release button on safety belt and the vehicle. the buckle so that the safety belt 5. To make the lap part tight, pull could be quickly unbuckled if up on the shoulder belt. necessary. It may be necessary to pull stitching on the safety belt through the latch plate to fully tighten the lap belt on smaller occupants. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)

3-26 Seats and Restraints

Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster Safety Belt Pretensioners The vehicle has a shoulder belt This vehicle has safety belt height adjuster for the driver and pretensioners for front outboard right front passenger seating occupants. Although the safety positions. belt pretensioners cannot be seen, Adjust the height so that the they are part of the safety belt shoulder portion of the belt is on assembly. They can help tighten the the shoulder and not falling off of it. safety belts during the early stages The belt should be close to, but of a moderate to severe frontal and not contacting, the neck. Improper near frontal crash and will deploy in shoulder belt height adjustment side, rear and rollover events if the could reduce the effectiveness of threshold conditions for pretensioner the safety belt in a crash. See How Move the height adjuster up to the activation are met. to Wear Safety Belts Properly on desired position by pushing up on Pretensioners work only once. the height adjuster. page 3‑19. If the pretensioners activate in a After the height adjuster is set to crash, they will need to be replaced, the desired position, try to move it and probably other new parts for up or down without pressing the the vehicle's safety belt system. release button (A) to make sure it See Replacing Safety Belt System has locked into position. Press the Parts After a Crash on page 3‑30. release button to lower the height adjuster. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-27

Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides This vehicle may have rear shoulder belt comfort guides for the outboard passenger positions in the rear seat. If not, they are available through your dealer. The guides may provide added safety belt comfort for older children who have outgrown booster seats and for some adults. When installed on a shoulder belt, and properly adjusted, the comfort 2. Place the guide over the belt, 3. Be sure that the belt is guide positions the belt away from and insert the two edges of the not twisted and it lies flat. the neck and head. belt into the slots of the guide. The elastic cord must be under the belt and the guide on top. Here is how to install a comfort guide to the safety belt: 1. Remove the guide from its storage pocket on the side of the seat. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)

3-28 Seats and Restraints

Safety Belt Use During { WARNING Pregnancy A safety belt that is not properly Safety belts work for everyone, worn may not provide the including pregnant women. Like all protection needed in a crash. occupants, they are more likely to The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured if they do not be seriously injured. The shoulder wear safety belts. belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. 4. Buckle, position, and release the safety belt as described previously in this section. Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is on the shoulder and not falling off of it. The belt should be close to, but not contacting, the neck. To remove and store the comfort guide, squeeze the belt edges A pregnant woman should wear together so that the safety belt a lap-shoulder belt, and the lap can be removed from the guide. portion should be worn as low Slide the guide back into its storage as possible, below the rounding, pocket located on the side of throughout the pregnancy. the seat. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (29,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-29

The best way to protect the fetus is Safety System Check Safety Belt Care to protect the mother. When a safety belt is worn properly, it is more likely Now and then, check that the safety Keep belts clean and dry. that the fetus will not be hurt in a belt reminder light, safety belts, crash. For pregnant women, as for buckles, latch plates, retractors, { WARNING anyone, the key to making safety and anchorages are working belts effective is wearing them properly. Look for any other loose Do not bleach or dye safety belts. properly. or damaged safety belt system parts It may severely weaken them. that might keep a safety belt system In a crash, they might not be able Safety Belt Extender from doing its job. See your dealer to provide adequate protection. to have it repaired. Torn or frayed Clean safety belts only with mild If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten safety belts may not protect you in soap and lukewarm water. around you, you should use it. a crash. They can rip apart under But if a safety belt is not long impact forces. If a belt is torn or enough, your dealer will order you frayed, get a new one right away. an extender. When you go in to Make sure the safety belt reminder order it, take the heaviest coat you light is working. See Safety Belt will wear, so the extender will be Reminders on page 5‑15 for more long enough for you. To help avoid information. personal injury, do not let someone Keep safety belts clean and dry. else use it, and use it only for the See Safety Belt Care on page 3 29. seat it is made to fit. The extender ‑ has been designed for adults. Never use it for securing child seats. To wear it, attach it to the regular safety belt. For more information, see the instruction sheet that comes with the extender. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (30,1)

3-30 Seats and Restraints

Replacing Safety Belt After a minor crash, replacement of Airbag System safety belts may not be necessary. System Parts After a But the safety belt assemblies that The vehicle has the following Crash were used during any crash may airbags: have been stressed or damaged. . A frontal airbag for the driver. { WARNING See your dealer to have the safety belt assemblies inspected or . A frontal airbag for the right front A crash can damage the safety replaced. passenger. belt system in the vehicle. New parts and repairs may be . A seat-mounted side impact A damaged safety belt system necessary even if the safety belt airbag for the driver. may not properly protect the system was not being used at the . A seat-mounted side impact person using it, resulting in time of the crash. airbag for the right front serious injury or even death in Have the safety belt pretensioners passenger. a crash. To help make sure the checked if the vehicle has been in a . safety belt systems are working A roof-rail airbag for the driver crash, or if the airbag readiness light properly after a crash, have them and the passenger seated stays on after you start the vehicle directly behind the driver. inspected and any necessary or while you are driving. See Airbag . A roof-rail airbag for the replacements made as soon as Readiness Light on page 5‑17. possible. right front passenger and the passenger seated directly behind the right front passenger. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (31,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-31

All of the airbags in the vehicle will Here are the most important things have the word AIRBAG embossed { WARNING to know about the airbag system: in the trim or on an attached label near the deployment opening. Be sure that cargo is not near an airbag. In a crash, an inflating { WARNING For frontal airbags, the word airbag might force that object AIRBAG will appear on the middle You can be severely injured or toward a person. This could killed in a crash if you are not part of the steering wheel for the cause severe injury or even wearing a safety belt — even if driver and on the instrument panel death. Secure objects away for the right front passenger. the vehicle has airbags. Airbags from the area in which an are designed to work with safety With seat-mounted side impact airbag would inflate. For more belts, but do not replace them. airbags, the word AIRBAG will information, see Where Are Also, airbags are not designed to appear on the side of the seatback the Airbags? on page 3‑33 and closest to the door. deploy in every crash. In some Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑12. crashes safety belts are the only With roof-rail airbags, the word restraint. See When Should an AIRBAG will appear along the trim. Airbags are designed to supplement Airbag Inflate? on page 3‑34. the protection provided by safety Even if you do not have a right front Wearing a safety belt during a belts. Even though today's airbags passenger seat in the vehicle there crash helps reduce your chance is still an active frontal airbag in the are also designed to help reduce of hitting things inside the vehicle right side of the instrument panel. the risk of injury from the force of or being ejected from it. Airbags Do not place cargo in front of this an inflating bag, all airbags must airbag. inflate very quickly to do their job. are “supplemental restraints” to the safety belts. Everyone in the vehicle should wear a safety belt properly — whether or not there is an airbag for that person. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (32,1)

3-32 Seats and Restraints

{ WARNING { WARNING

Airbags inflate with great force, Children who are up against, faster than the blink of an eye. or very close to, any airbag Anyone who is up against, or when it inflates can be seriously very close to, any airbag when injured or killed. Airbags plus There is an airbag readiness light it inflates can be seriously injured lap-shoulder belts offer protection on the instrument panel cluster, or killed. Do not sit unnecessarily for adults and older children, which shows the airbag symbol. close to any airbag, as you would but not for young children and be if you were sitting on the edge infants. Neither the vehicle's The system checks the airbag of the seat or leaning forward. safety belt system nor its airbag electrical system for malfunctions. Safety belts help keep you in system is designed for them. The light tells you if there is an position before and during a Young children and infants electrical problem. See Airbag crash. Always wear a safety belt, need the protection that a child Readiness Light on page 5‑17 even with airbags. The driver restraint system can provide. for more information. should sit as far back as possible Always secure children properly while still maintaining control of in the vehicle. To read how, see the vehicle. Older Children on page 3‑46 or Occupants should not lean on Infants and Young Children on or sleep against the door or side page 3‑48. windows in seating positions with seat-mounted side impact airbags and/or roof-rail airbags. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (33,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-33

Where Are the Airbags?

The right front passenger frontal Driver Side Shown, airbag is in the instrument panel on Passenger Side Similar The driver frontal airbag is in the the passenger side. The seat-mounted side impact middle of the steering wheel. airbags for the driver and right front passenger are in the side of the seatbacks closest to the door. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (34,1)

3-34 Seats and Restraints

When Should an Airbag WARNING (Continued) Inflate? that person causing severe injury Frontal airbags are designed or even death. The path of an to inflate in moderate to severe inflating airbag must be kept frontal or near-frontal crashes clear. Do not put anything to help reduce the potential for between an occupant and an severe injuries mainly to the airbag, and do not attach or driver's or right front passenger's put anything on the steering head and chest. However, they wheel hub or on or near any are only designed to inflate if the other airbag covering. impact exceeds a predetermined deployment threshold. Deployment Driver Side Shown, Passenger Do not use seat accessories Side Similar thresholds are used to predict how that block the inflation path of a severe a crash is likely to be in time The roof-rail airbags for the driver, seat-mounted side impact airbag. for the airbags to inflate and help right front passenger, and second Never secure anything to the roof restrain the occupants. row outboard passengers are in the of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags ceiling above the side windows. Whether the frontal airbags will by routing a rope or tie down or should deploy is not based on through any door or window how fast your vehicle is traveling. { WARNING opening. If you do, the path of It depends largely on what you hit, the direction of the impact, and how If something is between an an inflating roof-rail airbag will quickly your vehicle slows down. occupant and an airbag, the be blocked. airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (35,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-35

Frontal airbags may inflate Frontal airbags are not intended to crashes. In addition, these roof-rail at different crash speeds. inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear airbags are intended to inflate For example: impacts, or in many side impacts. during a rollover. Seat-mounted side impact and roof-rail airbags . If the vehicle hits a stationary In addition, the vehicle has object, the airbags could inflate dual-stage frontal airbags. will inflate if the crash severity at a different crash speed than if Dual-stage airbags adjust the is above the system's designed the vehicle hits a moving object. restraint according to crash severity. threshold level. The threshold The vehicle has electronic frontal level can vary with specific . If the vehicle hits an object vehicle design. that deforms, the airbags could sensors, which help the sensing inflate at a different crash speed system distinguish between a Seat-mounted side impact airbags than if the vehicle hits an object moderate frontal impact and are not intended to inflate in frontal that does not deform. a more severe frontal impact. impacts, near-frontal impacts, For moderate frontal impacts, rollovers, or rear impacts. Roof-rail . If the vehicle hits a narrow object dual-stage airbags inflate at a airbags are not intended to inflate in (like a pole), the airbags could level less than full deployment. rear impacts. A seat-mounted side inflate at a different crash speed For more severe frontal impacts, impact airbag is intended to deploy than if the vehicle hits a wide full deployment occurs. on the side of the vehicle that is object (like a wall). The vehicle has seat-mounted struck. Both roof-rail airbags will . If the vehicle goes into an object side impact and roof-rail airbags. deploy when either side of the vehicle is struck, or if the sensing at an angle, the airbags could See Airbag System on page 3‑30. inflate at a different crash speed Seat-mounted side impact and system predicts that the vehicle is than if the vehicle goes straight roof-rail airbags are intended to about to roll over, or in a severe into the object. inflate in moderate to severe side frontal impact. Thresholds can also vary with specific vehicle design. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (36,1)

3-36 Seats and Restraints

If the vehicle does not have a right What Makes an Airbag How Does an Airbag front passenger seat and a rear seat, only the driver frontal airbag Inflate? Restrain? will deploy in a frontal impact. In a deployment event, the sensing In moderate to severe frontal or In any particular crash, no one system sends an electrical signal near frontal collisions, even belted can say whether an airbag should triggering a release of gas from the occupants can contact the steering have inflated simply because of inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the wheel or the instrument panel. In the damage to a vehicle or because airbag causing the bag to break out moderate to severe side collisions, of what the repair costs were. of the cover and deploy. The inflator, even belted occupants can contact For frontal airbags, inflation is the airbag, and related hardware are the inside of the vehicle. determined by what the vehicle all part of the airbag module. Airbags supplement the protection hits, the angle of the impact, and Frontal airbag modules are located provided by safety belts. Frontal how quickly the vehicle slows down. inside the steering wheel and airbags distribute the force of For seat-mounted side impact and instrument panel. For vehicles with the impact more evenly over the roof-rail airbags, deployment is seat-mounted side impact airbags, occupant's upper body, stopping determined by the location and there are airbag modules in the side the occupant more gradually. severity of the side impact. In a of the front seatbacks closest to Seat‐mounted side impact and rollover event, roof-rail airbag the door. For vehicles with roof-rail roof-rail airbags distribute the force deployment is determined by the airbags, there are airbag modules of the impact more evenly over direction of the roll. in the ceiling of the vehicle, near the the occupant's upper body. side windows that have occupant seating positions. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (37,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-37

Rollover capable roof-rail airbags What Will You See After are designed to help contain the { WARNING head and chest of occupants in an Airbag Inflates? the outboard seating positions After the frontal airbags and When an airbag inflates, in the first and second rows. seat-mounted side impact airbags there may be dust in the air. The rollover capable roof-rail inflate, they quickly deflate, so This dust could cause breathing airbags are designed to help quickly that some people may not problems for people with a history reduce the risk of full or partial even realize an airbag inflated. of asthma or other breathing ejection in rollover events, although Roof-rail airbags may still be at least trouble. To avoid this, everyone no system can prevent all such partially inflated for some time after in the vehicle should get out as ejections. they deploy. Some components of soon as it is safe to do so. If you But airbags would not help in the airbag module may be hot for have breathing problems but many types of collisions, primarily several minutes. For location of the cannot get out of the vehicle after because the occupant's motion airbag modules, see What Makes an airbag inflates, then get fresh is not toward those airbags. See an Airbag Inflate? on page 3‑36. air by opening a window or a When Should an Airbag Inflate? on The parts of the airbag that come door. If you experience breathing page 3‑34 for more information. into contact with you may be problems following an airbag deployment, you should seek Airbags should never be regarded warm, but not too hot to touch. medical attention. as anything more than a supplement There may be some smoke and to safety belts. dust coming from the vents in the deflated airbags. Airbag inflation The vehicle has a feature that may does not prevent the driver from automatically unlock the doors, turn seeing out of the windshield or on the interior lamps and hazard being able to steer the vehicle, warning flashers, and shut off the nor does it prevent people from fuel system after the airbags inflate. leaving the vehicle. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (38,1)

3-38 Seats and Restraints

You can lock the doors, turn off the In many crashes severe enough . The vehicle has a crash interior lamps and hazard warning to inflate the airbag, windshields sensing and diagnostic module flashers by using the controls for are broken by vehicle deformation. which records information those features. Additional windshield breakage after a crash. See Vehicle Data may also occur from the right Recording and Privacy on { WARNING front passenger airbag. page 13‑18 and Event Data Recorders on page 13‑18. . Airbags are designed to inflate A crash severe enough to inflate only once. After an airbag . Let only qualified technicians the airbags may have also inflates, you will need some work on the airbag systems. damaged important functions new parts for the airbag system. Improper service can mean that in the vehicle, such as the fuel If you do not get them, the an airbag system will not work system, brake and steering airbag system will not be there properly. See your dealer for systems, etc. Even if the vehicle to help protect you in another service. appears to be drivable after a crash. A new system will include moderate crash, there may be airbag modules and possibly concealed damage that could other parts. The service manual make it difficult to safely operate for your vehicle covers the need the vehicle. to replace other parts. Use caution if you should attempt to restart the engine after a crash has occurred. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (39,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-39

Passenger Sensing The words ON and OFF, or the The sensors are designed to detect symbol for on and off, are visible the presence of a properly-seated System during the system check. If you occupant and determine if the right The vehicle has a passenger are using remote start, if equipped, front passenger frontal airbag and sensing system for the right front to start the vehicle from a distance, seat‐mounted side impact airbag passenger position. The passenger you may not see the system should be enabled (may inflate) airbag status indicator will be visible check. When the system check is or not. on the overhead console when the complete, either the word ON or According to accident statistics, vehicle is started. OFF, or the symbol for on or off, children are safer when properly will be visible. See Passenger secured in a rear seat in the correct Airbag Status Indicator on child restraint for their weight page 5‑17. and size. The passenger sensing system We recommend that children be turns off the right front passenger secured in a rear seat, including: frontal airbag and seat-mounted an infant or a child riding in a United States side impact airbag under certain rear-facing child restraint; a child conditions. The driver airbags and riding in a forward-facing child seat; the roof-rail airbags are not affected an older child riding in a booster by the passenger sensing system. seat; and children, who are large The passenger sensing system enough, using safety belts. works with sensors that are part of the right front passenger seat. Canada and Mexico Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (40,1)

3-40 Seats and Restraints

A label on the sun visor says, The passenger sensing system is “Never put a rear-facing child seat WARNING (Continued) designed to turn off the right front in the front.” This is because the risk passenger airbag and seat‐mounted to the rear-facing child is so great, airbag (if equipped), no side impact airbag if: if the airbag deploys. system is fail-safe. No one can . The right front passenger seat is guarantee that an airbag will unoccupied. { WARNING not deploy under some unusual circumstance, even though the . The system determines that an A child in a rear-facing child airbag(s) are off. infant is present in a rear-facing restraint can be seriously infant seat. Secure rear-facing child restraints injured or killed if the right . in a rear seat, even if the The system determines that a front passenger airbag inflates. small child is present in a child airbag(s) are off. If you secure a This is because the back of the restraint. forward-facing child restraint in rear-facing child restraint would the right front seat, always move . The system determines that be very close to the inflating the front passenger seat as far a small child is present in a airbag. A child in a forward-facing back as it will go. It is better to booster seat. child restraint can be seriously secure the child restraint in a . injured or killed if the right front A right front passenger takes rear seat. his/her weight off of the seat for passenger airbag inflates and the a period of time. passenger seat is in a forward position. If the vehicle does not have a . The right front passenger seat is rear seat that will accommodate occupied by a smaller person, Even if the passenger sensing a rear‐facing child restraint, a such as a child who has system has turned off the right rear‐facing child restraint should outgrown child restraints. front passenger frontal airbag not be installed in the vehicle, and seat-mounted side impact . Or, if there is a critical problem even if the airbag is off. with the airbag system or the (Continued) passenger sensing system. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (41,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-41

When the passenger sensing sensing system may or may not If the On Indicator is Lit for a system has turned off the right turn off the right front passenger Child Restraint front passenger frontal airbag and frontal airbag and seat-mounted If a child restraint has been installed seat‐mounted side impact airbag, side impact airbag, depending and the on indicator is lit: the off indicator will light and stay lit upon the person’s seating posture to remind you that the airbags are and body build. Everyone in the 1. Turn the vehicle off. off. See Passenger Airbag Status vehicle who has outgrown child 2. Remove the child restraint from Indicator on page 5 17. restraints should wear a safety ‑ the vehicle. The passenger sensing system is belt properly — whether or not 3. Remove any additional items designed to turn on (may inflate) there is an airbag for that person. from the seat such as blankets, the right front passenger frontal cushions, seat covers, seat airbag and seat mounted side { WARNING ‐ heaters, or seat massagers. impact airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size If the airbag readiness light ever 4. Reinstall the child restraint is sitting properly in the right front comes on and stays on, it means following the directions passenger seat. that something may be wrong provided by the child restraint with the airbag system. To help manufacturer and refer to When the passenger sensing avoid injury to yourself or others, Securing a Child Restraint in system has allowed the airbags “ have the vehicle serviced right the Right Front Seat Position to be enabled, the on indicator will ” away. See Airbag Readiness under Securing Child Restraints light and stay lit to remind you that (Rear Seat) on page 3 63 or the airbags are active. Light on page 5‑17 for more ‑ information, including important Securing Child Restraints (Front For some children who have safety information. Passenger Seat) on page 3‑66. outgrown child restraints and for very small adults, the passenger Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (42,1)

3-42 Seats and Restraints

5. If, after reinstalling the child If the Off Indicator is Lit for an system to detect that person and restraint and restarting the Adult-Size Occupant enable the right front passenger vehicle, the on indicator is frontal airbag and seat-mounted still lit, turn the vehicle off. side impact airbag: Then slightly recline the vehicle 1. Turn the vehicle off. seatback and adjust the seat cushion, if adjustable, to make 2. Remove any additional material sure that the vehicle seatback from the seat, such as blankets, is not pushing the child restraint cushions, seat covers, seat into the seat cushion. heaters, or seat massagers. Also make sure the child 3. Place the seatback in the fully restraint is not trapped under upright position. the vehicle head restraint. 4. Have the person sit upright in If this happens, adjust the head the seat, centered on the seat restraint. See Head Restraints cushion, with legs comfortably on page 3‑2. If a person of adult-size is sitting extended. 6. Restart the vehicle. in the right front passenger seat, 5. Restart the vehicle and have the but the off indicator is lit, it could be If the on indicator is still lit, person remain in this position for because that person is not sitting secure the child restraint in a two to three minutes after the on properly in the seat. If this happens, rear seat position in the vehicle, indicator is lit. use the following steps to allow the and check with your dealer. If no rear seat is available, do not install a child restraint in this vehicle. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (43,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-43

Additional Factors Affecting System Operation { WARNING { WARNING Safety belts help keep the Stowing of articles under the For up to 10 seconds after the passenger in position on the passenger seat or between the ignition is turned off and the seat during vehicle maneuvers passenger seat cushion and battery is disconnected, an airbag and braking, which helps the seatback may interfere with the can still inflate during improper passenger sensing system proper operation of the passenger service. You can be injured if you maintain the passenger airbag sensing system. are close to an airbag when it status. See “Safety Belts” and inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. “Child Restraints” in the Index for They are probably part of the additional information about the Servicing the airbag system. Be sure to follow importance of proper restraint use. Airbag-Equipped Vehicle proper service procedures, and A thick layer of additional material, Airbags affect how the vehicle make sure the person performing such as a blanket or cushion, should be serviced. There are work for you is qualified to do so. or aftermarket equipment such parts of the airbag system in as seat covers, seat heaters, several places around the vehicle. and seat massagers can affect Your dealer and the service manual how well the passenger sensing have information about servicing system operates. We recommend the vehicle and the airbag system. that you not use seat covers or To purchase a service manual, other aftermarket equipment except see Service Publications Ordering when approved by GM for your Information on page 13‑16. specific vehicle. See Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 3‑44 for more information about modifications that can affect how the system operates. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (44,1)

3-44 Seats and Restraints

Adding Equipment to the In addition, the vehicle has If you have questions, a passenger sensing system call Customer Assistance. Airbag-Equipped Vehicle for the right front passenger The phone numbers and Q: Is there anything I might add position, which includes sensors addresses for Customer to or change about the vehicle that are part of the passenger Assistance are in Step Two that could keep the airbags seat. The passenger sensing of the Customer Satisfaction from working properly? system may not operate Procedure in this manual. properly if the original seat See Customer Satisfaction A: Yes. If you add things that trim is replaced with non-GM Procedure (U.S. and Canada) on change the vehicle's frame, covers, upholstery or trim, page 13 1 or Customer bumper system, height, front ‑ or with GM covers, upholstery Satisfaction Procedure (Mexico) end or side sheet metal, they or trim designed for a different on page 13 3. may keep the airbag system ‑ vehicle. Any object, such as from working properly. Changing If the vehicle has rollover an aftermarket seat heater or or moving any parts of the front roof-rail airbags, see Different a comfort enhancing pad or seats, safety belts, the airbag Size Tires and Wheels on device, installed under or on sensing and diagnostic module, page 10‑75 for additional top of the seat fabric, could also steering wheel, instrument important information. interfere with the operation of panel, roof-rail airbag modules, the passenger sensing system. ceiling headliner or pillar garnish This could either prevent proper trim, overhead console, front deployment of the passenger sensors, side impact sensors, airbag(s) or prevent the rollover sensor module, airbag passenger sensing system wiring, or cargo restraint system from properly turning off and convenience net can affect the passenger airbag(s). the operation of the airbag See Passenger Sensing system. System on page 3‑39. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (45,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-45

Q: Because I have a disability, Airbag System Check Replacing Airbag System I have to get my vehicle modified. How can I find out The airbag system does not need Parts After a Crash whether this will affect my regularly scheduled maintenance airbag system? or replacement. Make sure the { WARNING airbag readiness light is working. A: If you have questions, See Airbag Readiness Light on A crash can damage the call Customer Assistance. page 5‑17 for more information. airbag systems in the vehicle. The phone numbers and Notice: If an airbag covering is A damaged airbag system addresses for Customer may not work properly and Assistance are in Step Two damaged, opened, or broken, may not protect you and your of the Customer Satisfaction the airbag may not work properly. passenger(s) in a crash, resulting Procedure in this manual. Do not open or break the airbag See Customer Satisfaction coverings. If there are any in serious injury or even death. Procedure (U.S. and Canada) on opened or broken airbag covers, To help make sure the airbag page 13‑1 or Customer have the airbag covering and/or systems are working properly Satisfaction Procedure (Mexico) airbag module replaced. For the after a crash, have them on page 13‑3. location of the airbag modules, inspected and any necessary see What Makes an Airbag replacements made as soon In addition, your dealer and the Inflate? on page 3‑36. See your as possible. service manual have information dealer for service. about the location of the airbag sensors, sensing and diagnostic If an airbag inflates, you will need module and airbag wiring. to replace airbag system parts. See your dealer for service. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (46,1)

3-46 Seats and Restraints

If the airbag readiness light stays Child Restraints The manufacturer's instructions that on after the vehicle is started or come with the booster seat state the comes on when you are driving, weight and height limitations for that the airbag system may not work Older Children booster. Use a booster seat with properly. Have the vehicle serviced a lap-shoulder belt until the child right away. See Airbag Readiness passes the fit test below: Light on page 5 17 for more ‑ . Sit all the way back on the seat. information. Do the knees bend at the seat edge? If yes, continue. If no, return to the booster seat. . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Does the shoulder belt rest on the shoulder? If yes, continue. If no, try using the rear safety belt comfort guide. See “Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on Older children who have outgrown page 3 24 for more information. booster seats should wear the ‑ If the shoulder belt still does not vehicle safety belts. rest on the shoulder, then return to the booster seat. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (47,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-47

. Does the lap belt fit low and Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort snug on the hips, touching the Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on WARNING (Continued) thighs? If yes, continue. If no, page 3‑24. return to the booster seat. children can be crushed together According to accident statistics, . and seriously injured. A safety Can proper safety belt fit be children and infants are safer maintained for the length of when properly restrained in a child belt must be used by only one the trip? If yes, continue. If no, restraint system or infant restraint person at a time. return to the booster seat. system secured in a rear seating Q: What is the proper way to position. wear safety belts? In a crash, children who are not A: An older child should wear a buckled up can strike other people lap-shoulder belt and get the who are buckled up, or can be additional restraint a shoulder thrown out of the vehicle. Older belt can provide. The shoulder children need to use safety belts belt should not cross the face properly. or neck. The lap belt should fit snugly below the hips, just { WARNING touching the top of the thighs. This applies belt force to the Never do this. child's pelvic bones in a crash. Never allow two children to wear It should never be worn over the the same safety belt. The safety abdomen, which could cause belt cannot properly spread the severe or even fatal internal impact forces. In a crash, the two injuries in a crash. (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (48,1)

3-48 Seats and Restraints

{ WARNING { WARNING

Never do this. Children can be seriously injured Never allow a child to wear the or strangled if a shoulder belt safety belt with the shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck behind their back. A child can be and the safety belt continues seriously injured by not wearing to tighten. Never leave children the lap-shoulder belt properly. unattended in a vehicle and In a crash, the child would not be never allow children to play restrained by the shoulder belt. with the safety belts. The child could move too far forward increasing the chance of Airbags plus lap‐shoulder belts head and neck injury. The child Infants and Young offer protection for adults and older might also slide under the lap Children children, but not for young children belt. The belt force would then Everyone in a vehicle needs and infants. Neither the vehicle's be applied right on the abdomen. protection! This includes infants safety belt system nor its airbag That could cause serious or fatal and all other children. Neither the system is designed for them. Every injuries. The shoulder belt should distance traveled nor the age and time infants and young children ride go over the shoulder and across size of the traveler changes the in vehicles, they should have the the chest. need, for everyone, to use safety protection provided by appropriate restraints. In fact, the law in every child restraints. state in the United States and in Children who are not restrained every Canadian province says properly can strike other people, children up to some age must be or can be thrown out of the vehicle. restrained while in a vehicle. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (49,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-49

{ WARNING WARNING (Continued)

Never do this. better to secure a forward-facing Never hold an infant or a child restraint in a rear seat. If you child while riding in a vehicle. must secure a forward-facing Due to crash forces, an infant child restraint in the right front or a child will become so heavy seat, always move the front it is not possible to hold it during passenger seat as far back a crash. For example, in a crash as it will go. at only 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) infant will suddenly become a 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's arms. An infant { WARNING should be secured in an Never do this. appropriate restraint. Children who are up against, or very close to, any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed. Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the right front seat. Secure a rear-facing child restraint in a rear seat. It is also (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (50,1)

3-50 Seats and Restraints

Q: What are the different types of height limitations for a particular add-on child restraints? child restraint. In addition, there { WARNING are many kinds of restraints A: Add-on child restraints, which A young child's hip bones are are purchased by the vehicle available for children with special needs. still so small that the vehicle's owner, are available in four regular safety belt may not remain basic types. Selection of a { WARNING low on the hip bones, as it should. particular restraint should take Instead, it may settle up around into consideration not only the child's abdomen. In a crash, the child's weight, height, and To reduce the risk of neck and the belt would apply force on a age but also whether or not the head injury during a crash, infants body area that is unprotected by restraint will be compatible with need complete support. This is the motor vehicle in which it will because an infant's neck is not any bony structure. This alone be used. fully developed and its head could cause serious or fatal weighs so much compared with injuries. To reduce the risk of For most basic types of child serious or fatal injuries during restraints, there are many the rest of its body. In a crash, a crash, young children should different models available. an infant in a rear-facing child always be secured in appropriate When purchasing a child restraint settles into the restraint, restraint, be sure it is designed so the crash forces can be child restraints. to be used in a motor vehicle. distributed across the strongest If it is, the restraint will have a part of an infant's body, the back label saying that it meets federal and shoulders. Infants should motor vehicle safety standards. always be secured in rear-facing The restraint manufacturer's child restraints. instructions that come with the restraint state the weight and Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (51,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-51

Child Restraint Systems

(B) Forward-Facing Child Seat (C) Booster Seats

(A) Rear‐Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child seat (B) A booster seat (C) is a child provides restraint for the child's restraint designed to improve A rear-facing infant seat (A) body with the harness. the fit of the vehicle's safety belt provides restraint with the seating system. A booster seat can also surface against the back of the help a child to see out the window. infant. The harness system holds the infant in place and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (52,1)

3-52 Seats and Restraints

Securing an Add-On Child See Lower Anchors and Tethers In some areas of the United States Restraint in the Vehicle for Children (LATCH System) on and Canada, Certified Child page 3‑55 for more information. Passenger Safety Technicians { WARNING Children can be endangered in a (CPSTs) are available to inspect crash if the child restraint is not and demonstrate how to correctly A child can be seriously injured properly secured in the vehicle. use and install child restraints. or killed in a crash if the child When securing an add-on child In the U.S., refer to the National restraint is not properly secured restraint, refer to the instructions Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) website in the vehicle. Secure the child that come with the restraint which to locate the nearest child safety restraint properly in the vehicle may be on the restraint itself or in a seat inspection station. For CPST using the vehicle safety belt or booklet, or both, and to this manual. availability in Canada, check with LATCH system, following the The child restraint instructions are important, so if they are not Transport Canada or the Provincial instructions that came with that Ministry of Transportation office. child restraint and the instructions available, obtain a replacement in this manual. copy from the manufacturer. Securing the Child Within the Keep in mind that an unsecured Child Restraint To help reduce the chance of child restraint can move around in a injury, the child restraint must collision or sudden stop and injure { WARNING be secured in the vehicle. Child people in the vehicle. Be sure to restraint systems must be secured properly secure any child restraint A child can be seriously injured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the in the vehicle — even when no child or killed in a crash if the child lap belt portion of a lap-shoulder is in it. is not properly secured in the belt, or by the LATCH system. child restraint. Secure the child properly following the instructions that came with that child restraint. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (53,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-53

Where to Put the { WARNING WARNING (Continued) Restraint According to accident statistics, A child in a rear-facing child Secure rear-facing child children and infants are safer restraint can be seriously restraints in a rear seat, even if when properly restrained in a child injured or killed if the right the airbag is off. If you secure a restraint system or infant restraint front passenger airbag inflates. forward-facing child restraint in system secured in a rear seating This is because the back of the the right front seat, always move position. rear-facing child restraint would the front passenger seat as far be very close to the inflating back as it will go. It is better to We recommend that children and airbag. A child in a forward-facing secure the child restraint in a child restraints be secured in a rear child restraint can be seriously rear seat. seat, including: an infant or a child riding in a rear-facing child restraint; injured or killed if the right front See Passenger Sensing System passenger airbag inflates and the a child riding in a forward-facing on page 3‑39 for additional child seat; an older child riding in a passenger seat is in a forward information. booster seat; and children, who are position. large enough, using safety belts. Even if the passenger sensing When securing a child restraint in A label on your sun visor says, system has turned off the right a rear seating position, study the “Never put a rear-facing child seat front passenger frontal airbag, instructions that came with your in the front.” This is because the risk no system is fail-safe. No one child restraint to make sure it is to the rear-facing child is so great, can guarantee that an airbag will compatible with this vehicle. if the airbag deploys. not deploy under some unusual circumstance, even though it is turned off. (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (54,1)

3-54 Seats and Restraints

If the vehicle does not have a child restraints. Adjacent seating Configurations for Use of Child rear seat that will accommodate positions should not be used if the Restraints a rear-facing child restraint, we child restraint prevents access to recommend that rear-facing child or interferes with the routing of the restraints not be transported in the safety belt. vehicle, even if the airbag is off. Wherever you install a child Child restraints and booster seats restraint, be sure to secure the vary considerably in size, and some child restraint properly. may fit in certain seating positions Keep in mind that an unsecured better than others. Always make child restraint can move around in a A. Child restraint using LATCH sure the child restraint is properly collision or sudden stop and injure B. Occupant prohibited secured. people in the vehicle. Be sure to Depending on where you place properly secure any child restraint the child restraint and the size of in your vehicle — even when no the child restraint, you may not child is in it. be able to access adjacent safety If you need to secure more than belt assemblies or LATCH anchors one child restraint in the rear seat, for additional passengers or review the following illustrations. A. Child restraint using LATCH B. Occupant prohibited C. Child restraint or occupant using safety belt Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (55,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-55

Lower Anchors and When installing a child restraint with a top tether, you must also Tethers for Children use either the lower anchors or the (LATCH System) safety belts to properly secure the The LATCH system holds a child child restraint. A child restraint must restraint during driving or in a crash. never be installed using only the top A. Child restraint or occupant This system is designed to make tether and anchor. using safety belt installation of a child restraint easier. In order to use the LATCH system The LATCH system uses anchors in in your vehicle, you need a the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint that has LATCH child restraint that are made for use attachments. The child restraint with the LATCH system. manufacturer will provide you Make sure that a LATCH-compatible with instructions on how to use the child restraint is properly installed child restraint and its attachments. using the anchors, or use the The following explains how to A. Child restraint or occupant vehicle's safety belts to secure the attach a child restraint with these using safety belt restraint, following the instructions attachments in your vehicle. B. Child restraint using LATCH that came with that restraint, and Not all vehicle seating positions or also the instructions in this manual. child restraints have lower anchors and attachments or top tether anchors and attachments. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (56,1)

3-56 Seats and Restraints

Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor Your child restraint may have a single tether (A) or a dual tether (C). Either will have a single attachment (B) to secure the top tether to the anchor. Some child restraints that have a top tether are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that Lower anchors (A) are metal A top tether (A, C) anchors the forward-facing child restraints have bars built into the vehicle. top of the child restraint to the a top tether, and that the tether There are two lower anchors for vehicle. A top tether anchor is be attached. Be sure to read and each LATCH seating position that built into the vehicle. The top tether follow the instructions for your will accommodate a child restraint attachment (B) on the child restraint child restraint. with lower attachments (B). connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (57,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-57

Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations

To assist you in locating the lower anchors, each seating position with lower anchors has two labels, near the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion.

Top Tether Anchors The top tether anchors for each Rear Seat rear seating position are located i under the covers, on the back of (Top Tether Anchor): Seating the rear seatback. Be sure to use an positions with top tether anchors. anchor located on the same side of j (Lower Anchor): Seating To assist you in locating the top the vehicle as the seating position positions with two lower anchors. tether anchors, the top tether anchor where the child restraint will be symbol is located on the cover. placed. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (58,1)

3-58 Seats and Restraints

Do not secure a child restraint in a Securing a Child Restraint position without a top tether anchor Designed for the LATCH { WARNING if a national or local law requires System that the top tether be attached, or if Do not attach more than one the instructions that come with the child restraint to a single anchor. child restraint say that the top tether { WARNING Attaching more than one child must be attached. restraint to a single anchor could If a LATCH-type child restraint is cause the anchor or attachment According to accident statistics, not attached to anchors, the child to come loose or even break children and infants are safer restraint will not be able to protect during a crash. A child or others when properly restrained in a child the child correctly. In a crash, the could be injured. To reduce the restraint system or infant restraint child could be seriously injured risk of serious or fatal injuries system secured in a rear seating or killed. Install a LATCH-type position. See Where to Put the during a crash, attach only one child restraint properly using the child restraint per anchor. Restraint on page 3‑53 for anchors, or use the vehicle safety additional information. belts to secure the restraint, following the instructions that came with the child restraint and the instructions in this manual. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (59,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-59

Make sure to attach the child 1.2. Put the child restraint on { WARNING restraint at the proper anchor the seat. location. Children can be seriously injured For the outboard rear or strangled if a shoulder belt This system is designed to make seating positions, if the is wrapped around their neck installation of child restraints easier. head restraint interferes and the safety belt continues to When using lower anchors, do with the proper installation tighten. Buckle any unused safety not use the vehicle's safety belts. of the child restraint, belts behind the child restraint so Instead use the vehicle's anchors the head restraint may and child restraint attachments be removed. See Head children cannot reach them. Pull “ to secure the restraints. Some Restraint Removal and the shoulder belt all the way out restraints also use another vehicle Reinstallation” at the end of the retractor to set the lock, anchor to secure a top tether. of this section. if the vehicle has one, after the child restraint has been installed. 1. Attach and tighten the 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower lower attachments to the attachments on the child lower anchors. If the child restraint to the lower Notice: Do not let the LATCH restraint does not have lower anchors. attachments rub against the attachments or the desired 2. If the child restraint manufacturer vehicle’s safety belts. This may seating position does not have recommends that the top tether damage these parts. If necessary, lower anchors, secure the child move buckled safety belts to be attached, attach and tighten restraint with the top tether and the top tether to the top tether avoid rubbing the LATCH the safety belts. Refer to your attachments. anchor, if equipped. Refer to the child restraint manufacturer child restraint instructions and Do not fold the empty rear seat instructions and the instructions the following steps: with a safety belt buckled. This in this manual. 2.1. Find the top tether anchor could damage the safety belt or 1.1. Find the lower anchors the seat. Unbuckle and return the and open its cover to for the desired seating expose the anchor. safety belt to its stowed position, position. before folding the seat. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (60,1)

3-60 Seats and Restraints

2.2. Route, attach, and tighten the top tether according to your child restraint instructions and the following instructions:

. If you are using a dual . If you are using a single tether in the rear outboard tether in the rear outboard seating position and the seating position with an head restraint has been adjustable head restraint, removed, route the dual route the single tether tether over the seatback. under the head restraint . If you are using a dual and in between the head tether in the rear outboard restraint posts. seating position with an adjustable head restraint, route the dual tether around the head restraint. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (61,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-61

. If you are using a single tether in the rear outboard seating position and the head restraint has been . If you are using a dual . If you are using a single removed, route the single tether in the rear center tether in the rear center tether over the seatback. seating position, lower the seating position, lower the adjustable headrest down adjustable headrest down to its stowed position and to its stowed position and route the dual tether over route the single tether over the headrest. the headrest. 3. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the LATCH path and attempt to move it side‐to‐side and back‐and‐forth. There should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement for proper installation. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (62,1)

3-62 Seats and Restraints

Head Restraint Removal and 4. When the child restraint is Reinstallation removed, reinstall the head restraint before the seating The rear outboard head restraints position is used. can be removed if they interfere with the proper installation of the child restraint. The headrest in the { WARNING rear center seating position is not With head restraints that are removable and should be lowered not installed and adjusted to the stowed position for child restraint installation. properly, there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer To remove the head restraint: a neck/spinal injury in a crash. 1. Partially fold the seatback 2. Press both buttons on the head Do not drive until the head forward. See Rear Seats on restraint posts at the same restraints for all occupants are page 3‑12 for additional time, and pull up on the head installed and adjusted properly. information. restraint. 3. Store the head restraint in the cargo area of the vehicle. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (63,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-63

To reinstall the head restraint: Replacing LATCH System Securing Child Restraints Parts After a Crash (Rear Seat) When securing a child restraint in { WARNING a rear seating position, study the instructions that came with the A crash can damage the child restraint to make sure it is LATCH system in the vehicle. compatible with this vehicle. A damaged LATCH system may not properly secure the child If the child restraint has the LATCH restraint, resulting in serious system, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH injury or even death in a crash. System) on page 3 55 for how and To help make sure the LATCH ‑ where to install the child restraint 1. Insert the head restraint posts system is working properly after using LATCH. If a child restraint into the holes in the top of the a crash, see your dealer to have is secured in the vehicle using a seatback. The notches (A) on the system inspected and any safety belt and it uses a top tether, the posts must face the driver necessary replacements made see Lower Anchors and Tethers side of the vehicle. as soon as possible. for Children (LATCH System) on 2. Push the head restraint down. page 3‑55 for top tether anchor If the vehicle has the LATCH system locations. If necessary, press the height and it was being used during a adjustment release button to crash, new LATCH system parts further lower the head restraint. may be needed. See Head Restraints on page 3‑2. New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the LATCH 3. Try to move the head restraint system was not being used at to make sure that it is locked in the time of the crash. place. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (64,1)

3-64 Seats and Restraints

Do not secure a child seat in a If more than one child restraint position without a top tether anchor needs to be installed in the rear if a national or local law requires seat, be sure to read Where to Put that the top tether be anchored, or if the Restraint on page 3‑53. the instructions that come with the 1. Put the child restraint on child restraint say that the top strap the seat. must be anchored. If the head restraint interferes In Canada, the law requires that with the proper installation of forward-facing child restraints have the child restraint, the head a top tether, and that the tether be restraint may be removed. attached. See “Head Restraint Removal If the child restraint does not have and Reinstallation” under the LATCH system, you will be Lower Anchors and Tethers for 3. Push the latch plate into the using the safety belt to secure Children (LATCH System) on buckle until it clicks. the child restraint in this position. page 3‑55. Position the release button on Be sure to follow the instructions 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run the buckle so that the safety belt that came with the child restraint. the lap and shoulder portions of could be quickly unbuckled if Secure the child in the child restraint the vehicle's safety belt through necessary. when and as the instructions say. or around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (65,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-65

6. If the child restraint has a top tether, follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions regarding the use of the top tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3‑55 for more information. 7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way 5. To tighten the belt, push down safety belt path and attempt to out of the retractor to set the on the child restraint, pull the move it side to side and back lock. When the retractor lock is shoulder portion of the belt to and forth. When the child set, the belt can be tightened but tighten the lap portion of the belt, restraint is properly installed, not pulled out of the retractor. and feed the shoulder belt back there should be no more than into the retractor. When installing 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. a forward-facing child restraint, it may be helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 4 and 5. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (66,1)

3-66 Seats and Restraints

To remove the child restraint, Securing Child Restraints unbuckle the vehicle safety { WARNING belt and let it return to the (Front Passenger Seat) stowed position. If the top tether This vehicle has airbags. A rear A child in a rear-facing child is attached to a top tether anchor, seat is a safer place to secure restraint can be seriously disconnect it. If the head restraint a forward-facing child restraint. injured or killed if the right was removed, reinstall it before See Where to Put the Restraint on front passenger airbag inflates. the seating position is used. page 3‑53. This is because the back of the See Head Restraint Removal rear-facing child restraint would “ In addition, the vehicle has a and Reinstallation under Lower be very close to the inflating ” passenger sensing system which Anchors and Tethers for Children airbag. A child in a forward-facing is designed to turn off the right (LATCH System) on page 3 55 for child restraint can be seriously ‑ front passenger frontal airbag under additional information on installing certain conditions. See Passenger injured or killed if the right front the head restraint properly. passenger airbag inflates and the Sensing System on page 3‑39 and Passenger Airbag Status Indicator passenger seat is in a forward on page 5‑17 for more information, position. including important safety Even if the passenger sensing information. system has turned off the right A label on the sun visor says, front passenger frontal airbag, “Never put a rear-facing child seat no system is fail-safe. No one in the front.” This is because the risk can guarantee that an airbag will to the rear-facing child is so great, not deploy under some unusual if the airbag deploys. circumstance, even though it is turned off. (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (67,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-67

If the child restraint has the LATCH You will be using the lap-shoulder WARNING (Continued) system, see Lower Anchors and belt to secure the child restraint in Tethers for Children (LATCH this position. Follow the instructions Secure rear-facing child System) on page 3‑55 for how and that came with the child restraint. restraints in a rear seat, even if where to install the child restraint 1. Move the seat as far back as the airbag is off. If you secure a using LATCH. If a child restraint forward-facing child restraint in it will go before securing the is secured using a safety belt and forward-facing child restraint. the right front seat, always move it uses a top tether, see Lower the front passenger seat as far Anchors and Tethers for Children When the passenger sensing back as it will go. It is better to (LATCH System) on page 3‑55 system has turned off the right secure the child restraint in a for top tether anchor locations. front passenger frontal airbag rear seat. and seat‐mounted side impact Do not secure a child seat in a airbag, the off indicator on See Passenger Sensing System position without a top tether anchor the passenger airbag status on page 3‑39 for additional if a national or local law requires indicator should light and stay information. that the top tether be anchored, or if lit when you start the vehicle. the instructions that come with the See Passenger Airbag Status child restraint say that the top strap Indicator on page 5‑17. If the vehicle does not have a must be anchored. rear seat that will accommodate 2. Put the child restraint on a rear‐facing child restraint, a In Canada, the law requires that the seat. rear‐facing child restraint should forward-facing child restraints have not be installed in the vehicle, a top tether, and that the tether be 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run even if the airbag is off. attached. the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle's safety belt through or around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (68,1)

3-68 Seats and Restraints

4. Push the latch plate into the 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way 6. To tighten the belt, push down buckle until it clicks. out of the retractor to set the on the child restraint, pull the Position the release button on lock. When the retractor lock is shoulder portion of the belt to the buckle, so that the safety set, the belt can be tightened but tighten the lap portion of the belt, belt could be quickly unbuckled not pulled out of the retractor. and feed the shoulder belt back if necessary. into the retractor. When installing a forward-facing child restraint, it may be helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 5 and 6. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (69,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-69

If the vehicle does not have If the airbags are off, the off a rear seat and the child indicator in the passenger airbag restraint has a top tether, follow status indicator will come on and the child restraint manufacturer's stay on when the vehicle is started. instructions regarding the use If a child restraint has been of the top tether. See Lower installed and the on indicator is lit, Anchors and Tethers for see “If the On Indicator is Lit for a Children (LATCH System) on Child Restraint” under Passenger page 3 55 for more information. ‑ Sensing System on page 3‑39 for 7. Before placing a child in the more information. child restraint, make sure it is To remove the child restraint, securely held in place. To check, unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and grasp the child restraint at the let it return to the stowed position. safety belt path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (70,1)

3-70 Seats and Restraints

2 NOTES Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Storage 4-1

Storage the maximum cool air to enter the Storage glove box. Move the slide control Compartments to allow cool air into the glove box. Storage Compartments After opening the air flow, close the glove box door to keep the cold air Glove Box ...... 4-1 Glove Box from entering the vehicle. Cupholders ...... 4-1 Lift the glove box handle up to open Front Storage ...... 4-2 it. Use the key to lock and unlock Cupholders Armrest Storage ...... 4-2 the glove box. Center Console Storage ...... 4-2 Additional Storage Features Cargo Cover ...... 4-3 Cargo Tie-Downs ...... 4-4 Cargo Management System ...... 4-4 Cargo Net ...... 4-9 Convenience Net ...... 4-10 Roof Rack System Roof Rack System ...... 4-11

This vehicle has a cupholder The glove box is air conditioned equipped with a divider that can and can be used to store items at a be adjusted to accommodate large lower temperature. The vehicle air containers or small containers. conditioning must be turned on for Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

4-2 Storage

For large containers, push the Armrest Storage There is an accessory power button to move aside the divider outlet inside the center console. and make the cupholder deeper. For vehicles with a rear seat See Power Outlets on page 5‑8 For small containers, push down on armrest, pull the rear seat armrest for more information. the top edge of the divider to lock it forward to access cupholders with back in place to make the cupholder removable liners. For vehicles with shorter. a rear storage area, pull the lever to access. Front Storage Center Console Storage The center console has an armrest, upper storage tray, and a lower storage area. The armrest can be adjusted to a rearward, middle, and forward position. Slide the top of the armrest to adjust to the desired position. Push the button to open the storage To access the storage, move the area located at the rear of the armrest to the full rearward position center console. to access the storage compartment A storage area is located in front buttons. of the shift lever. Push upward on the top of the door and release; Push the driver side button to the door automatically opens. access the upper storage tray. Push the passenger side button There is an accessory power outlet to access the lower storage area. inside. See Power Outlets on page 5‑8. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Storage 4-3

Additional Storage Install the Cargo Cover Features 1. Hold the cartridge so that the pull‐out shade faces the rear of the vehicle. Cargo Cover For vehicles with the dual position cargo cover, it can be used to cover items in the cargo area of the vehicle.

5. Insert the shade pins in the channels (C) on both sides. 6. Slide the shade to the lower (B) position, or the halfway open (A) position. 2. Align the cartridge over the pins on the trim panels of the vehicle. 3. Push down on the cartridge to snap it into place. The shade can be set in two 4. Unroll the shade toward the rear positions. It can be set in a halfway of the vehicle. open (A) position for loading objects into the rear compartment, or the lower (B) position to conceal objects in the rear compartment. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

4-4 Storage

Remove the Cargo Cover Cargo Management { WARNING 1. Remove the cover from the System channels and carefully roll it An improperly stored cargo back up. cover could be thrown about the vehicle during a collision or sudden maneuver. Someone could be injured. If the cover is removed, always store it in the proper storage location. When it is replaced, always be sure that it is securely reattached.

Cargo Tie-Downs For vehicles equipped with cargo tie‐downs, the four tie-downs are To open the cargo management located in the rear compartment of system, press the handle to unlatch 2. Slide the button on the top to the vehicle. Use the tie-downs to and then lift up. release the cartridge. secure small loads. 3. Pull up to remove the cartridge from the pins. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Storage 4-5

There may be additional storage Rear Storage Area compartments on each side of the cargo management system. Lift the { WARNING panel up to open. An improperly latched and closed cargo cover, or cargo cover left in the open position, could be thrown about the vehicle during a crash or sudden maneuver. Someone could be injured. Be sure to return the cover to the closed position and latch A prop rod locks to hold the cover before driving. If the cover is up when opened. removed, always store it outside Four hooks are located on the of the vehicle. When it is inside cover and can be used for replaced, always be sure that storing items. it is securely reattached. Press the red button on the prop rod to close the cover. To access the rear storage areas of the cargo management system, and the tire sealant and compressor kit: 1. Remove the cargo cover, if equipped. 2. Open the cargo management system cover. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

4-6 Storage

U-Rail

3. Release the prop rod from the 4. Store the cargo management inside cover by sliding the red system cover by hooking it onto clip down. the weatherstrip. For vehicles with a u-rail system, Unhook the prop rod from the the fence can be moved to different pin on the inside cover. Store the positions on the u-rail track to unhooked prop rod by folding it secure cargo. into the cargo management compartment. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Storage 4-7

3. Reinstall the fence and lock Installing the Fence both latches (A) by turning to align Q with the arrow on the adapter (B).

Push both adapter buttons to move the adapters (B) on the straight part of the u-rail. Insert the fence into the adapters and lock both latches (A) by turning To move the fence around the u-rail, to align with the arrow on the disconnect one side: Q Use the fence to secure items in adapter (B). 1. Unlock by turning the latch (A) place. to align K with the arrow on the adapter (B). Removing the Fence 2. Push the adapter button to move Unlock by turning both latches (A) the adapters (B) to the desired to align K with the arrow on the position. adapter (B). Lift and remove the fence. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

4-8 Storage

Storing the Fence D-Ring Sliders 1. Lift the cargo management For vehicles with a D-ring system, system cover. there are four D-ring sliders that 2. Release the cover from the prop move along rails. These can be rod as described in the previous used as tie-downs when storing steps. cargo.

The loop of the D-ring slider must be facing inward toward the storage area and the ring must be in the up position for proper usage.

3. Insert the top of the fence into Insert the D-ring sliders (A) into the the lower two clips (A). channel (B) located in the middle of the rail. Push the button to move the 4. Turn the bottom of the fence up D-ring slider along the rail. and insert it into the upper two clips (B). Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Storage 4-9

Cargo Net There are four openings in the headliner: two located behind the front seats and two behind the rear { WARNING seats. Do not stack items higher than the upper end of the cargo net or hang anything from the net. Avoid items that have sharp edges or that apply excessive force to the net. If items are not properly stored, damage to the net could occur and items can be thrown about the vehicle. You or 3. Mount the cargo net to the rear others could be injured. Always seat tethers located on the back store items behind the net. of the folded down rear seats and pull on the straps to tighten the net. For vehicles equipped with a cargo 1. Insert the top corners of the net, it can be used to store light 4. When the net is installed in cargo net into the large opening the headliner opening located loads, keeping them from falling in the headliner and secure over or being thrown into the cabin behind the rear seats, the rear by sliding them into the small seatbacks should be upright. during heavy braking. opening. The net should not be overloaded or 2. The rear seatbacks should used to store heavy loads. be folded down when the net is installed in the headliner opening located behind the front seats. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

4-10 Storage

3. Roll up the cargo net, storing it into the attached vinyl bag. 4. Open the cargo management system cover. 5. For vehicles with an inflator kit, store the cargo net in the available space next to the kit. Convenience Net This vehicle may have a convenience net located in the rear 5. Mount the cargo net to the cargo 6. Pull on the straps to tighten of the vehicle. Attach it to the cargo tie-downs located on the lower the net. tie‐downs for storing small loads. side panels. Cargo Net Storage Do not use the net to store heavy loads. The cargo net can be removed from the vehicle and stored in the cargo management system. 1. Disconnect the net from the roof openings and the tethers. 2. Press the red button on the center of the net to fold it in half. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Storage 4-11

Roof Rack System Notice: Loading cargo on the fastened. Loading cargo on the roof roof rack that weighs more than rack will make the vehicle’s center 100 kg (220 lbs) or hangs over the of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, { WARNING rear or sides of the vehicle may sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden damage the vehicle. Load cargo braking, or abrupt maneuvers; If something is carried on top of so that it rests evenly between otherwise it may result in loss of the vehicle that is longer or wider the crossrails, making sure to control. If driving for a long distance, than the roof rack — like paneling, fasten cargo securely. on rough roads, or at high speeds, plywood, or a mattress — the occasionally stop the vehicle to wind can catch it while the vehicle make sure the cargo remains in its is being driven. The item being place. Do not exceed the maximum carried could be violently torn off, vehicle capacity when loading the and this could cause a collision vehicle. For more information on and damage the vehicle. Never vehicle capacity and loading, see carry something longer or wider Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑12. than the roof rack on top of the vehicle unless using a GM certified accessory carrier.

For vehicles with a roof rack, the rack can be used to load items. For roof racks that do not have To prevent damage or loss of cargo crossrails included, GM Certified when driving, check to make sure crossrails can be purchased as crossrails and cargo are securely an accessory. See your dealer for additional information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

4-12 Storage

2 NOTES Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-1

Fuel Economy Gauge Adaptive Forward Lighting Instruments and (3.0L Only) ...... 5-13 (AFL) Light ...... 5-28 Controls Turbo Gauge (2.8L Only) . . . . 5-14 Front Fog Lamp Light ...... 5-28 Engine Coolant Temperature Lamps On Reminder ...... 5-29 Gauge ...... 5-15 Cruise Control Light ...... 5-29 Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-15 Controls Information Displays Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Airbag Readiness Light ...... 5-17 Passenger Airbag Status Driver Information Steering Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 Center (DIC) ...... 5-29 Horn ...... 5-3 Indicator ...... 5-17 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-3 Charging System Light ...... 5-18 Vehicle Messages Rear Window Wiper/ Malfunction Vehicle Messages ...... 5-34 Washer ...... 5-5 Indicator Lamp ...... 5-19 Battery Voltage and Charging Headlamp Washer ...... 5-6 Brake System Warning Messages ...... 5-34 Compass ...... 5-7 Light ...... 5-22 Brake System Messages . . . . 5-34 Clock (Analog Clock) ...... 5-7 Electric Parking Brake Compass Messages ...... 5-35 Clock (Digital Clock) ...... 5-7 Light ...... 5-22 Cruise Control Messages . . . . 5-35 Power Outlets ...... 5-8 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Door Ajar Messages ...... 5-35 Cigarette Lighter ...... 5-9 Warning Light ...... 5-23 Engine Cooling System Traction Off Light ...... 5-24 Ashtrays ...... 5-10 ® Messages ...... 5-36 StabiliTrak OFF Light ...... 5-24 Engine Oil Messages ...... 5-37 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Traction Control System ® Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-37 Indicators (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light . . . . 5-25 Fuel System Messages ...... 5-38 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Tire Pressure Light ...... 5-25 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-38 Indicators ...... 5-10 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-26 Lamp Messages ...... 5-38 Instrument Cluster ...... 5-11 Fuel Economy Light ...... 5-27 Object Detection System Speedometer ...... 5-12 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-27 Messages ...... 5-39 Odometer ...... 5-12 Security Light ...... 5-27 Ride Control System Tachometer ...... 5-12 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-28 Messages ...... 5-39 Fuel Gauge ...... 5-12 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

5-2 Instruments and Controls

Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-40 Controls Steering Wheel Controls Safety Belt Messages ...... 5-40 Anti-Theft Alarm System Messages ...... 5-40 Steering Wheel Service Vehicle Messages . . . 5-40 Adjustment Starting the Vehicle Messages ...... 5-40 Tire Messages ...... 5-41 Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-41 Vehicle Reminder Messages ...... 5-42 Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . 5-42 Vehicle Personalization Vehicle Personalization ...... 5-42 Universal Remote System Use these controls, if equipped, to make audio adjustments at the Universal Remote System . . . 5-48 To adjust the steering wheel: Universal Remote System steering wheel. Programming ...... 5-48 1. Pull the lever down. y z : Press y to select the next Universal Remote System 2. Move the steering wheel up favorite radio station or next CD, Operation ...... 5-51 or down. DVD, if equipped, or MP3 track. 3. Pull or push the steering wheel Press z to select the previous closer or away from you. favorite radio station or previous 4. Pull the lever up to lock the CD, DVD, if equipped, or MP3 track. steering wheel in place. + x − (Volume): Press + to Do not adjust the steering wheel increase the volume; press − to while driving. decrease the volume. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-3

b g (Push to Talk): For vehicles Windshield Wiper/Washer with an OnStar®, Bluetooth®, or navigation system, press to interact with those systems. See Bluetooth (Overview) on page 7‑50 or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls) on ( (Off): Use to turn the wipers off. page 7 52 or Bluetooth (Voice ‑ 8 (Mist): For a single wipe, Recognition) on page 7 56, the ‑ briefly move the wiper lever down. OnStar Owner's guide, or the The windshield wiper/washer For several wipes, hold the wiper separate navigation manual lever is located on the right side lever down. for more information. of the steering column. With the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY Clear snow and ice from the wiper 0 (End Call/Mute): Press c or ON/RUN/START, move the blades before using them. If frozen to silence the vehicle speakers windshield wiper lever to select to the windshield, carefully loosen only. Press again to turn the the wiper speed. or thaw them. Damaged blades sound on. For vehicles with OnStar should be replaced. See Wiper or Bluetooth systems, press to 2: Use for fast wipes. Blade Replacement on page 10‑33. reject an incoming call, or end 1: Use for slow wipes. a current call. G Heavy snow or ice can overload the (Adjustable Interval Wipes): wiper motor. SRCE: Press to select an audio Turn the 3 band up for more source. frequent wipes or down for less frequent wipes. If the vehicle Horn has Rainsense™, see following Press near the horn symbols or Rainsense information. press on the steering wheel pad to sound the horn. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

5-4 Instruments and Controls

Wipe Parking Rainsense™ Turn the band up for more sensitivity to moisture. If the ignition is turned to For vehicles with Rainsense, LOCK/OFF while the wipers a sensor located near the top Turn the band down for less are on 1, 2, or G, they will center of the windshield detects sensitivity to moisture. immediately stop. the amount of water on the To deactivate Rainsense, move windshield and automatically the windshield wiper lever out If the windshield wiper lever is then controls the frequency of the G moved to OFF before the driver windshield wiper. of position. door is opened or within 10 minutes, the wipers will restart and move to Keep this area of the windshield Wiper Arm Assembly Protection the base of the windshield. clear of debris to allow for best When using an automatic car wash, system performance. If the ignition is turned to move the windshield wiper lever to LOCK/OFF while the wipers the off position. This disables the are performing wipes due to automatic Rainsense windshield windshield washing, the wipers wipers and/or rear wiper. continue to run until they reach With Rainsense, if the transmission the base of the windshield. is in N (Neutral) and the vehicle speed is very slow, the wipers will automatically stop at the base of the windshield. G (Rainsense Wipe Sensitivity Control): Move the windshield The wiper operations return to normal when the transmission is wiper lever to G. Turn the 3 no longer in N (Neutral) or the band on the wiper lever to adjust vehicle speed has increased. the sensitivity. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-5

Windshield Washer Rear Window The system turns off when the button is returned to the middle Pull the lever toward you to spray Wiper/Washer position. washer fluid on the windshield. The rear wiper controls are on the The spray continues until the lever Z (Rear Wiper): Use for end of the windshield wiper lever. is released. The wipers will run a continuous rear window wipes. few times. See Washer Fluid on 5 (Rear Wiper Delay): Use to set page 10‑26 for information on a delay between wipes. filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir. = (Rear Washer): Push the windshield wiper lever forward { WARNING to spray washer fluid on the rear window. The lever automatically In freezing weather, do not use returns to its original position when the washer until the windshield released. is warmed. Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield, blocking your vision.

Press the upper or lower portion of the button to control the rear wiper and rear wiper delay. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

5-6 Instruments and Controls

Reverse Gear Wipes Pull the wiper lever toward { WARNING If the rear wiper control is off, you and hold briefly to activate. The headlamp washers will spray the rear wiper will automatically In freezing weather, do not use operate continuously when the once, pause, and spray again. the washer until the windshield The headlamp washer will spray shift lever is in R (Reverse), and the is warmed. Otherwise the front windshield wiper is performing again after five windshield wash washer fluid can form ice on the cycles. low or high speed wipes. If the rear windshield, blocking your vision. wiper control is off, the shift lever See Washer Fluid on page 10‑26 for is in R (Reverse) and the front information on filling the windshield windshield wiper is performing Headlamp Washer washer fluid. interval wipes, then the rear wiper For vehicles with headlamp automatically performs interval { WARNING wipes. washers, they are located to the side of the headlamps. The windshield washer reservoir In freezing weather, do not use is used for the windshield and the The headlamps must be on in the washer until the windshield rear window. Check the fluid level order to use the headlamp washers. is warmed. Otherwise the in the reservoir if either washer is If the headlamps are not on, only washer fluid can form ice on the not working. See Washer Fluid on the windshield will be washed. windshield, blocking your vision. page 10‑26. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-7

Compass again. See Compass Messages on Clock (Digital Clock) page 5‑35 for more information The vehicle may have a compass on the messages that may be The infotainment system controls display on the Driver Information displayed for the compass. are used to access the time and Center (DIC). The compass receives date settings through the menu its heading and other information Clock (Analog Clock) system. See Operation on page 7‑7 from the Global Positioning for information about how to use System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak, The analog clock is located on the the menu system. See the separate and vehicle speed information. instrument panel above the radio. navigation manual for instructions The clock is not connected with any Avoid covering the GPS antenna on how to operate the digital clock other vehicle system and runs by for long periods of time with objects for the navigation system. itself. To adjust the clock: that may interfere with the antenna's To turn the digital clock on or off: 1. Locate the adjustment buttons ability to receive a satellite signal. 1. Press the CONFIG button. See Multi-Band Antenna on directly below the clock face. 2. Select Time and Date Settings. page 7‑19 for the location of the 2. Push and hold either adjustment vehicle's antenna. The compass button to advance or reverse the 3. Select Clock Displayed. system is designed to operate clock hands. Holding the buttons for a certain number of miles or 4. Press MENU/SELECT to turn down will cause the clock to the clock on or off. degrees of turn before needing advance faster. Release the a signal from the GPS satellites. buttons before reaching the When the compass display shows desired time. CAL, drive the vehicle for a short distance in an open area where 3. Push and release the buttons to it can receive a GPS signal. The increase the time by one minute compass system will automatically increments until the desired time determine when a GPS signal is is reached. restored and provide a heading Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

5-8 Instruments and Controls

Setting the Time and Date Setting the Month & Day Power Outlets Format 1. Press the CONFIG button. The accessory power outlets can be 2. Select Time and Date Settings. 1. Press the CONFIG button. used to plug in electrical equipment, such as a cell phone or MP3 player. 3. Select Set Time or Set Date. 2. Select Time and Date Settings. 3. Highlight Month & Day Format. The vehicle has four accessory 4. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to power outlets. The power outlets adjust the highlighted value. 4. Press the MENU/SELECT knob located below the climate control 5. Press the MENU/SELECT knob to select MM/DD (month/day) or system inside the front storage to select the next value. DD/MM (day/month). bin, inside the center floor console, and on the rear of the center floor 6. To save the time or date and Setting the Auto Time Adjust console are powered while the return to the Time and Date 1. Press the CONFIG button. vehicle is in ON/RUN/START or Settings menu, press the BACK ACC/ACCESSORY mode, or until button at any time or press the 2. Select Time and Date Settings. the driver door is opened within MENU/SELECT knob after 3. Highlight Auto Time Adjust. 10 minutes of turning off the vehicle. adjusting the minutes or year. 4. Press the MENU/SELECT knob Setting the 12/24 Hour Format to turn Auto Time Adjust on or off. 1. Press the CONFIG button. 2. Select Time and Date Settings. 3. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format. 4. Press the MENU/SELECT knob to select the 12 hour or 24 hour display format. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-9

The power outlet located in the rear Certain accessory power plugs Cigarette Lighter cargo area is powered at all times. may not be compatible with the There may be a cigarette lighter There is a small cap that must be accessory power outlet and could overload vehicle or adapter fuses. located under the climate control removed to access the accessory system, inside the front storage bin. power outlet. When not using the If a problem is experienced, see outlet be sure to cover it with the your dealer. To activate the cigarette lighter, protective cap. When adding electrical equipment, push it into the heating element and be sure to follow the proper let go. The lighter pops out when it Notice: Leaving electrical is ready to be used. equipment plugged in for an installation instructions included extended period of time while with the equipment. See Add-On Notice: Holding a cigarette lighter the vehicle is off will drain the Electrical Equipment on page 9‑62. in while it is heating does not let battery. Power is always supplied Notice: Hanging heavy the lighter back away from the to the rear cargo outlet. Always equipment from the power heating element when it is hot. unplug electrical equipment when outlet can cause damage not Damage from overheating can not in use and do not plug in covered by the vehicle warranty. occur to the lighter or heating equipment that exceeds the The power outlets are designed element, or a fuse could be maximum 20 ampere rating. for accessory power plugs only, blown. Do not hold a cigarette such as cell phone charge cords. lighter in while it is heating. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

5-10 Instruments and Controls

Ashtrays Warning Lights, Gauges can indicate when there could be a problem with a vehicle There may be an ashtray located Gauges, and function. Often gauges and warning under the climate control system lights work together to indicate a on the instrument panel. Press the Indicators problem with the vehicle. door to release the ashtray. Warning lights and gauges can When one of the warning lights To empty the ashtray, remove it signal that something is wrong comes on and stays on while from the instrument panel by holding before it becomes serious enough driving, or when one of the gauges the edges and pulling straight out. to cause an expensive repair or shows there may be a problem, To reinstall, push the tray back into replacement. Paying attention to check the section that explains what place. the warning lights and gauges to do. Follow this manual's advice. could prevent injury. There may also be ashtrays located Waiting to do repairs can be costly on the center floor console behind Warning lights come on when there and even dangerous. the shift lever and in the rear doors. could be a problem with a vehicle function. Some warning lights come Notice: If papers, pins, or other on briefly when the engine is started flammable items are put in the to indicate they are working. ashtray, hot cigarettes or other smoking materials could ignite them and possibly damage the vehicle. Never put flammable items in the ashtray. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-11

Instrument Cluster

English Shown, Metric Similar Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

5-12 Instruments and Controls

Speedometer Tachometer Fuel Gauge The speedometer shows the The tachometer displays the vehicle's speed in either kilometers engine speed in revolutions per per hour (km/h) or miles per minute (rpm). hour (mph). Notice: If the engine is operated with the tachometer in the shaded Odometer warning area, the vehicle could The odometer shows how far the be damaged, and the damages vehicle has been driven, in either would not be covered by the kilometers or miles. vehicle warranty. Do not operate the engine with the tachometer This vehicle has a tamper-resistant in the shaded warning area. odometer. If the vehicle needs a new odometer installed, the new Metric one is set to the mileage of the old odometer. If this is not possible, it is set at zero and a label is put on the driver door to show the old mileage reading. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-13

Here are four things that some Fuel Economy Gauge owners ask about. None of these show a problem with the fuel gauge: (3.0L Only) . At the service station, the fuel pump shuts off before the gauge reads full. . It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gauge indicated. For example, the gauge may have indicated the tank was half full, but it actually took a little more or less than English half the tank's capacity to fill When the ignition is on, the fuel the tank. gauge indicates about how much . The gauge moves a little while Metric fuel is left in the tank. turning a corner or speeding up. An arrow on the fuel gauge . The gauge takes a few seconds indicates the side of the vehicle to stabilize after the ignition is the fuel door is on. turned on, and goes back to When the indicator nears empty, empty when the ignition is the low fuel light comes on. There turned off. still is a little fuel left, but the vehicle should be refueled soon. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

5-14 Instruments and Controls

Turbo Gauge (2.8L Only) As the accelerator peddle is pressed the needle may move to the right. This is normal and means that the vehicle is using turbo power. Under normal conditions the needle will not display a reading in the red. Once the driver eases off the accelerator pedal or the transmission shifts, the needle moves back into the left area of the gauge. English The gauge shows the fuel usage that the vehicle is currently For vehicles with a turbo gauge, it achieving in MPG and in liters indicates when the vehicle is using per 100 kilometers (¹/100 km). turbo power. MIN/20: Is when the least efficient When the needle is at rest at the fuel economy usually occurs during left of the gauge, turbo is not acceleration or when idling. being used. MAX/¹/100: Is when the best fuel economy is being achieved. This gauge moves often as it is an instantaneous calculation based on current driving conditions. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-15

Engine Coolant Safety Belt Reminders Temperature Gauge Driver Safety Belt Reminder Light There is a driver safety belt reminder light on the instrument panel cluster.

English This gauge measures the temperature of the vehicle's engine. When the vehicle is started this light Metric If the indicator needle moves into flashes and a chime comes on to the shaded area, the engine is remind drivers to fasten their safety too hot. belt. Then the light stays on solid until the belt is buckled. While driving under normal operating conditions, if the needle This cycle may continue several moves into the shaded area, the times if the driver remains or engine is too hot. Pull off the road, becomes unbuckled during driving stop the vehicle and turn off the while the vehicle is moving. engine as soon as possible. If the driver safety belt is already buckled, neither the light nor chime comes on. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

5-16 Instruments and Controls

Passenger Safety Belt The front passenger safety belt If the Vehicle Information is Reminder Light warning light and chime may turn selected, a full page screen displays on if an object is put on the seat at start-up the three safety belt such as a briefcase, handbag, symbols. grocery bag, laptop, or other Once the passenger safety belt is electronic device. To turn off the buckled, the corresponding safety warning light and/or chime, remove belt symbol in the DIC turns green. the object from the seat or buckle There are no seat position sensors the safety belt. in the seat, nor safety belt reminder When the vehicle is started this light Second Row Passenger Belt sensor pad. If a safety belt is flashes and a chime may come on Reminder Light not initially buckled, the cluster to remind the front passenger to continues to show the gray safety fasten their safety belt. Then the belt icon. light stays on solid until the belt While the vehicle is moving, if a is buckled. second row passenger who was This cycle may continue several previously buckled becomes times if the passenger remains unbuckled, a full screen warning or becomes unbuckled while the displays with the corresponding vehicle is moving. When the engine is started and the safety belt indicator flashing red. A chime may sound. If the passenger safety belt is Trip/Fuel display is chosen, three buckled, neither the chime nor gray safety belt symbols come on Acknowledge warning messages by the light comes on. and stay on for several seconds pressing any of the DIC buttons. on the top of the Driver information Center (DIC) to remind passengers to fasten their safety belts. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-17

Airbag Readiness Light { WARNING This light shows if there is an electrical problem. The system If the airbag readiness light stays check includes the airbag sensor, on after the vehicle is started or the pretensioners, the airbag comes on while driving, it means modules, the wiring, and the crash the airbag system might not be sensing and diagnostic module. working properly. The airbags in United States For more information on the airbag the vehicle might not inflate in a system, see Airbag System on crash, or they could even inflate page 3‑30. without a crash. To help avoid injury, have the vehicle serviced right away.

Passenger Airbag Status Canada and Mexico When the vehicle is started, the Indicator passenger airbag status indicator The vehicle has a passenger will light ON and OFF, or the symbol The airbag readiness light comes sensing system. See Passenger for on and off, for several seconds on and stays on for several seconds Sensing System on page 3 39 as a system check. If you are using when the vehicle is started. ‑ for important safety information. remote start, if equipped, to start Then the light goes out. The overhead console has a the vehicle from a distance you passenger airbag status indicator. may not see the system check. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

5-18 Instruments and Controls

Then, after several more seconds, If, after several seconds, both Charging System Light the status indicator will light either status indicator lights remain on, ON or OFF, or either the on or off or if there are no lights at all, there symbol to let you know the status of may be a problem with the lights the right front passenger frontal and or the passenger sensing system. seat‐mounted side impact airbag. See your dealer for service. If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status { WARNING indicator, it means that the right If the airbag readiness light ever The charging system light comes front passenger frontal airbag and on briefly when the ignition is turned comes on and stays on, it means seat‐mounted side impact airbag on, but the engine is not running, as that something may be wrong are enabled (may inflate). a check to show the light is working. with the airbag system. To help If the word OFF or the off symbol The light turns off when the engine avoid injury to yourself or others, is lit on the passenger airbag is started. If it does not, have the have the vehicle serviced right status indicator, it means that the vehicle serviced by your dealer. away. See Airbag Readiness passenger sensing system has If the light stays on, or comes turned off the right front passenger Light on page 5‑17 for more information, including important on while driving, there may be a frontal and seat‐mounted side problem with the electrical charging safety information. impact airbag. system. Have it checked by your dealer. Driving while this light is on could drain the battery. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-19

When this light comes on, the Notice: If the vehicle is Driver Information Center (DIC) continually driven with this also displays a message. light on the emission controls See Battery Voltage and Charging might not work as well, the vehicle fuel economy might not Messages on page 5‑34. be as good, and the engine might If a short distance must be driven This light should come on when the not run as smoothly. This could with the light on, be sure to turn off ignition is on, but the engine is not lead to costly repairs that might all accessories, such as the radio running, as a check to show it is not be covered by the vehicle and air conditioner. working. If it does not, have the warranty. Malfunction vehicle serviced by your dealer. Notice: Modifications made If the malfunction indicator lamp to the engine, transmission, Indicator Lamp comes on and stays on while the exhaust, intake, or fuel system A computer system called OBD II engine is running, this indicates of the vehicle or the replacement (On-Board Diagnostics-Second that there is an OBD II problem of the original tires with other Generation) monitors operation and service is required. than those of the same Tire of the fuel, ignition, and emission Performance Criteria (TPC) can Malfunctions often are indicated by affect the vehicle's emission control systems. It ensures that the system before any problem is emissions are at acceptable levels controls and can cause this apparent. Being aware of the light light to come on. Modifications for the life of the vehicle, helping can prevent more serious damage to produce a cleaner environment. to these systems could lead to the vehicle. This system assists to costly repairs not covered the service technician in correctly by the vehicle warranty. diagnosing any malfunction. This could also result in a failure to pass a required Emission Inspection/Maintenance test. See Accessories and Modifications on page 10‑3. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

5-20 Instruments and Controls

This light comes on during a Light On Steady: An emission . Make sure the electrical system malfunction in one of two ways: control system malfunction has is not wet. The system could been detected on the vehicle. be wet if the vehicle was driven Light Flashing: A misfire condition through a deep puddle of has been detected. A misfire Diagnosis and service might be required. water. The condition is usually increases vehicle emissions and corrected when the electrical could damage the emission control The following may correct an system dries out. A few driving system on the vehicle. Diagnosis emissions system malfunction: trips should turn the light off. and service might be required. . Make sure the fuel cap is . Make sure to fuel the vehicle To prevent more serious damage to fully installed. See Filling with quality fuel. Poor fuel quality the vehicle: the Tank on page 9‑52. causes the engine not to run as The diagnostic system can . Reduce vehicle speed. efficiently as designed and can determine if the fuel cap has cause: stalling after start-up, . Avoid hard accelerations. been left off or improperly stalling when the vehicle is . Avoid steep uphill grades. installed. A loose or missing changed into gear, misfiring, fuel cap allows fuel to evaporate . If towing a trailer, reduce the hesitation on acceleration, into the atmosphere. A few or stumbling on acceleration. amount of cargo being hauled driving trips with the cap as soon as it is possible. These conditions might go away properly installed should once the engine is warmed up. If the light continues to flash, turn the light off. when it is safe to do so, stop the If one or more of these conditions vehicle. Find a safe place to park occurs, change the fuel brand used. the vehicle. Turn the vehicle off, It will require at least one full tank of wait at least 10 seconds, and the proper fuel to turn the light off. restart the engine. If the light is See Recommended Fuel on still flashing, follow the previous page 9‑48. steps and see your dealer for service as soon as possible. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-21

If none of the above have made . The critical emission control the light turn off, your dealer can systems have not been check the vehicle. The dealer completely diagnosed by has the proper test equipment the system. This can happen and diagnostic tools to fix any if the battery has recently mechanical or electrical problems been replaced or if the battery that might have developed. has run down. The diagnostic The DLC is under the instrument system evaluates critical Emissions Inspection and panel to the left of the steering emission control systems during Maintenance Programs wheel. See your dealer if assistance normal driving. This can take is needed. Some state/provincial and several days of routine driving. local governments may have The vehicle may not pass If this has been done and the programs to inspect the on-vehicle inspection if: vehicle still does not pass the inspection, your dealer can emission control equipment. . The malfunction indicator lamp is For the inspection, the emission prepare the vehicle for on with the engine running, or if inspection. system test equipment is connected the light does not come on when to the vehicle’s Data Link the ignition is turned to ON/RUN Connector (DLC). while the engine is off. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)

5-22 Instruments and Controls

Brake System Warning Electric Parking Brake { WARNING Light Light The vehicle brake system The brake system might not be consists of two hydraulic circuits. working properly if the brake If one circuit is not working, the system warning light is on. remaining circuit can still work Driving with the brake system to stop the vehicle. For normal warning light on can lead to a braking performance, both circuits crash. If the light is still on after need to be working. the vehicle has been pulled off Metric English the road and carefully stopped, If the warning light comes on, there For vehicles with the Electric have the vehicle towed for is a brake problem. Have the brake Parking Brake (EPB), this light service. system inspected right away. should come on briefly as the engine is started. If it does not If the light comes on while come on, have the vehicle serviced driving, a chime sounds. Pull by your dealer. off the road and stop. The pedal The parking brake status light might be harder to push or go closer comes on when the brake is to the floor. It might also take longer applied. If the light continues Metric English to stop. If the light is still on, have flashing after the parking brake the vehicle towed for service. See is released, or while driving, The brake indicator light should Towing the Vehicle on page 10‑101. come on briefly as the engine is there is a problem with the started. If it does not come on have Electric Parking Brake system. the vehicle serviced by your dealer. A SERVICE PARKING BRAKE message may also display in the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Brake System Messages on page 5‑34 for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-23

If the light does not come on, Antilock Brake System Start the engine again to reset the or remains flashing, see your dealer. system. If the light stays on after (ABS) Warning Light driving at a speed above 20 km/h (13 mph), see your dealer for service. A chime may also sound when the light comes on steady. If the regular brake system warning light is not on, the vehicle still has brakes, but not antilock brakes. For vehicles with the EPB, the If the regular brake system warning brake warning light should come on For vehicles with the Antilock Brake light is also on, the vehicle does not briefly when the engine is started. System (ABS), this light comes on have antilock brakes and there is If it does not come on, have the briefly when the engine is started. a problem with the regular brakes. vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the light does not come on, have See Brake System Warning Light on If this light comes on, there is a it fixed so it will be ready to warn if page 5‑22. problem with a system on the there is a problem. See Brake System Messages on vehicle that is causing the parking If the ABS light comes on and stays page 5‑34 for all brake‐related DIC brake system to work at a reduced on while driving, stop as soon as messages. level. The vehicle can still be driven, possible and turn the ignition off. but should be taken to a dealer as soon as possible. See Parking Brake on page 9‑31 for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)

5-24 Instruments and Controls

Traction Off Light The traction off light comes on when StabiliTrak® OFF Light the Traction Control System (TCS) has been turned off by pressing and releasing the traction control button. This light and the StabiliTrak Off light come on when StabiliTrak is turned off. If the Traction Control System (TCS) This light comes on briefly while is off, wheelspin is not limited. This light comes on when the starting the engine. If it does not, Adjust driving accordingly. StabiliTrak system is turned off by have the vehicle serviced by your pressing the StabiliTrak/TCS button. See Traction Control System (TCS) dealer. If the system is working ® If the Traction Control System (TCS) normally, the indicator light then on page 9‑34 and StabiliTrak is off, wheel spin is not limited. turns off. System on page 9‑36 for more information. When the StabiliTrak system is off, the system does not assist in controlling the vehicle. Adjust driving accordingly. The warning light goes off when traction control and the StabiliTrak system are enabled. See Traction Control System (TCS) on page 9‑34 and StabiliTrak® System on page 9‑36 for more information Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-25

Traction Control System If the light is on and not flashing, the Tire Pressure Light ® TCS, and potentially the StabiliTrak (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light system have been disabled. A DIC message may display. Check the DIC messages to determine which feature(s) is no longer functioning and whether the vehicle requires service. If the indicator/warning light is on For vehicles with the Tire Pressure and flashing, the TCS and/or the The StabiliTrak system or the Monitor System (TPMS), this light StabiliTrak system is actively comes on briefly when the engine Traction Control System (TCS) working. indicator/warning light come on is started. It provides information briefly when the engine is started. See StabiliTrak® System on about tire pressures and the TPMS. page 9‑36 and Traction Control If the light does not come on, have System (TCS) on page 9‑34 for the vehicle serviced by the dealer. more information. If the system is working normally, the indicator light turns off. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)

5-26 Instruments and Controls

When the Light is On Steady Engine Oil Pressure Light This indicates that one or more of the tires are significantly { WARNING underinflated. A tire pressure message can Do not keep driving if the oil accompany the light. See Tire pressure is low. The engine can The oil pressure light should come Messages on page 5 41 for more become so hot that it catches fire. ‑ on briefly as the engine is started. information. Stop as soon as Someone could be burned. Check If it does not come on have the possible, and inflate the tires to the oil as soon as possible and vehicle serviced by your dealer. the pressure value shown on the have the vehicle serviced. Tire and Loading Information label. If the light comes on and stays on, See Tire Pressure on page 10‑63 Notice: Lack of proper engine it means that oil is not flowing for more information. oil maintenance can damage the through the engine properly. engine. The repairs would not be The vehicle could be low on oil When the Light Flashes First and and might have some other system Then is On Steady covered by the vehicle warranty. Always follow the maintenance problem. See your dealer. This indicates that there may be a schedule for changing engine oil. problem with the TPMS. The light flashes for about a minute and stays on steady for the remainder of the ignition cycle. This sequence repeats with every ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 10‑67 for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-27

Fuel Economy Light Low Fuel Warning Light Security Light

For vehicles with the fuel economy This light is located near the fuel This light flashes when the security mode light, it comes on when the gauge and comes on briefly when system is activated. eco (economy) switch, located the ignition is turned on as a check For more information, see Vehicle next to the shift lever, is pressed. to show it is working. Security on page 2‑18. Press the switch again to turn off It also comes on when the fuel tank the light and exit the fuel saver is low on fuel. The light turns off mode. See Driving for Better Fuel when fuel is added. If it does not, Economy on page 1‑26 for more have the vehicle serviced. information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)

5-28 Instruments and Controls

High-Beam On Light Adaptive Forward Front Fog Lamp Light Lighting (AFL) Light

This light comes on when the The fog lamp light comes on when high-beam headlamps are in use. This light comes on solid when the fog lamps are in use. See Headlamp High/Low-Beam there is a problem with the The light goes out when the fog Changer on page 6‑2 for more Adaptive Forward Lighting system lamps are turned off. See Front information. and flashes when the system is Fog Lamps on page 6‑6 for more switching between lighting modes. information. See Adaptive Forward Lighting (AFL) on page 6‑3 for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (29,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-29

Lamps On Reminder Cruise Control Light Information Displays Driver Information Center (DIC) The DIC displays information about the vehicle. It also displays warning messages if a system problem is For vehicles with the lamps on The cruise control light is white detected. See Vehicle Messages on reminder light, it comes on when whenever the cruise control is set, page 5‑34 for more information. the lights are in use. and turns green when the cruise All messages appear in the DIC control is active. display located in the center of the instrument panel cluster. The light turns off when the cruise control is turned off. See Cruise The vehicle may also have features Control on page 9‑38 for more that can be customized through the information. controls on the radio. See Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑42 for more information. The DIC may display an indicator when the Rainsense wipers are active. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (30,1)

5-30 Instruments and Controls

DIC Operation and Displays DIC Buttons Trip/Fuel Information Menu The DIC has different displays Items which can be accessed by using Press the MENU button on the the DIC buttons on the turn signal turn signal lever until Trip/Fuel lever located on the left side of the Information Menu is displayed. steering wheel. The DIC displays Use the thumbwheel to scroll trip, fuel, vehicle system information, through the following menu items: and warning messages if a system . Trip problem is detected. A. SET/CLR (Set/Clear): Use this . Average Fuel Economy or The bottom of the DIC display button to set or clear the menu Average Fuel Economy and shows what position the shift item when it is displayed. Instantaneous Fuel Economy lever is in and the odometer. The direction the vehicle is driving B. w x (Thumbwheel): Use . Fuel Range will be shown on the top of the the thumbwheel to scroll . Fuel Used display. through the items in each menu. A small marker will move up or . Average Vehicle Speed down the side of the display as . Timer you scroll through the items. . Navigation Turn by Turn This shows where each item is in the menu. . Speed and Curve Assist C. MENU: Press this button to . Digital Speedometer get to the Trip/Fuel Information . Blank Menu and the Vehicle Information Menu. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (31,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-31

Trip The Instantaneous Fuel Economy Fuel Used The Trip display shows the display shows the current fuel The Fuel Used display shows current distance traveled, in either economy in either liters per the approximate liters (L) or kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles gallons (gal) of fuel that have the trip odometer was last reset. per gallon (mpg). This number been used since last reset. The trip odometer can be reset to reflects only the fuel economy The fuel used can be reset by zero by pressing the trip reset stem that the vehicle has right now pressing the SET/CLR button or the SET/CLR button while the and changes frequently as driving while the Fuel Used display is trip odometer display is showing. conditions change. Unlike average showing. economy, this display cannot be Average Fuel Economy or reset. Average Vehicle Speed Average Fuel Economy and Fuel Range The Average Vehicle Speed Instantaneous Fuel Economy display shows the average speed The Average Fuel Economy display The Fuel Range display shows the of the vehicle in kilometers per shows the approximate average approximate distance the vehicle hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) can be driven without refueling. This average is calculated based on or miles per gallon (mpg). The fuel range estimate is based the various vehicle speeds recorded This number is calculated based on an average of the vehicle's fuel since the last reset of this value. on the number of L/100 km (mpg) economy over recent driving history The average speed can be reset by recorded since the last time this and the amount of fuel remaining in pressing the SET/CLR button while menu item was reset. The Average the fuel tank. Fuel range cannot be the Average Vehicle Speed display Fuel Economy can be reset by reset. is showing. pressing SET/CLR while the Average Fuel Economy display is showing. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (32,1)

5-32 Instruments and Controls

Timer Speed and Curve Assist Vehicle Information Menu This display can be used as This display will show the speed Items a timer. To start the timer, press limit or the advised speed as Press the MENU button on the SET/CLR while Timer is displayed. determined by the information turn signal lever until Vehicle The display will show the amount provided by the navigation system. Information Menu is displayed. of time that has passed since the The map database loaded in the Use the thumbwheel to scroll timer was last reset. To stop the navigation system may need to through the following menu items: timer, press SET/CLR briefly while be updated periodically to display . Tire Pressure Elapsed Time is displayed. To reset accurate information. See “Maps” the timer to zero, press and hold in the navigation manual for . Remaining Oil Life SET/CLR. information on updating the map . Battery Voltage database. Turn-by-Turn . Unit Digital Speedometer This display is used for the OnStar . Blank or Navigation System Turn-by-Turn The speedometer shows how guidance. See the OnStar Owner's fast the vehicle is moving in either Tire Pressure Guide or the navigation manual, kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles The display will show a vehicle if the vehicle has navigation, for per hour (mph). The speedometer with the approximate pressures more information. cannot be reset. of all four tires. Tire pressure is Blank Display displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per square inch (psi). This display shows no information. See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 10‑65 and Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 10‑67 for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (33,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-33

Remaining Oil Life been changed. It cannot be reset Unit This display shows an estimate accurately until the next oil change. Move the thumbwheel up or of the oil's remaining useful life. To reset the engine oil life system, down to switch between metric If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is press the SET/CLR button while or English when the Unit display displayed, that means 99% of the the Oil Life display is active. is active. Press SET/CLR to current oil life remains. See Engine Oil Life System on confirm the setting. This will page 10‑14. When the remaining oil life is low, change the displays on the the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Battery Voltage cluster and DIC to either metric or English measurements. message will appear on the display. This display, available on some See Engine Oil Messages on vehicles, shows the current battery Blank Display page 5‑37. The oil should be voltage. If the voltage is in the This display shows no information. changed as soon as possible. normal range, the value will display. See Engine Oil on page 10‑10. For example, the display may read Compass In addition to the engine oil life BATTERY VOLTAGE 15.0 VOLTS. The vehicle may have a compass system monitoring the oil life, The vehicle's charging system display in the Driver Information additional maintenance is regulates voltage based on the Center (DIC). See Compass on recommended in the Maintenance state of the battery. The battery page 5 7. Schedule in this manual. voltage can fluctuate while viewing ‑ See Scheduled Maintenance on this information on the DIC. page 11‑2 for more information. This is normal. See Charging Remember, the Oil Life display System Light on page 5‑18 for more must be reset after each oil change. information. If there is a problem It will not reset itself. Also, be with the battery charging system, careful not to reset the Oil Life the DIC will display a message. display accidentally at any time See Battery Voltage and Charging other than when the oil has just Messages on page 5‑34. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (34,1)

5-34 Instruments and Controls

Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and SERVICE BATTERY CHARGING SYSTEM Messages displayed on the DIC Charging Messages This message is displayed when indicate the status of the vehicle BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE or some action that may be needed there is a fault in the battery to correct a condition. Multiple This message displays when charging system. Take the vehicle messages may display one after the vehicle has detected that the to your dealer for service. the other. battery voltage is dropping beyond a reasonable point. The battery Brake System Messages The messages that do not saver system starts reducing certain require immediate action can features of the vehicle that you may BRAKE FLUID LOW be acknowledged and cleared be able to notice. At the point that This message is displayed when the by pressing SET/CLR. The features are disabled, this message messages that require immediate brake fluid level is low. See Brake is displayed. It means that the Fluid on page 10‑28. action cannot be cleared until that vehicle is trying to save the charge action is performed. All messages in the battery. Turn off unnecessary BRAKES OVERHEATED should be taken seriously and accessories to allow the battery to This message is displayed when the clearing the messages does recharge. not correct the problem. brakes are becoming overheated. LOW BATTERY You may see this when driving on hills. Shift to a lower gear. This message is displayed when the battery voltage is low. See Battery on page 10‑30 for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (35,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-35

STEP ON BRAKE TO SERVICE PARKING BRAKE Cruise Control Messages RELEASE PARK BRAKE This message is displayed when APPLY BRAKE BEFORE This message is displayed if you there is a problem with the parking CRUISE attempt to release the electric brake. Take the vehicle to your parking brake without the brake dealer for service. If this message displays when pedal applied. See Parking Brake attempting to activate cruise control, on page 9‑31 for more information. Compass Messages apply the brake pedal and try again. RELEASE PARKING BRAKE CAL CRUISE SET TO XXX This message is displayed if the This message is displayed when This message displays when the electric parking brake is on while the compass needs to be calibrated. cruise control is set and shows the the vehicle is in motion. Release See Compass on page 5‑7. speed it was set to. See Cruise it before you attempt to drive. Control on page 9‑38 for more See Parking Brake on page 9‑31 ––– information. for more information. Three dashes will be displayed if the Door Ajar Messages SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST compass needs service. See your dealer for service. This message may be displayed DOOR OPEN when there is a problem with A door open symbol will be the brake boost assist system. displayed on the DIC showing When this message is displayed, which door is open. If the vehicle the brake boost assist motor has been shifted out of P (Park), might be heard operating and you a DOOR OPEN message will also might notice pulsation in the brake be displayed. Close the door pedal. This is normal under these completely. conditions. Take the vehicle to your dealer for service. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (36,1)

5-36 Instruments and Controls

HOOD OPEN Engine Cooling System COOLANT LEVEL LOW ADD This message will display along with Messages COOLANT a hood open symbol when the hood This message will display if the is open. Close the hood completely. A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH coolant is low. See Engine Coolant ENGINE TEMP on page 10 20. POWER LIFTGATE ‑ UNAVAILABLE This message displays when ENGINE OVERHEATED the engine coolant becomes — This message will display if the hotter than the normal operating IDLE ENGINE power liftgate encounters multiple temperature. To avoid added This message displays when the obstacles on the same power cycle. strain on a hot engine, the engine coolant temperature is too After removing the obstructions, the air conditioning compressor hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to liftgate will resume normal power automatically turns off. When idle until it cools down. operation. the coolant temperature returns to normal, the air conditioning ENGINE OVERHEATED — REAR ACCESS OPEN compressor turns back on. STOP ENGINE This message will display along with You can continue to drive This message displays and a a symbol when the liftgate is open. the vehicle. continuous chime sounds if the Close the liftgate completely. If this message continues to appear, engine cooling system reaches have the system repaired by your unsafe temperatures for operation. dealer as soon as possible to avoid Stop and turn off the vehicle as damage to the engine. soon as it is safe to do so to avoid severe damage. This message clears when the engine has cooled to a safe operating temperature. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (37,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-37

HIGH COOLANT ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLE Engine Power Messages TEMPERATURE ENGINE ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED This message displays if the coolant This message displays when the temperature is hot. See Engine engine oil temperature is too hot. This message displays when the Overheating on page 10‑24. Stop and allow the vehicle to idle vehicle's engine power is reduced. until it cools down. Reduced engine power can affect Engine Oil Messages the vehicle's ability to accelerate. ENGINE OIL LOW — ADD OIL If this message is on, but there CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON This message displays when the is no reduction in performance, proceed to your destination. This message displays when the engine oil level is too low. Check The performance may be reduced engine oil needs to be changed. the oil level. See Engine Oil on the next time the vehicle is driven. When you change the engine oil, page 10‑10. The vehicle may be driven at a be sure to reset the Oil Life System. OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP reduced speed while this message See Engine Oil Life System on — ENGINE is on, but maximum acceleration page 10 14 and Driver Information ‑ and speed may be reduced. Center (DIC) on page 5 29 for This message displays if low oil ‑ Anytime this message stays on, information on how to reset the pressure levels occur. Stop the the vehicle should be taken to system. See Engine Oil on vehicle as soon as safely possible your dealer for service as soon page 10 10 and Scheduled and do not operate it until the cause ‑ as possible. Maintenance on page 11‑2 of the low oil pressure has been for more information. corrected. Check the oil as soon as possible and have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (38,1)

5-38 Instruments and Controls

Fuel System Messages NO REMOTE PRESS BRAKE Lamp Messages TO RESTART FUEL LEVEL LOW AFL (ADAPTIVE FORWARD This message is displayed if the This message displays when the LIGHTING) LAMPS NEED remote is no longer detected in the SERVICE vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as vehicle. Press the brake pedal to soon as possible restart the vehicle. This message displays when TIGHTEN GAS CAP the Adaptive Forward Lighting NUMBER OF KEYS (AFL) system is disabled and This message displays when the PROGRAMMED needs service. See your dealer. fuel cap is not on tight. Tighten the This message displays when See Adaptive Forward Lighting fuel cap. programming new keys to the (AFL) on page 6‑3 for more vehicle. information. Key and Lock Messages REMOTE LEFT IN VEHICLE AUTOMATIC LIGHT NO REMOTE DETECTED CONTROL ON This message displays when This message displays when leaving the vehicle with the RKE This message is displayed when trying to start the vehicle if an transmitter still inside. the exterior lamp control is in AUTO RKE transmitter is not detected. and the lights have turned on. The transmitter battery may be REPLACE BATTERY IN See Twilight Sentinel on page 6‑4. weak. See “Starting the Vehicle REMOTE KEY with a Low Transmitter Battery” AUTOMATIC LIGHT This message displays when the CONTROL OFF under Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) battery in the RKE transmitter needs System Operation on page 2‑4. to be replaced. This message is displayed when the exterior lamp control is in AUTO and the lights have turned off. See Twilight Sentinel on page 6‑4. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (39,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-39

XXX TURN INDICATOR SERVICE PARK ASSIST SERVICE SUSPENSION FAILURE This message is displayed if there SYSTEM When one of the turn signals is is a problem with the park assist This message displays if there is out, this message displays to system. Take the vehicle to your a problem with the selective ride show which bulb needs to be dealer for service. control. See Selective Ride Control replaced. See Bulb Replacement on on page 9‑37. page 10‑38 and Replacement Bulbs Ride Control System SERVICE TRACTION on page 10‑47 for more information Messages on the turn signal bulb replacement. CONTROL SERVICE REAR AXLE TURN SIGNAL ON This message displays when This message displays when there there is a problem with the This message is displayed if is a problem with the All-Wheel Traction Control System (TCS). the turn signal has been left on. Drive (AWD) System. See your See Traction Control System (TCS) Turn off the turn signal. dealer for service. on page 9‑34. Object Detection System SERVICE STABILITRAK SPORT MODE ON Messages This message displays if there This message displays when is a problem with the StabiliTrak® Sport Mode has been activated. PARK ASSIST OFF system. See StabiliTrak® System on See Selective Ride Control on This message is displayed when the page 9‑36. page 9‑37 and Manual Mode on park assist system has been turned page 9‑28 for more information. off. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on page 9‑40. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (40,1)

5-40 Instruments and Controls

Airbag System Messages Service Vehicle Messages Starting the Vehicle SERVICE AIRBAG SERVICE AC SYSTEM Messages This message displays if there is This message is displayed if there is PRESS BRAKE TO START a problem with the airbag system. a problem with the air conditioning VEHICLE Take the vehicle to your dealer for system. Take the vehicle to your This message is displayed when service. dealer for service. attempting to start the vehicle SERVICE POWER STEERING without first pressing the brake Safety Belt Messages pedal. This message is displayed if there is BUCKLE SEATBELT a problem with the power steering SERVICE KEYLESS START This message displays as a system. Take the vehicle to your SYSTEM dealer for service. reminder when the safety belt This message is displayed if there is not buckled. SERVICE VEHICLE SOON is a problem with the keyless start system. Take the vehicle to your Anti-Theft Alarm System This message is displayed if there is dealer for service. a problem with the vehicle. Take the Messages vehicle to your dealer for service. THEFT ATTEMPTED This message displays if the vehicle detects a tamper condition. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (41,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-41

Tire Messages This message also displays Transmission Messages LEFT FRONT, RIGHT FRONT, SERVICE TIRE MONITOR LEFT REAR, or RIGHT REAR to SERVICE TRANSMISSION SYSTEM indicate the location of the low tire. This message displays if there is This message displays if there is The low tire pressure warning a problem with the transmission. a problem with the Tire Pressure light will also come on. See Tire See your dealer. Monitor System (TPMS). See Tire Pressure Light on page 5 25. ‑ SHIFT TO PARK Pressure Monitor Operation on If a tire pressure message appears page 10‑67 for more information. on the DIC, stop as soon as you This message displays when the transmission needs to be shifted TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE can. Inflate the tires by adding air until the tire pressure is equal to to P (Park). This may appear when This message displays when the values shown on the Tire and attempting to remove the key if the the system is learning new tires. Loading Information label. See Tires vehicle is not in P (Park). See Tire Pressure Monitor on page 10‑56, Vehicle Load Limits TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE Operation on page 10‑67 for — on page 9‑12, and Tire Pressure on ENGINE more information. page 10‑63. This message displays and a chime TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE You can receive more than one sounds if the transmission fluid in This message displays when the tire pressure message at a time. the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the pressure in one or more of the tires The DIC also shows the tire transmission fluid temperature high is low. pressure values. See Driver can cause damage to the vehicle. Information Center (DIC) on Stop the vehicle and let it idle to page 5‑29. allow the transmission to cool. This message clears when the fluid temperature reaches a safe level. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (42,1)

5-42 Instruments and Controls

Vehicle Reminder Vehicle Entering the Personalization Messages Menus Personalization 1. Press CONFIG to access the ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE The audio system controls are Configuration Settings menu. WITH CARE used to access the personalization 2. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to This message is displayed when ice menus for customizing vehicle highlight Vehicle Settings. conditions are possible. features. Not all features are available on every vehicle. 3. Press the center of the TURN WIPER CONTROL TO Only the features available MENU/SELECT knob to select INTERMITTENT FIRST on a particular vehicle will be the Vehicle Settings menu. displayed on that vehicle. This message is displayed when The following list of menu items will attempting to adjust the intermittent CONFIG (Configuration): be available: wiper speed without intermittent Press to access the Configuration . Climate and Air Quality selected on the wiper control. Settings Menu. . Comfort and Convenience See Windshield Wiper/Washer on MENU/SELECT Knob: Press page 5‑3. the center of this knob to enter . Language the menus and select menu items. . Lighting Washer Fluid Messages Turn the knob to scroll through the . Power Door Locks menus. WASHER FLUID LOW ADD . Remote Locking, Unlocking, / BACK or BACK / (depending FLUID Starting on system): Press to exit or move This message displays when backward in a menu. . Return to Factory Settings the washer fluid level is low. For information on filling the Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to washer fluid, see Washer highlight the menu. Press the knob Fluid on page 10‑26. to select it. Each of the menus is detailed in the following information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (43,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-43

Climate and Air Quality Air Quality Sensor Remote Start Auto Heated Seats Select the Climate and Air Quality This will allow you to select whether When on, this feature will turn the menu and the following will be the system will operate at high or heated seats on when using remote displayed: low sensitivity. Only vehicles with start on cold days. the dual zone climate control will . Auto Fan Speed Press the MENU/SELECT knob have this option. when Remote Start Auto Heated . Air Quality Sensor Press the MENU/SELECT Seats is highlighted. Turn the knob . Remote Start Auto Seat Cool knob when Air Quality Sensor to select On or Off. Press the knob . Remote Start Auto Heated Seats is highlighted to open the menu. to confirm and go back to the Turn the knob to highlight High or last menu. . Auto Defog Low Sensitivity. Press the knob to Auto Defog . Auto Rear Defog confirm the selection and move back to the last menu. This will allow you to turn the auto Auto Fan Speed defog on or off. Remote Start Auto Seat Cool This will allow you to select the Press the MENU/SELECT knob automatic fan speed. This feature When on, this feature will turn the when Auto Defog is highlighted to sets the climate control fan speed to vented seats on when using remote open the menu. Turn the knob to maintain the interior temperature. start on warm days. highlight On or Off. Press the knob Press the MENU/SELECT knob Press the MENU/SELECT knob to confirm the selection and move when Auto Fan Speed is highlighted when Remote Start Auto Seat Cool back to the last menu. to open the menu. Turn the knob is highlighted. Turn the knob to to highlight High, Medium, or Low. select On or Off. Press the knob Press the knob to confirm the to confirm and go back to the selection and move back to the last menu. last menu. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (44,1)

5-44 Instruments and Controls

Auto Rear Defog Easy Exit Driver Seat Reverse Tilt Mirror This will allow you to turn the auto This allows you to turn the easy This allows you to turn the reverse rear defog on or off. exit driver seat feature on or off. tilt mirror feature on or off. When Press the MENU/SELECT When on, this feature will move the on, both the driver and passenger knob when Auto Rear Defog is driver seat rearward upon turning mirrors will tilt downward when highlighted to open the menu. the ignition off and the driver door vehicle is shifted to R (Reverse) Turn the knob to highlight On or opened. This may be performed to to improve visibility of the ground Off. Press the knob to confirm the make it easier to exit the vehicle. near the rear wheels. They will selection and move back to the See Power Seat Adjustment on return to their previous driving last menu. page 3‑4 for more information. position when the vehicle is shifted Press the MENU/SELECT knob out of R (Reverse), the ignition is Comfort and Convenience when Easy Exit Driver Seat is turned to OFF, or the vehicle is left in reverse. Select the Comfort and highlighted. Turn the knob to select Convenience menu and the On or Off. Press the knob to confirm Press the MENU/SELECT following will be displayed: and go back to the last menu. knob when Reverse Tilt Mirror is highlighted. Turn the knob to select . Easy Exit Driver Seat Chime Volume Driver & Passenger or Off. Press . Chime Volume This allows the selection of the the knob to confirm and go back . Reverse Tilt Mirror chime volume level. to the last menu. . Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear Press the MENU/SELECT knob Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear when Chime Volume is highlighted. Turn the knob to select Normal or When on, and the front windshield High. Press the knob to confirm wipers are on, the rear window and go back to the last menu. wiper will turn on automatically when the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (45,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-45

Press the MENU/SELECT knob Vehicle Locator Lights Power Door Locks when Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear is This allows the vehicle locator lights Select Power Door Locks and the highlighted. Turn the knob to select to be turned on or off. following will be displayed: On or Off. Press the knob to confirm and go back to the last menu. Press the MENU/SELECT knob . Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out when Vehicle Locator Lights is . Auto Door Unlock Language highlighted. Turn the knob to select Select the Language menu and the On or Off. Press the knob to confirm . Delayed Door Lock and go back to the last menu. following will be displayed: Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out . English Exit Lighting When on, this feature will keep the . French This allows the selection of how driver door from locking when the long the exterior lamps stay on door is open. If Off is selected, the . Spanish when leaving the vehicle when it Delayed Door Lock menu will be Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to is dark outside. available and the door will lock as select the language. Press the knob programmed through this menu. Press the MENU/SELECT knob to confirm and go back to the when Exit Lighting is highlighted. Press the MENU/SELECT knob last menu. Turn the knob to select Off, when Auto Door Unlock is Lighting 30 Seconds, 1 Minute, or 2 Minutes. highlighted. Turn the knob to select Press the knob to confirm and go On or Off. Press the knob to confirm Select the Lighting menu and the back to the last menu. and go back to the last menu. following will be displayed: . Vehicle Locator Lights . Exit Lighting Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (46,1)

5-46 Instruments and Controls

Auto Door Unlock Press the MENU/SELECT knob Unlock Feedback (Lights) This allows selection of which of the when Delayed Door Lock is When on, the exterior lamps will doors will automatically unlock when highlighted. Turn the knob to select flash when unlocking the vehicle the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). On or Off. Press the knob to confirm with the RKE transmitter. and go back to the last menu. Press the MENU/SELECT Press the MENU/SELECT knob knob when Auto Door Unlock Remote Lock/Unlock/Start when Unlock Feedback (Lights) is highlighted. Turn the knob to Select Remote Lock/Unlock/Start is highlighted. Turn the knob to select All Doors, Driver Door, or Off. and the following will be displayed: select Flash Lights or Off. Press Press the knob to confirm and go the knob to confirm and go back back to the last menu. . Unlock Feedback (Lights) to the last menu. . Locking Feedback Delayed Door Lock Locking Feedback . Door Unlock Options When on, this feature will delay This allows selection of what type of the locking of the doors until . Passive Door Lock feedback is given when locking the five seconds after the last door is . Passive Door Unlock vehicle with the RKE transmitter. closed. You will hear three chimes . Memory Remote Recall Press the MENU/SELECT to signal delayed locking is in use. knob when Locking Feedback Pressing either the power lock . Remote Left in Vehicle Reminder is highlighted. Turn the knob to button or the lock button on the select Lights and Horn, Lights Only, RKE transmitter twice will override Horn Only, or Off. Press the knob the delayed locking feature and to confirm and go back to the immediately lock all of the doors. last menu. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (47,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-47

Door Unlock Options Passive Door Lock Passive Door Unlock This allows selection of which doors If the vehicle has the Remote If the vehicle has the RKE system, will unlock when pressing the unlock Keyless Entry (RKE) system, when this feature allows you to select button on the RKE transmitter. enabled, this feature allows the which doors will automatically Press the MENU/SELECT knob doors to lock after several seconds unlock when you open the driver when Door Unlock Options is if all doors are closed and at least door with the RKE transmitter highlighted. Turn the knob to one RKE transmitter has been present. select All Doors or Driver Door removed from the interior of the Press the MENU/SELECT knob Only. When set to Driver Door Only, vehicle. It does not matter how far when Passive Door Unlock is the driver door will unlock the first away the RKE transmitter is from highlighted. Turn the knob to select time the unlock button is pressed the vehicle. This feature can also be All Doors or Driver Door. Press the and all doors will unlock when the configured to chirp the horn when knob to confirm and go back to the button is pressed a second time. the doors are passively locked. last menu. When set to All Doors, all of the Press the MENU/SELECT knob doors will unlock at the first press when Passive Door Lock is Memory Remote Recall of the unlock button. Press the highlighted. Turn the knob to select This allows the Memory Remote knob to confirm and go back to On With Chirp, On, or Off. Press the Recall feature to be turned on or off. the last menu. knob to confirm and go back to the Press the MENU/SELECT knob last menu. when Memory Remote Recall is highlighted. Turn the knob to select On or Off. Press the knob to confirm and go back to the last menu. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (48,1)

5-48 Instruments and Controls

Remote Left in Vehicle Reminder Universal Remote This system provides a way to This allows the Remote Left In replace up to three remote control Vehicle reminder feature to be System transmitters used to activate devices such as garage door turned on or off. If on, the horn See Radio Frequency openers, security systems, and will chirp if a remote is left in the Statement on page 13 20 for ‑ home automation devices. vehicle. information regarding Part 15 Press the MENU/SELECT knob of the Federal Communications Do not use the Universal Remote when Remote Left In Vehicle is Commission (FCC) rules and system with any garage door opener highlighted. Turn the knob to select Industry Canada Standards that does not have the stop and On or Off. Press the knob to confirm RSS-210/220/310. reverse feature. This includes and go back to the last menu. any garage door opener model Universal Remote System manufactured before April 1,1982. Return to Factory Settings Programming Read the instructions completely Select Return to Factory before attempting to program the Settings to return all of the vehicle Universal Remote system. Because personalization to the default of the steps involved, it may be settings. Turn the knob to select helpful to have another person Yes or No. Press the knob to available to assist with programming confirm and go back to the the Universal Remote system. last menu. If the vehicle has this feature, you will see these buttons with one LED indicator next to them in the overhead console. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (49,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-49

Keep the original hand-held Programming the Universal 2. At the same time, press transmitter for use in other vehicles Remote System and hold both the hand-held as well as for future Universal transmitter button and one Remote system programming. It is For questions or help programming of the three Universal Remote also recommended that upon the the Universal Remote system, system buttons to be used to sale of the vehicle, the programmed call 1‐800‐355‐3515 or go to operate the garage door. Do not Universal Remote system buttons www.homelink.com. release the Universal Remote be erased for security purposes. Programming a garage door opener system button or the hand-held See “Erasing Universal Remote involves time-sensitive actions, so transmitter button until the System Buttons” later in this read the entire procedure before indicator light changes from section. starting. Otherwise, the device will a slowly to a rapidly flashing When programming a garage time out and the procedure will have light. You now may release door, park outside of the garage. to be repeated. both buttons. Park directly in line with and facing To program up to three devices: Some entry gates and the garage door opener motor-head garage door openers may 1. Hold the end of the hand-held or gate motor-head. Be sure that require substitution of Step 2 transmitter about 3 to 8 cm people and objects are clear of with the procedure noted in (1 to 3 in) away from the the garage door or gate being Gate Operator and Canadian Universal Remote system “ programmed. Programming later in this buttons while keeping ” section. It is recommended that a new the indicator light in view. battery be installed in the hand-held The hand-held transmitter was transmitter for quicker and more supplied by the manufacturer accurate transmission of the of the garage door opener radio-frequency signal. receiver (motor-head unit). Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (50,1)

5-50 Instruments and Controls

3. Press and hold for five seconds It may be helpful to have 6. Immediately return to the the newly trained Universal another person assist with vehicle. Firmly press and hold Remote system button (the the remaining Steps 4 for two seconds the Universal button selected in Step 2) while through 6. Remote system button, selected observing the indicator light and in Step 2 to control the garage garage door activation. door, and then release it. If the garage door does not move or . If the indicator light stays on continuously or the garage the lamp on the garage door door starts to move when opener receiver (motor-head the Universal Remote unit) does not flash, press and system button is pressed hold the same button a second and released, then the time for two seconds, and then programming is complete. release it. Again, if the door There is no need to “Learn” or “Smart” Buttons does not move or the garage door lamp does not flash, press continue programming 4. After Steps 1 through 3 have Steps 4 through 6. and hold the same button a third been completed, locate the time for two seconds, and then . If the Universal Remote “Learn” or “Smart” button inside release. system indicator light blinks the garage on the garage door rapidly for two seconds, opener receiver (motor-head The Universal Remote system then turns to a constant unit). The name and color should now activate the light and the garage door of the button may vary by garage door. does not move, continue manufacturer. To program the remaining two with programming Steps 4 5. Firmly press and release the Universal Remote system buttons, through 6. “Learn” or “Smart” button. After begin with Step 1 of “Programming you press this button, you will the Universal Remote System.” have 30 seconds to complete Step 6. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (51,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-51

Gate Operator and Canadian If you live in Canada, or you are Universal Remote System Programming having difficulty programming a gate operator or garage door Operation If you have questions or need help opener by using the “Programming programming the Universal Remote Using the Universal Remote the Universal Remote System” System system, call 1‐800‐355‐3515 or go procedures, regardless of where to www.homelink.com. you live, replace Step 2 under Press and hold the appropriate Canadian radio-frequency laws “Programming the Universal Universal Remote system button require transmitter signals to time Remote System” with the following: for at least half of a second. out or quit after several seconds of The indicator light will come on Continue to press and hold while the signal is being transmitted. transmission. This may not be long the Universal Remote system enough for the Universal Remote button while you press and Erasing Universal Remote system to pick up the signal during release every two seconds (cycle) System Buttons programming. Similarly, some U.S. the hand-held transmitter button gate operators are manufactured to until the frequency signal has All programmed buttons should be time out in the same manner. been successfully accepted by erased when the vehicle is sold or the Universal Remote system. the lease ends. The Universal Remote system To erase all programmed buttons indicator light will flash slowly at on the Universal Remote system first and then rapidly. Proceed with device: Step 3 under “Programming the 1. Press and hold down the Universal Remote System” to two outside buttons until the complete. indicator light begins to flash. This should take about 10 seconds. 2. Release both buttons. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (52,1)

5-52 Instruments and Controls

Reprogramming a Single Universal Remote System Button To reprogram any of the three Universal Remote system buttons: 1. Press and hold the desired Universal Remote system button. Do not release the button. 2. The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds. Without releasing the button, proceed with Step 1 of the section “Programming the Universal Remote System.” If you have questions or need help programming the Universal Remote system, call 1‐800‐355‐3515 or go to www.homelink.com. You may also call the customer assistance phone number under Customer Assistance Offices (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑5 or Customer Assistance Offices (Mexico) on page 13‑6. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Lighting 6-1

Interior Lighting Exterior Lighting Lighting Instrument Panel Illumination Control ...... 6-7 Exterior Lamp Controls Exterior Lighting Cargo Lamp ...... 6-7 Courtesy Lamps ...... 6-7 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 Dome Lamps ...... 6-7 Headlamp High/Low-Beam Reading Lamps ...... 6-7 Changer ...... 6-2 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Lighting Features Daytime Running Entry Lighting ...... 6-8 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-3 Exit Lighting ...... 6-8 Adaptive Forward Battery Load Management . . . . 6-8 Lighting (AFL) ...... 6-3 Twilight Sentinel ...... 6-4 Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-5 Turn and Lane-Change Signals ...... 6-6 Front Fog Lamps ...... 6-6 The exterior lamps control is located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering column. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

6-2 Lighting

It controls the following systems: ; (Parking Lamps): Turns the Headlamp . Headlamps parking lamps on together with the High/Low-Beam Changer following: . Taillamps Push the turn signal/lane change . Taillamps . Parking Lamps lever away from you to turn the high . License Plate Lamps beams on. . License Plate Lamps . Instrument Panel Lights Pull the lever toward you to return to . Instrument Panel Lights low beams. 2 (Headlamps): Turns the . Fog Lamps headlamps on together with the The exterior lamps control has lamps listed below. A warning chime four positions: sounds if the driver door is opened when the ignition switch is off and O (Off): Briefly turn to this position the headlamps are on. to turn the automatic light control off or on again. . Parking Lamps AUTO (Automatic): Turns the . Taillamps This indicator light turns on in the headlamps on automatically at . License Plate Lamps instrument panel cluster when the normal brightness, together with high beam headlamps are on. the following: . Instrument Panel Lights . Parking Lamps # (Front Fog Lamps): For Flash-to-Pass vehicles with fog lamps, press . Taillamps The flash‐to‐pass feature works with to turn the lamps on or off. the low beams or Daytime Running . License Plate Lamps See Front Fog Lamps on page 6‑6. Lamps (DRL) on or off. . Instrument Panel Lights To flash the high beams, pull the turn signal/lane change lever all the way toward you, then release it. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Lighting 6-3

Daytime Running When the DRL are on, only the Adaptive Forward low‐beam headlamps, at a reduced Lamps (DRL) level of brightness, will be on. Lighting (AFL) Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can The high‐beam headlamps, For vehicles with Xenon make it easier for others to see the taillamps, sidemarker, instrument headlamps, the Adaptive Forward front of your vehicle during the day. panel lamps, and other lamps Lighting System (AFL) adjusts Fully functional daytime running will not be on. the headlamps to provide greater lamps are required on all vehicles The headlamps automatically road illumination in various driving first sold in Canada. change from DRL to the regular conditions. A light sensor on top of the headlamps depending on the To enable AFL, set the exterior instrument panel makes the DRL darkness of the surroundings. lamp control to the AUTO position. work, so be sure it is not covered. The other lamps that come on Moving the control out of the AUTO with the headlamps will also The DRL system makes the position will deactivate the system. come on. AFL will operate when the vehicle low‐beam headlamps come on at a reduced brightness or for vehicles When it is bright enough outside, speed is greater than 3 km/h with High Intensity Discharge (HID) the headlamps go off and the DRL (2 mph). AFL will not operate when headlamps, the DRL lights will come come on. the transmission is in R (Reverse). AFL is not immediately operable on when the following conditions To turn the DRL lamps off or are met: after starting the vehicle; driving on again, turn the exterior lamps a short distance is required to . The ignition is in the control to the off position and then calibrate the AFL. See Exterior ON/RUN mode. release. For vehicles first sold Lamp Controls on page 6‑1. in Canada, the DRL cannot be . The exterior lamps control is turned off. in AUTO. . The engine is running. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

6-4 Lighting

Curve Lighting Twilight Sentinel With Twilight Sentinel the following The Xenon light beam pivots based will happen: on the steering wheel position and . When it is dark enough outside, vehicle speed of at least 10 km/h and the exterior lamps control (6 mph). The headlamps shine at is in the AUTO position, the an angle of up to 15 degrees to the Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) right or left of the direction of travel. go off, and the headlamps and parking lamps come on. The Highway Lighting other lamps that come on with If the vehicle is traveling straight the headlamps also come on. continuously at high speeds, the . When it is bright enough outside, light beam automatically raises This feature automatically turns the the headlamps go off, and the slightly to increase the headlamp lamps on and off. A light sensor on DRL come on, as long as the range. top of the instrument panel makes exterior lamp switch is in the the Twilight Sentinel® work, so be City Lighting AUTO position. See Exterior sure it is not covered. Lamp Controls on page 6 1. If the vehicle speed is less than ‑ 50 km/h (31 mph), the headlamp range is automatically reduced. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Lighting 6-5

If the vehicle is started in a dark Twilight Sentinel also provides Hazard Warning Flashers garage, the automatic headlamp exterior illumination as you leave system comes on immediately. the vehicle. If Twilight Sentinel If it is light outside when the has turned on the lamps when the vehicle leaves the garage, there is ignition is turned off, the lamps a slight delay before the automatic remain on until one of the following headlamp system changes to occurs: the DRL. During that delay, the . The exterior lamp control is instrument panel cluster may not be as bright as usual. Make sure moved from O to the parking the instrument panel brightness lamp position. control is in full bright position. . The delay time selected has See Instrument Panel Illumination elapsed. Control on page 6‑7 for more information. See Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑42 to select the delay time. The vehicle can be idled with the You can also select no delay time. | (Hazard Warning Flasher): lamps off, even when it is dark Press this button located on the outside. After starting the vehicle, If the ignition is turned off with the exterior lamp control in the parking instrument panel near the audio turn the exterior lamp control to system, to make the front and rear off, then release it. The lamps will lamp or headlamp position, the Twilight Sentinel delay will not turn signal lamps flash on and off. remain off until the control is turned This warns others that you are to off again. occur. The lamps will turn off as soon as the control is turned off. having trouble. Press again to turn the flashers off. The regular headlamp system should be turned on when needed. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

6-6 Lighting

Turn and Lane-Change If after signaling a turn or lane The ignition and the low‐beam change the arrow flashes rapidly headlamps must be on to turn on Signals or does not come on, a signal bulb the fog lamps. may be burned out. # : Press to turn the fog lamps Have the bulbs replaced. If the bulb on or off. An indicator light on the is not burned out, check the fuse. instrument panel cluster comes on See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on when the fog lamps are on. page 10‑48 for more information. The fog lamps come on together with the parking lamps. Front Fog Lamps An arrow on the instrument panel Some localities have laws that cluster will flash in the direction of require the headlamps to be on the turn or lane change. along with the fog lamps. Move the lever all the way up or down to signal a turn. Raise or lower the lever until the arrow starts to flash to signal a lane change. The turn signal flashes three times. The lever returns to its starting The front fog lamp button is located position when it is released. on the exterior lamp control, on the outboard side of the steering wheel. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Lighting 6-7

Interior Lighting Cargo Lamp 1 (Door): The lamp comes on automatically when a door is The cargo lamp is located over the opened. Instrument Panel rear compartment and is controlled Illumination Control by the dome lamp. See Dome + (On): Turns the dome lamp on. Lamps on page 6‑7. Reading Lamps Courtesy Lamps There are reading lamps located on The courtesy lamps come on the overhead console and over the automatically when any door is rear passenger doors. These lamps opened and the dome lamp is come on automatically when any in the door position. door is opened. To manually turn the reading lamps Dome Lamps on or off:

The dome lamp controls are located . Press # or $ next to each in the overhead console. overhead console reading lamp. To change the dome lamp settings, . Press the lamp lens on the rear This feature controls the brightness press the following: passenger reading lamps. of the instrument panel lights. * (Dome Lamp Override): Turns the lamp off, even when a door D (Instrument Panel is open. Brightness): Turn the thumbwheel up or down to brighten or dim the instrument panel lights. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

6-8 Lighting

Lighting Features Exit Lighting Battery Load The headlamps, taillamps, parking Management Entry Lighting lamps, back‐up lamps, and license The vehicle has Electric Power The headlamps, taillamps, license plate lamps come on at night, or in Management (EPM) that estimates areas with limited lighting, when a plate lamps, back‐up lamps, dome the battery's temperature and state lamps, and most of the interior lights door is opened after the ignition is of charge. It then adjusts the voltage turn on briefly, when the Remote turned off. The dome lamps also for best performance and extended K come on when a door is opened life of the battery. Keyless Entry (RKE) is pressed, after the ignition is changed to the or when the door handle is pulled. off position. When the battery's state of charge After about 30 seconds the exterior is low, the voltage is raised slightly lamps turn off, and then the dome The exterior lights and dome to quickly bring the charge back up. and remaining interior lights dim lamp remain on after the door is When the state of charge is high, to off. The entry lighting can be closed for a set amount of time, the voltage is lowered slightly to manually turned off, by changing then automatically turn off. prevent overcharging. If the vehicle the ignition out of the off position, The exterior lights turn off has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage or by pressing the (RKE) Q button. immediately by turning the display on the Driver Information exterior lamps control to OFF. Center (DIC), you may see the This feature can be changed. voltage move up or down. This is This feature can be changed. See Vehicle Personalization on normal. If there is a problem, an See Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑42. alert will be displayed. page 5‑42. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Lighting 6-9

The battery can be discharged at EPM works to prevent excessive idle if the electrical loads are very discharge of the battery. It does this high. This is true for all vehicles. by balancing the generator's output This is because the generator and the vehicle's electrical needs. (alternator) may not be spinning It can increase engine idle speed fast enough at idle to produce all to generate more power whenever of the power needed for very high needed. It can temporarily reduce electrical loads. the power demands of some A high electrical load occurs when accessories. several of the following are on, Normally, these actions occur such as: headlamps, high beams, in steps or levels, without being fog lamps, rear window defogger, noticeable. In rare cases at the climate control fan at high speed, highest levels of corrective action, heated seats, engine cooling fans, this action may be noticeable to the trailer loads, and loads plugged into driver. If so, a DIC message might accessory power outlets. be displayed, such as BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE, BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW, or LOW BATTERY. If one of these messages displays, it is recommended that the driver reduce the electrical loads as much as possible. See Driver Information Center (DIC) on page 5‑29. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

6-10 Lighting

2 NOTES Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Infotainment System 7-1

Audio Players Introduction Infotainment CD Player System (Radio with CD) ...... 7-19 CD/DVD Player ...... 7-22 Infotainment Mass Storage Read the following pages to Introduction Media (MEM) ...... 7-25 become familiar with the audio Infotainment ...... 7-1 Auxiliary Devices system's features. Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 (Radio with CD) ...... 7-29 Overview (Radio with CD) . . . . . 7-3 Auxiliary Devices (Radio with { WARNING Overview (Radio with CD/DVD CD/DVD and MEM) ...... 7-35 and MEM) ...... 7-5 Rear Seat Infotainment Taking your eyes off the road Operation ...... 7-7 Rear Seat Entertainment for extended periods could Radio (RSE) System ...... 7-37 cause a crash resulting in injury or death to you or others. AM-FM Radio ...... 7-11 Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Satellite Radio ...... 7-14 System ...... 7-48 Do not give extended attention to entertainment tasks while driving. Radio Reception ...... 7-18 Phone Multi-Band Antenna ...... 7-19 Bluetooth (Overview) ...... 7-50 Bluetooth (Infotainment This system provides access to Controls) ...... 7-52 many audio and non‐audio listings. Bluetooth (Voice Recognition) ...... 7-56 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

7-2 Infotainment System

To minimize taking your eyes off the Notice: Contact your dealer Navigation System road while driving, do the following before adding any equipment. For vehicles with a navigation while the vehicle is parked: Adding audio or communication system, see the separate navigation . Become familiar with the equipment could interfere with manual. operation and controls of the operation of the engine, the audio system. radio, or other systems, and Theft-Deterrent Feature could damage them. Follow . Set up the tone, speaker The theft-deterrent feature works adjustments, and preset federal rules covering mobile radio and telephone equipment. by learning a portion of the Vehicle radio stations. Identification Number (VIN) For more information, see Defensive The vehicle has Retained to the infotainment system. Accessory Power (RAP). Driving on page 9‑2. The infotainment system does With RAP, the audio system can not operate if it is stolen or This vehicle's infotainment system be played even after the ignition is moved to a different vehicle. may be equipped with a noise turned off. See Retained Accessory reduction system which can work Power (RAP) on page 9‑22 for more improperly if the audio amplifier, information. engine calibrations, exhaust system, microphones, radio, or speakers are modified or replaced. This could result in more noticeable engine noise at certain speeds. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Infotainment System 7-3

Overview (Radio with CD) A. VOL/ O . Turns the system on or off and adjusts the volume. B. Buttons 1 to 6 . Radio: Saves and selects favorite stations. C. TUNE . Radio: Manually selects radio stations. . CD: Selects tracks. D. FAV . Radio: Opens the favorites list. E. l SEEK . Radio: Seeks the next station. . CD: Selects the next track or fast forwards within a track. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

7-4 Infotainment System

F. g SEEK J. k O. PHONE . . Radio: Seeks the previous . CD: Pauses the CD. Opens the phone main menu. station. K. CD Slot . . CD: Selects the previous Mutes the audio system. . Insert a CD. track or rewinds within a P. TONE track. L. MENU/SELECT . Opens the tone menu. . Press: Selects menu items. G. Y (CD Eject) Q. AUX . Turn: Opens menus, . Removes a disc from the highlights menu items, . Selects a connected CD slot. or sets numeric values external audio source. H. CD while in a menu. R. INFO . Selects the CD player M. BACK / . Radio: Shows available when listening to a information about the . different audio source. Menu: Moves one current station. level back. I. RADIO/BAND . CD: Shows available . Character Input: Deletes . information about the Changes the band while the last character. listening to the radio. current track. N. CONFIG . Selects the radio when listening to a different . Opens the settings menu. audio source. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Infotainment System 7-5

Overview (Radio with CD/DVD and MEM) A. VOL/ O . Turns the system on or off and adjusts the volume. B. Buttons 1 to 6 . Radio: Saves and selects favorite stations. . MEM: Saves and selects favorite tracks and playlists. C. TUNE/INFO . Radio: Manually selects radio stations and shows available information about the current station. . CD: Selects tracks and shows available information about the current track. . MEM: Selects tracks and shows available information about the current track. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

7-6 Infotainment System

D. FAV G. Y (CD Eject) K. CD/DVD Slot . . Radio: Opens the . Removes a disc from the Insert a disc. favorites list. CD slot. L. MENU/SELECT . MEM: Opens the H. RADIO/BAND . Press: Selects menu items. favorites list. . Changes the band while . Turn: Open menus, E. l SEEK listening to the radio. highlights menu items, . Radio: Seeks the next . Selects the radio when or sets numeric values station. listening to a different while in a menu. audio source. . CD/DVD: Selects the next M. TONE track or fast forwards I. MEM/CD/AUX . Opens the tone menu. within a track. . Selects MEM, CD/DVD, N. 0 BACK . MEM: Selects the next USB, or a connected track or fast forwards auxiliary audio or auxiliary . Menu: Moves one within a track. audio/video source. level back. F. g SEEK J. k . Character Input: Deletes the last character. . Radio: Seeks the previous . Radio: Pauses time shifted station. content. O. CONFIG . Opens the settings menu. . CD/DVD: Selects the . CD/DVD: Pauses previous track or rewinds CD/DVD‐A and DVD‐V P. DEL within a track. playback. . MEM: Deletes the current . MEM: Selects the previous . MEM: Pauses MEM track from MEM. track or rewinds within a playback. track. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Infotainment System 7-7

Q. ( REC Turning the System On or Off Menu System . CD/DVD: Records content VOL/ O (Volume/Power): Press to Controls from audio CDs and turn the system on and off. The MENU/SELECT knob and MP3/WMA CDs. Automatic Switch‐Off the BACK / button are used to . AUX: Records content navigate the menu system. from USB mass storage If the infotainment system has devices. been turned on after the ignition MENU/SELECT: Press to: is turned off, the system will turn R. PHONE . Select or activate the highlighted off automatically after 10 minutes. menu option. . Opens the phone Volume Control . main menu. Confirm a set value. . . Mutes the audio system. VOL/ O (Volume/Power): Turn to Turn a system setting on or off. adjust the volume. Turn to: Operation PHONE: For vehicles with OnStar, . Enter the menu system. press and hold PHONE to mute the Controls infotainment system. Press and hold . Highlight a menu option. The infotainment system is PHONE again, or turn the VOL/ O . Select a value. operated by using the pushbuttons, knob to cancel mute. / multifunction knobs, menus shown BACK : Press to: For vehicles without OnStar®, press on the display, and steering wheel . Exit a menu. controls, if equipped. PHONE to mute the infotainment system. Press PHONE again, . Return from a submenu screen or turn the VOL/ O knob to to the previous menu screen. cancel mute. . Delete the last character in a sequence. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

7-8 Infotainment System

Selecting a Menu Option Activating a Setting Turning a Function On or Off

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to move the highlighted bar. highlight the setting. highlight the function. 2. Press the MENU/SELECT 2. Press the MENU/SELECT 2. Press the MENU/SELECT button to select the highlighted button to activate the setting. button to turn the function on option. or off. Setting a Value Submenus Entering a Character Sequence

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to An arrow on the right‐hand edge change the current value of the 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to of the menu indicates that it has a setting. highlight the character. submenu with other options. 2. Press the MENU/SELECT 2. Press the MENU/SELECT button to confirm the setting. button to select the character. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Infotainment System 7-9

Press the BACK / button to delete Adjusting the Treble, Midrange, Adjusting the Fader and Balance the last character in the sequence and Bass or press and hold to delete the entire character sequence. Audio Settings The audio settings can be set for each radio band and each audio player source. 1. Press the TONE button. 1. Press the TONE button. To quickly reset an audio setting 2. Select Fader or Balance. value to 0: 2. Select Treble, Midrange, 3. Select the value. or Bass. 1. Press the TONE button. / 3. Select the value. Press the BACK button to go 2. Select the audio setting. back to the Tone Settings menu. Press the BACK / button to go 3. Press and hold the Adjusting the EQ (Equalizer) MENU/SELECT button back to the Tone Settings menu. until the value changes to 0. For vehicles that have an equalizer: Press the BACK / button to go 1. Press the TONE button. back to the Tone Settings menu. 2. Select EQ. 3. Select the setting. Press the BACK / button to go back to the Tone Settings menu. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

7-10 Infotainment System

DSP (Digital Signal Processing) . 5.1 Surround ‐ The infotainment System Settings Settings system used in conjunction with the Bose® 5.1 Cabin Surround® Configuring the Number of For vehicles with DSP, it is used sound system for the vehicle Favorite Pages to provide a choice of different includes digital 5.1 decoding. listening experiences. This technology unlocks the full . 2.0 Normal ‐ Select this setting benefit of digital 5.1 recordings, to adjust the audio for normal so digitally encoded music mode. This provides the best and movie soundtracks can sound quality for all seating be presented faithfully and positions. accurately. If the video screens or Rear Seat Audio (RSA) . Centerpoint Centerpoint® To configure the number of available ‐ are on, 5.1 Surround is not signal processing circuitry. favorite pages: available. This setting creates a surround 1. Press the CONFIG button. sound listening experience from To adjust the DSP settings: 2. Select Radio Settings. stereo CDs and satellite radio. 1. Press the TONE button. 3. Select Radio Favorites. For more information on 2. Select DSP. Bose® Centerpoint® signal 4. Select the number of available processing circuitry, please visit 3. Select the setting. favorite pages. www. bose.com/centerpoint. Press the BACK / button to go 5. Press the BACK / button back to the Tone Settings menu. to go back to the System Configuration menu. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Infotainment System 7-11

Auto Volume Maximum Startup Volume Radio The auto volume feature The maximum volume played when automatically adjusts the radio the radio is first turned on can AM-FM Radio volume to compensate for road be set. and wind noise as the vehicle Control Buttons speeds up or slows down, so that The buttons used to control the the volume level is consistent. radio are: The level of volume compensation RADIO/BAND: Press to turn the can be selected, or the auto volume radio on and choose between AM, feature can be turned off. FM, and XM™, if equipped. 1. Press the CONFIG button. MENU/SELECT: Press and turn to navigate the available menus. 2. Select Radio Settings. TUNE: Turn to search for stations. 3. Select Maximum Startup Volume. INFO: Press to display additional information that may be available 4. Select the setting. for the current song. 1. Press the CONFIG button. 5. Press the BACK / button l SEEK/ g SEEK: Press to 2. Select Radio Settings. to go back to the System search for stations. Configuration menu. 3. Select Auto Volume. FAV: Press to open the 4. Select the setting. favorites list. 5. Press the BACK / button 1 to 6: Press to select preset to go back to the System stations. Configuration menu. k (Play/Pause): Press to pause time shifted content, if equipped. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

7-12 Infotainment System

RDS (Radio Data System) Selecting a Band Seek Tuning (Radio with CD/DVD and MEM) The radio may have RDS. The RDS Press the RADIO/BAND button to feature is available for use only on choose AM, FM, or XM, if equipped. Briefly press g SEEK or l SEEK, FM stations that broadcast RDS The last station that was playing to automatically search for the next information. This feature only works starts playing again. available station. If a station is not when the information from the radio Selecting a Station found, the radio switches to a more station is available. In rare cases, sensitive search level. If a station a radio station could broadcast Seek Tuning (Radio with CD) still is not found, the frequency that incorrect information that causes the was last active begins to play. radio features to work improperly. If the radio station is not known: Manual Tuning If this happens, contact the radio Briefly press g SEEK or l SEEK station. to automatically search for the next Turn the TUNE knob to select the While the radio is tuned to an available station. If a station is not frequency on the display. FM-RDS station, the station name found, the radio switches to a more Favorites List or call letters display. sensitive search level. If a station still is not found, the frequency 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. Radio Menus that was last active begins to play. 2. Select Favorites List. Radio menus are available for AM If the radio station is known: 3. Select the station. and FM. Press and hold g SEEK or Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to l open the main radio menu for that SEEK until the station on the frequency. display is reached, then release the button. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Infotainment System 7-13

Station Lists 3. Select the programming type. Storing a Station as a Favorite A list of stations that transmit 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. Stations from all bands can be programming of the selected stored in any order in the favorite 2. Select AM or FM Station List. type displays. All receivable stations in the pages. 4. Select the station. current reception area are Up to six stations can be stored in displayed. If a station list has The category lists are updated each favorite page and the number not been created, an automatic when the station lists are of available favorite pages can station search is done. updated. be set. 3. Select the station. Updating Station & Category Lists Storing Stations Category Lists If stations stored in the station list To store the station to a position Most stations that broadcast an can no longer be received: in the list, press the corresponding RDS program type code specify the 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. button 1 to 6 until a beep is heard. type of programming transmitted. 2. Select Update AM or FM Station Retrieving Stations Some stations change the program List, if the stations stored in Press the FAV button to open a type code depending on the the station list are no longer content. The system stores the RDS favorite page or to switch to another received. A station search will favorite page. Briefly press one of stations sorted by program type in be completed and the first the FM category list. the 1 to 6 buttons to retrieve the station in the updated list station. To search for a programming type will play. determined by station: To cancel the station search, press 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. the MENU/SELECT knob. 2. Select FM category list. A list of all programing types available displays. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

7-14 Infotainment System

Time Shifting (Radio with Press and release g SEEK or Satellite Radio CD/DVD and MEM) l SEEK to jump forward or back Vehicles with an XM™ Satellite The radio with MEM time shift 30 seconds in the time shift buffer. Radio tuner and a valid XM Satellite feature can rewind 20 minutes When the radio station is Radio subscription can receive XM of FM/AM content. While listening changed, the buffer is cleared programming. to the radio, the content from the and automatically restarted for current station is always being the current station. Content from XM Satellite Radio Service buffered. a previously tuned station is no XM is a satellite radio service based longer available. Press k to pause the radio. in the 48 contiguous United States and 10 Canadian provinces. XM The radio displays the time shift The time shift feature is not Satellite Radio has a wide variety of status bar. The status bar shows available while recording or with programming and commercial-free the amount of content stored in the other sources of playback. music, coast to coast, and in buffer and the current pause point. Pausing AM/FM with the Vehicle digital-quality sound. If XM service To resume playback from the Turned Off needs to be reactivated, the radio current pause point, press k again. If AM/FM is paused when the will display “No Subscription Please The radio is no longer live, but vehicle is turned off, the radio Renew on channel XM1.” A service played from the time shift buffer. continues to buffer the current fee is required to receive the XM A status bar displays below the radio station for up to 20 minutes. service. For more information, station number. If the vehicle is turned back on contact XM at www.xmradio.com or 1-800-929-2100 in the g within 20 minutes, the radio Press and hold SEEK or resumes playback from the U.S. and www.xmradio.ca or l SEEK to fast forward or paused point. 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. rewind through the time shift buffer. Hold l SEEK until the end of the recorded buffer resumes live playback. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Infotainment System 7-15

Control Buttons Selecting the XM Band Selecting an XM Channel The buttons used to control the XM Press the RADIO/BAND button to XM channels can be selected by radio are: choose between the AM, FM and using g SEEK, l SEEK, the RADIO/BAND: Press to turn the XM bands. The last channel played TUNE knob, or the menu system. radio on and choose between AM, in that band begins to play when that band is selected. Selecting a Channel Using FM, and XM, if equipped. g l XM Categories SEEK or SEEK g SEEK / l SEEK: Press to go (Radio with CD) to the previous or next channel. XM channels are organized in . Press and release g SEEK or FAV: Press to open the categories. l favorites list. SEEK to go to the previous Removing or Adding Categories or next channel. 1‐6: Press to select a favorite. Channels in a category that have . Press and hold g SEEK or TUNE: Turn to select a channel. been removed can still be accessed l SEEK to scroll through the INFO: Press to display additional by using the g SEEK or l SEEK previous or next channel until information that may be available buttons, or the TUNE knob. the channel is reached. about the current song. To add or remove categories: Selecting a Channel Using k (Play/Pause): Press to pause 1. Press the CONFIG button. g SEEK or l SEEK time shifted content, if equipped. 2. Select Radio Settings. (Radio with CD/DVD and MEM) 3. Select XM Categories. Press and release g SEEK or 4. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to l SEEK to go to the previous highlight the category. or next channel. 5. Press the MENU/SELECT knob to remove or add the category. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

7-16 Infotainment System

Selecting a Channel Using the Storing an XM Channel as a Time Shifting (Radio with TUNE Knob Favorite CD/DVD and MEM) To select an XM channel using the Channels from all bands can be The radio with the MEM time shift TUNE knob: stored in any order in the favorite feature can rewind 20 minutes of Turn the TUNE knob to highlight an pages. XM content. While listening to the XM channel; the channel is selected Up to six channels can be stored in radio, the content from the current after a short delay. each favorite page and the number channel is always being buffered. To select a channel using the menu: of available favorite pages can Press k to pause the radio. be set. 1. Turn the MENU/Select knob and The radio displays the time shift select Channel List. Storing a Channel as a Favorite status bar. The status bar shows the amount of content stored in the 2. Select the desired channel. To store the channel to a position buffer and the current pause point. in the list, press and hold the Selecting a Channel Using the corresponding 1 to 6 button until To resume playback from the Menu System the channel can be heard again. current pause point, press k again. 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. The radio is no longer live, but Retrieving Channels 2. Select XM Category List. played from the time shift buffer. Press the FAV button to open A status bar displays below the 3. Select the category. a favorite page or to change to channel number. 4. Select the channel. another favorite page. Briefly press one of the 1 to 6 buttons to retrieve the channel. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

Infotainment System 7-17

Press and hold g SEEK or Pausing XM with the Vehicle Channel Off Air: This channel is l SEEK to fast forward or rewind Turned Off not currently in service. Tune in to through the time shift buffer. If XM is paused when the vehicle another channel. Hold l SEEK until the end is turned off, the radio continues to Channel Unauth: This channel is of the recorded buffer resumes buffer the current radio station for blocked or cannot be received with live playback. up to 20 minutes. If the vehicle is your XM Subscription package. turned back on within 20 minutes, Press and release g SEEK or Channel Unavailable: This the radio resumes playback from previously assigned channel is no l SEEK to go to the next or the paused point. longer assigned. Tune to another previous song in the time shift station. buffer. XM Messages No Artist Info: The system When the channel is changed, the XL (Explicit Language is working properly. No artist buffer is cleared and automatically Channels): These channels, information is available at this restarted for the current channel. or any others, can be time on this channel. Content from a previously tuned blocked by request, by calling station is no longer available. 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. and No Title Info: The system is 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. working properly. No song title The time shift feature is not information is available at this available while recording or with XM Updating: The encryption time on this channel. other sources of playback. code in the receiver is being updated, no action is required. No CAT Info: The system is This process should take no working properly. No category longer than 30 seconds. information is available at this Loading XM: The audio system time on this channel. is acquiring and processing audio and text data, no action is needed. This message should disappear shortly. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

7-18 Infotainment System

No Information: The system Unknown: If this message is FM is working properly. No text or received when tuned to channel 0, FM signals only reach about 16 to informational messages are there could be a receiver fault. 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the available at this time on this Consult with your dealer. radio has a built-in electronic circuit channel. Check Antenna: If this message that automatically works to reduce No Subscription Please Renew: does not clear within a short period interference, some static can occur, XM subscription needs to be of time, the receiver could have a especially around tall buildings or reactivated. Contact XM at fault. Consult with your dealer. hills, causing the sound to fade in www.xmradio.com or call XM Not Available: If this message and out. 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. does not clear within a short period AM and www.xmradio.ca or call of time, the receiver could have a 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. fault. Consult with your dealer. The range for most AM stations is No XM Signal: The system is greater than for FM, especially at working properly. The vehicle may Radio Reception night. The longer range can cause be in a location where the XM signal station frequencies to interfere with is being blocked. When the vehicle Frequency interference and static each other. Static can occur when is moved into an open area, the can occur during normal radio things like storms and power lines signal should return. reception if items such as cell phone interfere with radio reception. When chargers, vehicle convenience this happens, try reducing the treble CAT Not Found: The system is accessories, and external electronic on the radio. working properly. There are no devices are plugged into the channels available for the selected accessory power outlet. If there is category. interference or static, unplug the XM Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0, item from the accessory power this message alternates with the outlet. XM Radio eight‐digit radio ID label. This label is needed to activate the service. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

Infotainment System 7-19

XM™ Satellite Radio Service Audio Players Do not touch the bottom surface of a disc while handling it; this could XM Satellite Radio Service gives damage the surface. Pick up discs digital radio reception from coast CD Player by grasping the outer edges or the to coast in the 48 contiguous United (Radio with CD) edge of the hole and the outer edge. States, and in Canada. Just as with FM, tall buildings or hills can The CD player can play audio CDs If the bottom surface of a disc interfere with satellite radio signals, and MP3 CDs. is dirty, take a soft lint‐free cloth, or dampen a clean soft cloth in causing the sound to fade in and The CD player will not play a mild neutral detergent solution out. In addition, traveling or standing 8 cm (3 in) CDs. under heavy foliage, bridges, mixed with water, and clean it. garages, or tunnels may cause loss Care of CDs Wipe the disc from the center to the outer edge. of the XM signal for a period of time. Sound quality can be reduced due Cellular Phone Usage to disc quality, recording method, Care of the CD Player quality of the music recorded, and Do not add a label to a disc, as it Cellular phone usage can cause how the disc has been handled. could get caught in the CD player. interference with the vehicle's radio. Handle discs carefully and store If a label is needed, label the top them in their original cases or other of the recorded disc with a Multi-Band Antenna protective cases away from direct marking pen. The multi-band antenna is on the sunlight and dust. If the bottom roof of the vehicle. The antenna surface of a disc is damaged, the disc may not play properly or at all. is used for the AM‐FM radio, OnStar, the XM Satellite Radio Service System, and GPS (Global Positioning System), if the vehicle has these features. Keep the antenna clear of obstructions for clear reception. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

7-20 Infotainment System

Do not use disc lens cleaners Control Buttons Inserting a CD because they could contaminate the The buttons used to control the CD With the printed side facing up, lens of the disc optics and damage player are: insert a disc into the CD slot until it the CD player. CD: Press to use the CD player. is drawn in. Notice: If a label is added to a CD, more than one CD is inserted l SEEK/ g SEEK: Press to Removing a CD select tracks or to fast forward or into the slot at a time, or an Press X. attempt is made to play scratched rewind within a track. The disc is pushed out of the or damaged CDs, the CD player INFO: Press to display additional CD slot. could be damaged. While using information about the current track the CD player, use only CDs in that may be available. If the disc is not removed after it is good condition without any label, ejected, it is pulled back in after a TUNE: Turn to select tracks. load one CD at a time, and keep few seconds. the CD player and the loading slot MENU/SELECT: Turn to enter the free of foreign materials, liquids, menu; press to select an item. Playing a CD or MP3 CD and debris. Y (Eject): Press to eject the disc. Press the CD button. If there is a disc in the player, it begins playing. k (Play/Pause): Press to pause a CD or MP3 track, press again to Information about the disc and resume playback. current track is shown on the display depending on the data stored. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)

Infotainment System 7-21

Selecting a CD Track Selecting an MP3 Track Tracks can be searched by: Using the control buttons: Using the control buttons: . Playlists

. Press g SEEK or l SEEK to . Press g SEEK or l SEEK to . Artists select the previous or next track. select the previous or next track. . Albums . Turn the TUNE knob. . Turn the TUNE knob. . Song Titles Using the CD Menu: Using the CD Menu: . Genres 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. . Folder View 2. Select Tracks list. 2. Select Playlists/Folders. To search for tracks: 3. Select the track. 3. Select the playlist or folder. 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. Playing Tracks in Random Order 4. Select the track. 2. Select Search. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob and Searching for MP3 Tracks 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, set Shuffle Songs to On. The search feature may take some Albums, Song Titles, Genres, or Folder View. Fast Forward and Rewind time to display the information after reading the disc due to the amount 4. Select the track. Press and hold l SEEK or of information stored on the disc. g SEEK to fast forward or rewind FM automatically plays while the within the current track. disc is being read. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)

7-22 Infotainment System

CD/DVD Player mixed with water, and clean it. Control Buttons Wipe the disc from the center to The buttons used to control the The CD/DVD player can play the outer edge. CDs, DVD‐As, MP3/WMA CDs, CD/DVD player are: MP3/WMA DVDs, and DVD‐Vs. Care of the CD/DVD Player MEM/CD/AUX: Press to choose The CD/DVD player will not play Do not add a label to a disc, as it between the MEM, CD/DVD, 8 cm (3 in) discs. could get caught in the CD/DVD and AUX. player. If a label is needed, label Care of CDs and DVDs l SEEK/ g SEEK: Press to the top of the recorded disc with select tracks or to fast forward or Sound quality can be reduced due a marking pen. rewind within a track. to disc quality, recording method, Do not use disc lens cleaners INFO: Press to display additional quality of the music recorded, and because they could contaminate the how the disc has been handled. information about the disc that may lens of the disc optics and damage be available. Handle discs carefully and store the CD/DVD player. them in their original cases or other TUNE: Turn to select tracks. protective cases away from direct Notice: If a label is added to a MENU/SELECT: Turn to enter the sunlight and dust. If the bottom CD, more than one CD is inserted menu and press to select an item. surface of a disc is damaged, the into the slot at a time, or an disc may not play properly or at all. attempt is made to play scratched Y (Eject): Press to eject the disc. or damaged CDs, the CD player Do not touch the bottom surface of k (Play/Pause): Press to pause a a disc while handling it; this could could be damaged. While using the CD player, use only CDs in CD, DVD‐A, or DVD‐V. Press again damage the surface. Pick up discs to resume playback. Press and hold by grasping the outer edges or the good condition without any label, to stop a DVD‐V disc. edge of the hole and the outer edge. load one CD at a time, and keep the CD player and the loading slot If the bottom surface of a disc free of foreign materials, liquids, is dirty, take a soft lint‐free cloth, and debris. or dampen a clean soft cloth in a mild neutral detergent solution Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)

Infotainment System 7-23

Inserting a CD or DVD Selecting CD or DVD‐A Tracks Playing an MP3 CD or DVD With the printed side facing up, Using the control buttons: Files that are not stored in insert a disc into the slot until it is folders are displayed in the . g l drawn in. Press SEEK or SEEK to root directory (disc). select the previous or next track. Removing a CD or DVD The search rate increases . Turn the TUNE knob. if the MENU/SELECT knob Press Y. Using the menu: is continuously turned while searching in a list. The disc is pushed out of the 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. CD/DVD slot. 2. Select Tracks List. Selecting an MP3 Track If the disc is not removed after it is 3. Select the track. Using the control buttons: ejected, it is pulled back in after a . g l few seconds. Pausing a CD or DVD‐A Track Press SEEK or SEEK to select the previous or next track. Playing a CD or DVD‐A Disc Press k to pause a CD or DVD‐A . Turn the TUNE knob. Press the MEM/CD/AUX button. track. Press k again to continue If there is a disc in the player, it playing the track. Using the CD or DVD Menu: begins playing. 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. Playing CD or DVD‐A Tracks in Information about the disc and Random Order 2. Select Folder List. current track is shown on the 3. Select the folder. display depending on the data Turn the MENU/SELECT knob and stored. then set Shuffle Songs to On. 4. Select the track. Fast Forward and Rewind Press and hold l SEEK or g SEEK to fast forward or rewind within the current track. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)

7-24 Infotainment System

Searching for MP3s on a CD The number of objects in each Playing a DVD‐V or DVD category is shown in parentheses See Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) after the category. It is normal for the search feature System on page 7‑37 for information to take some time to display the To search for tracks: about how to control a Video DVD information after reading the disc 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. using the wireless remote control. due to the amount of information stored on the disc. The infotainment 2. Select Search. Selecting a Chapter system automatically switches to 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, Using the control buttons: FM while the disc is being read. Song Titles, or Genres. . Press g SEEK or l SEEK Files that do not have any meta 4. Select the track. The search rate to select the previous or next data stored in the ID3 tag display increases if the MENU/SELECT chapter. as Unknown. knob is continuously turned . Turn the TUNE knob. Tracks can be searched for by: while searching in a list. Using the DVD Menu: . Playlists Playing MP3 Tracks in Random Order 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. . Artists Turn the MENU/SELECT knob and 2. Select Chapter List. . Albums set Shuffle Songs to On. 3. Select the chapter. . Song Titles Recording an Audio or MP3 Selecting a Title . Genres CD to MEM 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. See Mass Storage Media (MEM) on 2. Select Title List. page 7‑25 for more information. 3. Select the title. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)

Infotainment System 7-25

Changing the Audio Stream . Cursor RIGHT Mass Storage 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. . Cursor LEFT Media (MEM) . 2. Select Audio Stream. Up Menu Infotainment systems with MEM 3. Select Change Audio Stream. Use the following actions to storage are able to record up to navigate the menu on a DVD‐V Disc 1.1 GB (gigabyte) of music from 4. Press MENU/SELECT to change while playing chapters. Audio CDs, MP3/WMA/AAC discs, the selection. and USB storage devices. The MEM . Pause (Play) Select Cancel to exit the menu. player can also time shift audio from . Chapter List AM, FM, and XM radio. Pausing a DVD . Title List Music or content stored in MEM that 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. . DVD/DVD — DVD on both video you did not create, or have the right 2. Select Pause to pause the screens to distribute, must be deleted before disc. Select unpause to start the sale or end of lease of the playback. . DVD/AUX — Left video vehicle. screen/Right AUX input Navigating the DVD‐V Disc Menu Control Buttons . AUX/DVD — Left AUX Use the following actions to input/Right video screen The buttons used to control the navigate the title menu on a MEM player are: . AUX/AUX AUX input on both DVD V Disc. — ‐ video screens MEM/CD/AUX: Press to select the . Select/Enter MEM player. To navigate the menu: . Cursor UP l SEEK/ g SEEK: Press to 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. . Cursor DOWN select tracks or to fast forward or 2. Select the action. rewind within a track. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)

7-26 Infotainment System

INFO: Press to display additional Recording to MEM Stopping the Recording information about the MEM track ( ( that may be available. Turn to select Press REC, then select “Record Press the REC button while tracks. Current Song” or “Record All Songs recording from an audio CD to k on Disc.” If the track has started display the stop recording option. (Play/Pause): Press to pause playing, the system will restart the Select “Stop Recording Song the track currently playing; press track and begin recording from the to MEM.” again to resume playback. beginning of the track. When the Renaming Recorded Discs ( REC: Press to record music song recording is completed, the from a CD or USB drive. message “Song Recorded to MEM” Discs that have been recorded to displays, and there may be a slight MEM can be renamed. DEL: Press to delete the current pause. track from MEM. 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. Songs recorded to MEM are stored 2. Select Rename Recorded Discs. FAV (Favorites): Press to display as the current date, disc, and track MEM favorites. number. 3. Select the disc. 1 to 6: Press to select a track or Re-recording a Previously 4. Select Album or Artist to rename playlist stored in that numeric either one. position. Recorded Disc If the disc or track has already been 5. Use the MENU/SELECT knob Recording from Audio CDs recorded to MEM, the message to enter the character sequence. The infotainment system can record “The Song(s) is Already Recorded” See Operation on page 7‑7 for the current song playing or all songs displays. more information. from an audio CD to MEM. A status bar appears on the top of the display when the recording process starts and disappears when the process has ended. Copy protected CDs cannot be recorded to MEM. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)

Infotainment System 7-27

Recording from MP3/WMA Stopping the Recording Playing from MEM Discs or USB Storage Devices Press the ( REC button while Playing Back a Previously USB Host Support recording from an MP3/WMA CD Recorded CD or USB storage device to display The USB connector uses the USB Turn the TUNE knob to select a the stop recording option. Select standards, 1.1 and 2.0. track if MEM is already playing from “Stop Recording Song to MEM” the previously recorded disc. USB‐Supported Devices Deleting Tracks from MEM 1. Select Recorded Disc List. . USB Flash Drives Individual tracks and all tracks can 2. Select the disc. . Portable USB Hard Drives be deleted from MEM. 3. Select the track. Recording to MEM To delete individual tracks, press and release the DEL button while Searching for a Track Press ( REC, then select Record “ the track is playing. Tracks can be searched for by: Current Song” or “ Record All Songs on Disc.” To delete all tracks from MEM, . Playlists press and hold the DEL button . Artists The information stored by MEM while a track is playing. is titled according to the ID3 tag . Albums associated with it. . Song Titles Re-recording a Previously . Recorded Disc Genres If the disc or track has already been The number of objects in each recorded to MEM, the message category is shown in parentheses after the category. “The Song(s) is Already Recorded” displays. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)

7-28 Infotainment System

To search for tracks: To remove MEM favorites Album: Saves the album 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. categories: associated with the currently playing 1. Press the CONFIG button. track in the indicated favorites 2. Select Search. position. 2. Select Radio Settings. 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, Genre: Saves the genre associated Song Titles, or Genres. 3. Select MEM Favorites. with the currently playing track in 4. Select the track. The search rate 4. Remove the checkmark from the indicated favorites position. increases if the MENU/SELECT the box to remove that MEM Creating Playlists knob is continuously turned favorites category. while searching in a list. To create a playlist using tracks Replace the checkmark to re-add stored in MEM: Shuffle Songs the removed category. 1. Select Playlist from the MEM Select the Shuffle Songs option Saving MEM Tracks as favorites. from the MEM menu to randomly Favorites play back tracks stored in MEM. 2. Select the track to be stored in Favorites can be saved by the playlist. Configuring MEM Favorites pressing and holding one of 3. Press and hold one of the the 1 to 6 buttons. Favorites can be During MEM playback, press the 1 to 6 buttons until the track stored according to the following list: FAV button to change between can be heard again to store the favorite categories. The favorite Playlist: Adds the currently playing track. categories are: track to the playlist selected. 4. Repeat Steps 1 though 3 to . Playlists Artist: Saves the artist associated store additional tracks in the with the currently playing track in playlist. . Artists the indicated favorites position. . Albums . Genres Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (29,1)

Infotainment System 7-29

Auxiliary Devices 3.5 mm Auxiliary Input Jack Not all iPods, PFDs, USB Drives, and Zunes are compatible with the Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to (Radio with CD) infotainment system. the 3.5 mm auxiliary input jack to The optional AUX input allows use a portable audio player. Connecting and Controlling portable devices to connect ® to the vehicle using the 3.5 mm Playback of an audio device that is an iPod (1/8 in) input jack, the USB port, connected to the 3.5 mm auxiliary Not all iPods can be controlled by ® or Bluetooth wireless technology, input jack can only be controlled the infotainment system. if equipped. using the controls on the device. Connecting an iPod Portable devices are controlled by Adjusting the Volume using the menu system described in Connect the iPod to the USB port. Turn the VOL/ O knob to adjust the Operation on page 7‑7. Searching for a Track volume of the infotainment system after the volume level has been set Tracks can be searched for by: on the portable audio device. . Playlists USB Port . Artists For vehicles with a USB port, the . Albums following devices may be connected . Song Titles and controlled by the infotainment system. . Podcasts . iPods® . Genres . PlaysForSure Devices (PFD) . Audiobooks . USB Drives . Composers The AUX input is located in the . Zunes center console. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (30,1)

7-30 Infotainment System

To search for tracks: Repeat Searching for a Track 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob and Tracks can be searched for by: set Repeat to On or Off, then press 2. Select Search. . Playlists the BACK button to return to the 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, main screen. . Artists Song Titles, Podcasts, Genres, . Albums Audiobooks, or Composers. On: Repeats the current track. . Song Titles 4. Select the track. Off: Playback starts from the beginning of the current track after . Podcasts Shuffle the last track finishes. . Genres Turn the MENU/SELECT knob and Connecting and Controlling a To search for tracks: set Shuffle Songs (Random) to On PlaysForSure Device (PFD) or Off, then press the BACK button or Zune™ 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. to return to the main screen. 2. Select Search. On: Plays tracks in the current Connecting a PFD or Zune folder in random order. Connect the PFD or Zune to the 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, USB port. Albums, Song Titles, Podcasts, Off: Plays tracks in the current or Genres. folder in sequential order. 4. Select the track. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (31,1)

Infotainment System 7-31

Shuffle Functionality Connecting and Controlling a Files that do not have any meta Turn the MENU/SELECT knob and USB Drive data stored in the ID3 tag display as Unknown. set Shuffle Songs (Random) to On The infotainment system can only or Off. play back .mp3 and .wma files from Tracks can be searched for by: On: Plays current tracks in random a USB drive. . Playlists* order. Only the first 10,000 songs are . Artists Off: Plays current tracks in recognized on the device. . Albums sequential order. When a device is not supported, the . Song Titles Repeat Functionality message “No supported data found. You can safely disconnect the . Genres Turn the MENU/SELECT knob and device” appears. set Repeat to On or Off. . Folder View Connecting a USB Drive Repeat On: Repeats the current *This only displays if a playlist is track. Connect the USB drive to the found on the device. USB port. Repeat Off: Playback starts from To search for tracks: the beginning of the current track Searching for a Track 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. after the last track finishes. It is normal for the search feature 2. Select Search. to take some time to display the information after reading the device 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, due to the amount of information Albums, Song Titles, Genres, stored. or Folder View. 4. Select the track. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (32,1)

7-32 Infotainment System

Shuffle Functionality Connecting a Bluetooth® Pairing Information: Turn the MENU/SELECT knob and Device . Up to five devices can be paired set Shuffle Songs (Random) to On Before a Bluetooth device can to the system. or Off. be connected to the infotainment . The pairing process is disabled On: Plays current tracks in random system, it must first be paired to the when the vehicle is moving. order. system. Not all Bluetooth devices can be paired to the infotainment . The infotainment system Off: Plays current tracks in system. Before pairing the Bluetooth automatically links with the first sequential order. device, become familiar with its available paired device in the order the device was paired. Repeat Functionality user guide for Bluetooth functions. The system only connects to . Only one paired device can be Turn the MENU/SELECT knob and Bluetooth devices that support connected to the infotainment set Repeat to On or Off. A2DP (Advanced Audio Distribution system at a time. Repeat On: Repeats the current Profile) version 1.2. . Pairing should only need to be track. A Bluetooth phone with MP3 completed once, unless changes Repeat Off: Playback starts from capability cannot be paired to the to the pairing information have the beginning of the current track vehicle as a phone and an MP3 been made or the device is after the last track finishes. player at the same time. deleted. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (33,1)

Infotainment System 7-33

Bluetooth Setup Menu To select the Bluetooth Music Setup 4. Some devices may require The Bluetooth Setup menu can be menu when a Bluetooth device is a Personal Identification accessed with or without a device connected and active: Number (PIN) in order to attached to the USB port. 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. complete the pairing process. Locate the device named To select the Bluetooth Setup menu 2. Select Bluetooth Music Setup. “GMusicConnect” in the list on when a device is attached to the Pairing a Device the Bluetooth device and follow USB port and active: the instructions on the device to 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob 1. Select Connect To New Device enter the four‐digit PIN provided while in the iPod, Zune, PFD, from the Bluetooth Music by the infotainment system. Setup menu. or USB device main menu. Connecting to a Device 2. Select Bluetooth Music Setup. 2. The system asks a series of Yes/No questions to determine Once a device is paired to the To select the Bluetooth Music Setup what type of device is being infotainment system, it can be menu when a device is not attached paired. connected to the infotainment to the USB port, or when a device system. 3. After the system determines is attached to the USB port but not To connect a paired device when active: what type of Bluetooth device is being paired, the Bluetooth no other device is connected to the 1. Press the AUX button until AUX device will need to be put into infotainment system: is the active source. discovery mode. 1. Select the Select Device option 2. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. from the Bluetooth Music Setup menu. 3. Select Bluetooth Music Setup. 2. Select the new device. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (34,1)

7-34 Infotainment System

To connect a paired device when Changing the Default PIN Controlling a Bluetooth® another device is connected to the To change the default PIN: Device infotainment system: 1. Select Change Default PIN Bluetooth devices that support 1. Select the Select Device option from the Bluetooth Music AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote from the Bluetooth Music Setup menu. Control Profile) version 1.0 may Setup menu. be able to be controlled by the 2. Select one of the pre‐defined infotainment system. 2. Select the new device. PIN, or select Other to create 3. The active device is a PIN. Press and release g SEEK / l disconnected from the To create a PIN: SEEK to skip tracks. system and the new device is connected. 1. Select the length of the PIN. Other Information ® Removing a Device 2. Enter the character sequence. The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by the Bluetooth® 1. Select Remove Device from the Messages SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks Bluetooth Music Setup menu. The following messages may by General Motors is under license. 2. Select the device. appear on the infotainment screen. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. 3. The device is removed from the Poor Bluetooth Signal Quality: system. This message displays when the See Radio Frequency Statement on Bluetooth signal strength is low. page 13‑20 for FCC information. Before connecting to the removed device again, it will need to paired This Feature is Unavailable While to the infotainment system. Vehicle is Moving: This message displays when an action is not allowed while the vehicle is moving. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (35,1)

Infotainment System 7-35

Auxiliary Devices (Radio 3.5 mm Auxiliary Input Jack Connecting and Controlling ® with CD/DVD and MEM) Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to an iPod the 3.5 mm auxiliary input jack to The optional AUX input allows Not all iPods can be controlled by use a portable audio player. portable devices to be connected the infotainment system. using the 3.5 mm (1/8 in) input jack Playback of an audio device that is Connecting an iPod or the USB port. connected to the 3.5 mm auxiliary input jack can only be controlled Connect the iPod to the USB port. Portable devices are controlled by using the controls on the device. using the menu system described in Selecting a Track Operation on page 7‑7. Adjusting the Volume Using the control buttons:

Turn the VOL/ O knob to adjust the . Press g SEEK or l SEEK to volume of the infotainment system select the previous or next track. after the volume level has been set . Turn the TUNE knob to select a on the portable audio device. track in the current submenu. USB Port The track will start to play. The following devices may be Playing Tracks in Random Order connected to the USB port and Turn the MENU/SELECT knob and controlled by the infotainment set Shuffle Songs to On or Off. system. Shuffle On: Plays current tracks in . iPods random order. . USB Mass Storage Devices Shuffle Off: Plays current tracks in The AUX input is located in the Not all iPods or USB Mass Storage sequential order. center console. Devices are compatible with the infotainment system. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (36,1)

7-36 Infotainment System

Searching for a Track Connecting and Controlling a Selecting a Track Tracks can be searched for by: USB Drive Using the control buttons:

. Files that are not stored in Playlists . Press g SEEK or l SEEK to folders are displayed in the . select the previous or next track. Artists root directory (USB). . Albums . Turn the TUNE knob to select a Connecting a USB Drive track in the current submenu. . Song Titles Connect the USB drive to the The track will start to play. . Genres USB port. Selecting a track in a different . Composers Disconnecting a USB Drive folder: . Audiobooks A USB drive should be ejected from 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. The number of objects in each the USB port before disconnecting 2. Select Folder List. it. To eject a USB drive: category is shown in parentheses 3. Select the folder. after the category. 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. 4. Select the track. To search for tracks: 2. Select USB Eject. Searching for Tracks 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. Playing Tracks in Random Order 2. Select Search. It is normal for the search feature Turn the MENU/SELECT knob and to take some time to display the 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, then set Shuffle Songs to On. information after reading the device Albums, Song Titles, Genres, due to the amount of information Composers, or Audiobooks. stored. 4. Select the track. The search rate Files that do not have any meta increases if the MENU/SELECT data stored in the ID3 tag display knob is continuously turned as Unknown. while searching in a list. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (37,1)

Infotainment System 7-37

Tracks can be searched by: Rear Seat Before Driving . Playlists Infotainment The RSE is for rear seat . Artists passengers only. The driver cannot safely view the video . Albums Rear Seat Entertainment screen while driving. . Song Titles (RSE) System In severe or extreme weather . Genres The vehicle may have a DVD Rear conditions the RSE system may not Seat Entertainment (RSE) system. work until the temperature is within The number of objects in each The RSE system works with the the operating range. The operating category is shown in parentheses vehicle's infotainment system. range is above −20°C (−4°F) after the category. The DVD player is part of the and below 60°C (140°F). If the To search for tracks: front radio. The RSE system temperature is outside of this range, heat or cool the vehicle until it is 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. includes a radio with a DVD player, two rear seat video display screens, within the operating range. 2. Select Search. audio/video jacks, two wireless 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, headphones, and a remote control. Song Titles, or Genres. See CD/DVD Player on page 7‑22 or the separate navigation manual 4. Select the track. The search rate for more information on the vehicle's increases if the MENU/SELECT DVD system. knob is continuously turned while searching in a list. Recording Tracks to MEM See Mass Storage Media (MEM) on page 7‑25 for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (38,1)

7-38 Infotainment System

Global Off . Insert a DVD video disc. Headphones Depending on the infotainment . Press the Remote Control power system, the RSE system may button. have a Global Off feature. . Press the MEM/CD/AUX button The Global Off feature disables or the k button when a DVD all RSE system features. Press video disc is in the player. and hold the radio power button for more than three seconds for Global . Press the SRC button on the Off to disable the RSE features. steering wheel when a DVD A padlock icon may display on video disc is in the player. the infotainment screen when the . Cycle the ignition. Global Off feature is on. On some infotainment systems, the Global Off feature can be turned off by performing one of the following: A. Battery cover . Press and hold the radio B. Channel 1 or 2 switch power button for more than C. Power button three seconds. D. Volume control . Insert or eject any disc. E. Power indicator light Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (39,1)

Infotainment System 7-39

RSE includes two 2-channel Infrared transmitters are on the Notice: Do not store the wireless headphones. Channel 1 top of the left seatback video headphones in heat or direct is dedicated to the DVD player, screen. The headphones shut off sunlight. This could damage and Channel 2 is dedicated to automatically to save the battery the headphones and repairs will RSA selections. The headphones power if the RSE system and RSA not be covered by the warranty. are used to listen to various are shut off or if the headphones are Storage in extreme cold can multi‐media. If the vehicle is not out of range of the transmitters for weaken the batteries. Keep the equipped with RSA, then Channel 2 more than three minutes. Moving too headphones stored in a cool, is dedicated to any external auxiliary far forward or stepping out of the dry place. device connected to the rear A/V vehicle can cause the headphones If the foam ear pads attached to jacks. The wireless headphones to lose the signal or have static. the headphones become worn or have an On/Off button, Channel 1 To adjust the volume on the damaged, the pads can be replaced or 2 switch, and a volume control. headphones, use the volume separately from the headphone set. Turn the headphones off when not control. To purchase replacement ear pads, in use. For best audio performance, the call 1‐888‐293‐3332, then prompt Push the On/Off button to turn headphones must be worn correctly, zero (0), or contact your dealer. on the headphones. A light on with the headband over the top of the headphones comes on. If the the head. L (Left) and R (Right) light does not come on, check the are above the ear pads and batteries. Intermittent sound or static are indicators as to how the can also indicate weak batteries. headphones should be placed See “Battery Replacement” later in on the head. this section for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (40,1)

7-40 Infotainment System

Battery Replacement Audio/Video (A/V) Jacks Changing the Source on the Video Display Screens To change the batteries: The A/V jacks may be located 1. Loosen the screw to the battery on the rear of the floor console. The image from the auxiliary device door located on the left side of They allow audio or video cables can be switched between the video the headphones. to be connected from an auxiliary display screens. device such as a camcorder or a To change the display: 2. Slide the battery door open. video game system. 3. Replace the two AAA batteries. 1. Press the AUX button on the The A/V jacks are color coded: remote control to change the 4. Replace the battery door and . Yellow for video input. source of both video screens tighten the screw. from the DVD player to the . White for left audio input. Remove the batteries if the auxiliary device. . Red for right audio input. headphones are not going to be 2. Press the AUX button a second used for a long period of time. Power for auxiliary devices is not time to change the left video supplied by the radio system. screen source to the DVD player To use the auxiliary inputs of the and the right video screen to the RSE system: auxiliary device. 1. Connect the auxiliary device cables to the A/V jacks. 2. Power on both the auxiliary device and the RSE video screen. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (41,1)

Infotainment System 7-41

3. Press the AUX button a third Audio Output Audio can be heard from the wired time to change the left video headphone jacks on the RSA Audio from the DVD player or screen source to the auxiliary system by selecting the desired auxiliary inputs can be heard device and the right video source from the RSA system, through the following: screen to the DVD player. if the vehicle has this feature. . Wireless headphones 4. Press the AUX button a fourth The front seat passengers are able time to change the source of . Vehicle speakers to listen to playback from the A/V both video screens to the DVD . Vehicle wired headphone jacks jacks through the vehicle speakers player. on the rear seat audio system, by selecting Rear A/V as the source on the radio. Changing the RSE Video Screen if the vehicle has this feature. Settings The RSE system transmits the The screen display mode, audio signal to the wireless brightness, and language can headphones if an audio signal is be changed from the setup available. See “Headphones” earlier menu using the remote control. in this section for more information. To change a setting: 1. Press z. 2. Use n, q, p, o, and r to select the settings. 3. Press z again to exit the setup menu. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (42,1)

7-42 Infotainment System

Video Screens Push the video screen down into its Video Screen Input Jack locked position when it is not in use. The video screens are located Each video screen is equipped The screen turns off automatically. in the back of the driver and front with a video input jack to allow passenger seats. Only the left RSE seatback console video cables to be connected contains the infrared transmitters for from an auxiliary device such as the wireless headphones. They may a camcorder or a video game be visible as eight illuminated LEDs. system. This signal will override These LEDs are not on the right any video provided by the RSE video screen. Both seatback system; either the DVD or Auxiliary consoles contain an infrared A/V jack source. The RSE system receiver for the remote control. must be on for this input to operate. They are located at the top of each console. Notice: Avoid directly touching the video screen, as damage may occur. See “Cleaning the Video Screen” later in this section for To use the video screen: more information. 1. Push the release button located on the seatback console. 2. Move the screen to the desired viewing position. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (43,1)

Infotainment System 7-43

Remote Control See “Battery Replacement” later in Remote Control Buttons this section. Objects blocking the O (Power): Press to turn the video line of sight could also affect the screens on and off. function of the remote control. P (Illumination): Press to turn If a CD, DVD, or MP3 disc is in the the remote control backlight on. Radio DVD slot, the remote control O The backlight times out after several button can be used to turn on seconds if no other button is the video screen display and start pressed. the disc. The infotainment system can also turn on the video screen v (Title): Press to return to display. See CD/DVD Player on the main menu of the DVD. This page 7‑22 or the separate function could vary for each disc. navigation manual for more y (Main Menu): Press to access information. the DVD menu. The DVD menu is To use the remote control, aim it Notice: Storing the remote different on every DVD. Use the at the transmitter window at either control in a hot area or in direct navigation arrows to move the seatback console and press the sunlight can damage it, and the cursor. After making a selection button. Direct sunlight or very bright repairs will not be covered by press the enter button. This button light could affect the ability of the the warranty. Storage in extreme only operates when using a DVD. RSE transmitter to receive signals cold can weaken the batteries. n, q , p , o (Menu Navigation from the remote control. Check Keep the remote control stored Arrows): Use the arrow buttons to the batteries if the remote control in a cool, dry place. navigate through a menu. does not seem to be working. r (Enter): Press to select the highlighted choice in any menu. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (44,1)

7-44 Infotainment System

z (Display Menu): Press to t (Previous Track/Chapter): [ (Fast Forward): Press to fast adjust the brightness and screen Press to go to the start of the forward the DVD or CD. To stop fast display mode, and display the current track or chapter. Press forwarding a DVD video, press s. language menu. again to go to the previous track To stop fast forwarding a DVD audio or chapter. This button may not q (Return): Press to exit the or CD, release [. This button might current active menu and return to work when the DVD is playing the copyright information or the not work when the DVD is playing the previous menu. This button the copyright information or the operates only when the display previews. u previews. menu or a DVD menu is active. (Next Track/Chapter): Press e to go to the beginning of the next (Audio): Press to change audio c (Stop): Press to stop playing, tracks on DVDs that have this rewinding, or fast forwarding a chapter or track. This button might not work when the DVD is playing feature when the DVD is playing. DVD. Press twice to return to { the beginning of the DVD. the copyright information or the (Subtitles): Press to turn previews. ON/OFF subtitles and to move s (Play/Pause): Press to start r (Fast Reverse): Press to through subtitle options when a playing a DVD. Press to pause a DVD is playing. DVD while it is playing. Press again quickly reverse the DVD or CD. to continue playing. To stop fast reversing a DVD video, AUX (Auxiliary): Press to switch press s. To stop fast reversing the video displays between the DVD Depending on the infotainment player and an auxiliary source. system in the vehicle, DVD a DVD audio or CD, release r. playback may be slowed down This button might not work when the DVD is playing the copyright by pressing s then [. Reverse information or the previews. slow play by pressing s then r. Press s again to cancel slow play. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (45,1)

Infotainment System 7-45

The AUX button also controls the \ (Clear) (If Available): Press Battery Replacement source display between the left and this button within three seconds To change the remote control right video screens as described in after inputting a numeric selection, batteries: the table below: to clear all numeric inputs. 1. Slide back the rear cover on the Aux Left Right } 10 (Double Digit Entries) remote control. (If Available): Press this button Button Screen Screen 2. Replace the two batteries in the Press to select chapter or track numbers greater than 9. Press this button compartment. Default DVD DVD before inputting the number. 3. Replace the battery cover. State (No Media Media Press) 1 through 0 (Numeric Keypad): Remove the batteries from the The numbered keypad provides the remote control if unused for an First Aux Video Aux Video capability of direct chapter or track extended period of time. Press Source Source number selection. Second DVD Aux Video Replacing the Remote Control Press Media Source If the remote control becomes Third Aux Video DVD lost or damaged, a new universal Press Source Media remote control can be purchased. ® Return to Return to Use a Toshiba code set for Fourth Default Default replacement universal remote Press State State controls.

2 (Camera): Press to change the camera angle on DVDs that have this feature when the DVD is playing. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (46,1)

7-46 Infotainment System

Tips and Troubleshooting Chart Problem Recommended Action No power. The ignition might not be turned to ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY. The picture does not fill the screen. There are black Check the display mode settings in the setup menu by borders on the top and bottom or on both sides or it pressing the display menu button on the remote control. looks stretched out. In auxiliary mode, the picture moves or scrolls. Check the auxiliary input connections at both devices. The remote control does not work. Check to make sure there is no obstruction between the remote control and the transmitter window. Check the batteries to make sure they are not dead or installed incorrectly. After stopping the player, I push Play but sometimes If the stop button was pressed one time, the DVD player the DVD starts where I left off and sometimes at the resumes playing where the DVD was stopped. If the beginning. stop button was pressed two times, the DVD player begins to play from the beginning of the DVD. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (47,1)

Infotainment System 7-47

Tips and Troubleshooting Chart (cont.) Problem Recommended Action The auxiliary source is running but there is no picture or Check that the RSE video screen is in the auxiliary sound. source mode by pressing the AUX button on the remote control. Check the auxiliary input connections at both devices. Sometimes the wireless headphone audio cuts out or Check for obstructions, low batteries, reception range, buzzes. and interference from cellular telephone towers or by using a cellular telephone in the vehicle. Check that the headphones are on correctly using the L (left) and R (right) on the headphones. Check that the headphones are positioned properly with the headband across the top of the head. I lost the remote and/or the headphones. See your dealer for assistance. The DVD is playing, but there is no picture or sound. Check that the RSE video screen is sourced to the DVD player by pressing the AUX button on the remote control. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (48,1)

7-48 Infotainment System

DVD Display Error Messages DVD Distortion Rear Seat Audio (RSA) The DVD display error message Video distortion can occur when System depends on which radio the vehicle operating cellular phones, scanners, Vehicles with this feature allow has. The video screen may display CB radios, Global Position Systems the rear seat passengers to listen one of the following: (GPSs)*, two-way radios, mobile to and control any of the music faxes, or walkie talkies. Disc Load/Eject Error or sources: radio, CDs, DVDs, or other Mechanical Error: There are It might be necessary to turn off the auxiliary sources. RSA can only disc load or eject problems. DVD player when operating one of control music sources that the front Disc Format Error or Unknown these devices in or near the vehicle. seat passengers are not listening to, Format: The disc is inserted with *Excludes the OnStar® System. except on radios where dual control the disc label wrong side up, or the is allowed. disc is damaged. Cleaning the RSE Seatback RSA can function when the front Console Disc Region Error or Disc Error: radio is off. X displays on the The disc is not from a correct Use only a clean cloth dampened infotainment system when RSA region. with clean water to clean the RSE is on. seatback console surface. No Disc Inserted: No disc is Audio can be heard through present when the Y or MEM/CD/ Cleaning the Video Screens wired headphones (not included) plugged into the jacks on the RSA. AUX button is pressed on the radio. Use only a clean cloth dampened If the vehicle has a Rear Seat with clean water. Use care when Entertainment system with wireless touching or cleaning the screens headphones, audio can also be as damage could result. heard on Channel 2 of the wireless headphones. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (49,1)

Infotainment System 7-49

To listen to a portable audio SRCE (Source): Press to select While listening to a disc, press ¨ to device through the RSA, attach between the radio, CD, and if these go to the next track or chapter on the portable audio device to either features are available: DVD, front the disc. Press to go back to the the front or rear auxiliary input, or rear auxiliary, HDD, USB. The © if available. Turn the device on, front radio may override the rear start of the current track or chapter if then choose the front auxiliary selection as required. more than ten seconds have played. input with the RSA SRCE button. If the front seat passengers are © ¨ (Seek): While listening to the listening to a disc, this function may radio, press to go to the previous or be inactive on some radios. Press to the next station and stay there. and hold © or ¨ to fast reverse or If the front seat passengers are fast forward. listening to the radio, this function may be inactive on some radios. When a DVD video menu is being displayed, press © or ¨ to cursor up Press and hold © or ¨ until “Tune” or down on the menu. Hold or to displays. Continue to press or to © ¨ © ¨ cursor left or right on the menu. tune to an individual station. Tune stays active until © or ¨ has not PROG (Program): Press to go P been pressed for several seconds. to the next preset radio station or (Power): Press to turn the RSA channel set on the main radio. If the on or off. If the front seat passengers are listening to the radio, this function front seat passengers are listening Volume: Turn to increase or may be inactive on some radios. to the radio, this function may be decrease the volume of the wired inactive on some radios. headphones. The left knob controls the left headphones and the right knob controls the right. Use the volume control on the headphones for wireless headphones. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (50,1)

7-50 Infotainment System

When a CD or DVD audio disc is Phone . Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. playing, press PROG to go to the The system may not work with beginning of the disc or display disc all cell phones. See “Pairing a info. If the front seat passengers are Bluetooth (Overview) Phone” in this section for more listening to a disc, this function may For vehicles equipped with information. be inactive on some radios. Bluetooth capability, the system . If the cell phone has voice When a disc is playing in the CD can interact with many cell phones, dialing capability, learn to use or DVD changer, press and hold allowing: that feature to access the PROG to select the next disc, . Placement and receipt of calls in address book or contact list. if multiple discs are loaded. If the a hands-free mode. See “Voice Pass-Thru” in this front seat passengers are listening section for more information. . Sharing of the cell phone’s to a disc, this function may be . See “Storing and Deleting Phone inactive on some radios. address book or contact list with the vehicle. Numbers” in this section for The PROG button may be used to more information. access the menu of an MP3. Once To minimize driver distraction, before driving, and with the vehicle { WARNING in the menu, use © or ¨ to make parked: selections. . Become familiar with the When using a cell phone, it can When a DVD video menu is features of the cell phone. be distracting to look too long displayed, press PROG, or press Organize the phone book and or too often at the screen of and hold PROG to perform the contact lists clearly and delete the phone or the infotainment menu function, then press ENTER. duplicate or rarely used entries. (navigation) system. Taking If possible, program speed dial your eyes off the road too long or other shortcuts. or too often could cause a crash . Review the controls and resulting in injury or death. operation of the infotainment Focus your attention on driving. system. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (51,1)

Infotainment System 7-51

Vehicles with a Bluetooth system $ i (End Call/Mute): Press to Audio System can use a Bluetooth capable cell ‐ end a call, reject a call, or cancel When using the Bluetooth system, phone with a Hands Free Profile ‐ an operation. sound comes through the vehicle's to make and receive phone calls. front audio system speakers The infotainment system and voice Infotainment System Controls and overrides the audio system. recognition are used to control For information about how to Use the VOL/ O knob during a the system. The system can navigate the menu system using the be used while in ON/RUN or infotainment controls, see Operation call to change the volume level. The adjusted volume level remains ACC/ACCESSORY. The range on page 7‑7. of the Bluetooth system can be 5 > in memory for later calls. The up to 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all phones / PHONE: Press to enter the system maintains a minimum support all functions and not all Phone main menu. volume level. phones work with the Bluetooth Voice Recognition Other Information system. See www.gm.com/bluetooth for more information about The voice recognition system uses The Bluetooth® word mark and compatible phones. commands to control the system logos are owned by the Bluetooth® and dial phone numbers. SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks Bluetooth Controls Noise: The system may not by General Motors is under license. Use the buttons located on the recognize voice commands if there Other trademarks and trade names infotainment system and the is too much background noise. are those of their respective owners. steering wheel to operate the When to Speak: A tone sounds to See Radio Frequency Bluetooth system. indicate that the system is ready for Statement on page 13‑20 Steering Wheel Controls a voice command. Wait for the tone for Federal Communications and then speak. Commission and Industry b g (Push To Talk): Press to Canada Standards information. answer incoming calls, confirm How to Speak: Speak clearly in a system information, and start calm and natural voice. voice recognition. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (52,1)

7-52 Infotainment System

Bluetooth (Infotainment The pairing process can be started Pairing a Phone by using the voice recognition 1. Press the CONFIG button. Controls) system or the controls on the For information about how to infotainment system. 2. Select Phone Settings. navigate the menu system using the Pairing Information: 3. Select Bluetooth. infotainment controls, see Operation on page 7‑7. . Up to five cell phones can be 4. Select Pair Device (Phone). paired to the Bluetooth system. A four‐digit Personal Pairing Identification Number (PIN) . The pairing process is disabled appears on the display. A Bluetooth‐enabled cell phone when the vehicle is moving. must be paired to the Bluetooth 5. Start the pairing process on the . system first and then connected to The Bluetooth system links with cell phone that will be paired to the vehicle before it can be used. the first available paired cell the vehicle. Reference the cell See the cell phone manufacturer's phone in the order the phone phone manufacturer's user guide user guide for Bluetooth functions was paired. for information on this process. before pairing the cell phone. If a . Only one paired cell phone can Locate the device named “Your Bluetooth phone is not connected, be connected to the Bluetooth Vehicle” in the list on the cell calls will be made using OnStar system at a time. phone and follow the instructions Hands Free Calling, if available. ‐ . Pairing should only need to be on the cell phone to enter the Refer to the OnStar Owner's Guide completed once, unless changes PIN provided by the system. for more information. to the pairing information have 6. The system prompts for a name A Bluetooth phone with MP3 been made or the phone is for the phone and confirms the capability cannot be connected to deleted. name provided. This name is the vehicle as a phone and an MP3 To link to a different paired phone, used to indicate which phone is player at the same time. see “Linking to a Different Phone” connected. later in this section. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (53,1)

Infotainment System 7-53

7. The system responds with Linking to a Different Phone Making a Call Using “ has been To link to a different phone, the new Phone Book successfully paired” after the phone must be in the vehicle and pairing process is complete. For cell phones that support the available to be connected to the phone book feature, the Bluetooth 8. Repeat Steps 1 through 7 to pair Bluetooth system before the system can use the contacts stored additional phones. process is started. on your cell phone to make calls. Listing All Paired and Connected 1. Press the CONFIG button. See your cell phone's owner's guide Phones or contact your wireless provider to 2. Select Phone Settings. find out if this feature is supported 1. Press the CONFIG button. 3. Select Bluetooth. by your phone. 2. Select Phone Settings. 4. Select Device List. When a cell phone supports the phone book feature, the Phone 3. Select Bluetooth. 5. Select the new phone to link Book and Call Lists menus are to and follow the on screen 4. Select Device List. automatically available. prompts. Deleting a Paired Phone The Phone Book menu allows you If delete is selected, the to access the phone book stored in 1. Press the CONFIG button. highlighted phone will be the cell phone to make a call. 2. Select Phone Settings. deleted. The Call Lists menu allows you to 3. Select Bluetooth. access the phone numbers from the 4. Select Device List. Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, and Missed Calls menus on your cell 5. Select the phone to delete and phone to make a call. follow the on screen prompts. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (54,1)

7-54 Infotainment System

Radio with CD Radio with CD/DVD and MEM Making a Call To make a call using the Phone 1. Press the 5 / > button. Radio with CD Book menu: 2. Select Phone Book. 1. Press the 5 / > button twice. 1. Press the 5 / > button twice. 3. Search through the list by 2. Enter the character sequence. 2. Select Phone Book. selecting the letter group the See “Entering a Character 3. Search through the list by phone book entry begins with, Sequence” in Operation on selecting the letter group the or press the SELECT button page 7‑7 for more information. phone book entry begins with, to scroll through the entire list of names/numbers in the 3. Select Call to start dialing the or press the SELECT button number. to scroll through the entire phone book. list of names/numbers in the 4. Select the name or number you Radio with CD/DVD and MEM phone book. want to call. 1. Press the 5 / > button. 4. Select the name or number you To make a call using the Call 2. Select Enter number. want to call. Lists menu: 3. Enter the character sequence. To make a call using the Call 5 1. Press the / > button. See Entering a Character Lists menu: “ 2. Select Call Lists. Sequence” in Operation on 1. Press the 5 / > button twice. page 7‑7 for more information. 3. Select the Incoming Calls, 2. Select Call Lists. Outgoing Calls, or Missed 4. Select Call to start dialing the number. 3. Select the Incoming Calls, Calls list. Outgoing Calls, or Missed 4. Select the name or number you Calls list. want to call. 4. Select the name or number you want to call. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (55,1)

Infotainment System 7-55

Accepting or Declining a Call Accepting a Call To start a conference while in a current call: When an incoming call is received, Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to the infotainment system mutes and “Answer” and press the MENU/ 1. Turn or press the a ring tone is heard in the vehicle. SELECT knob to accept the call. MENU/SELECT knob. Accepting a Call Declining a Call 2. Select Enter Number. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to 3. Enter the character sequence “Answer” and press the MENU/ “Decline” and press the MENU/ then select Call. See “Entering SELECT knob to accept the call. SELECT knob to decline the call. a Character Sequence” in Operation on page 7‑7 for Declining a Call Switching Between Calls more information. (Call Waiting Calls Only) Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to 4. After the call has been “Decline” and press the MENU/ To switch between calls: placed, turn or press the SELECT knob to decline the call. 1. Turn or press the MENU/SELECT knob and Call Waiting MENU/SELECT knob. choose Merge Calls. 5. To add more callers to the Call waiting must be supported on 2. Select Switch Call from conference call, repeat Steps 1 the Bluetooth phone and enabled by the menu. through 4. The number of callers the wireless service carrier to work. Conference Calling that can be added is limited by Conference calling and three‐way your wireless service carrier. calling must be supported on the Bluetooth phone and enabled by the wireless service carrier to work. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (56,1)

7-56 Infotainment System

Ending a Call Bluetooth (Voice Pairing Turn or press the MENU/SELECT Recognition) A Bluetooth cell phone must be knob and select Hang Up. paired to the Bluetooth system and Using Voice Recognition then connected to the vehicle before Muting a Call To use voice recognition, press it can be used. See your cell phone To Mute a Call the button located on the manufacturer's user guide for b g Bluetooth functions before pairing steering wheel. The system Turn or press the MENU/SELECT the cell phone. If a Bluetooth phone responds differently depending knob and select Mute Call. is not connected, calls will be made on what kind of infotainment using OnStar Hands Free Calling, To Cancel Mute system the vehicle has. ‐ if available. Refer to the OnStar Turn or press the MENU/SELECT For vehicles without a navigation Owner's Guide for more information. knob and select Mute Call. system, the system responds Pairing Information Dual Tone Multi-Frequency “Ready,” followed by a tone. (DTMF) Tones After the tone, say a command. A Bluetooth phone with MP3 For vehicles with a navigation capability cannot be paired to the The in vehicle Bluetooth system can ‐ system, the system responds with vehicle as a phone and an MP3 send numbers during a call. This is player at the same time. a tone. After the tone say “Hands used when calling a menu‐driven Free to use the Bluetooth voice . phone system. ” Up to five cell phones can be recognition system. The system paired to the Bluetooth system. 1. Turn or press the MENU/ then responds with Ready, “ ” . The pairing process is disabled SELECT knob and select followed by a tone. After the when the vehicle is moving. Enter Number. tone, say a command. . Pairing only needs to be 2. Enter the character sequence. For additional information say completed once, unless the See “Entering a Character Help while you are in a voice “ ” pairing information on the cell Sequence” in Operation on recognition menu. phone changes or the cell phone page 7‑7 for more information. is deleted from the system. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (57,1)

Infotainment System 7-57

. Only one paired cell phone can 4. Start the pairing process on the Listing All Paired and Connected be connected to the Bluetooth cell phone that you want to pair. Phones system at a time. For help with this process, see The system can list all cell phones . If multiple paired cell phones your cell phone manufacturer's paired to it. If a paired cell phone is are within range of the system, user guide. also connected to the vehicle, the the system connects to the first 5. Locate the device named “Your system responds with “is connected” available paired cell phone in Vehicle” in the list on the cell after that phone name. the order that they were first phone. Follow the instructions paired to the system. To link on the cell phone to enter the 1. Press b g. For vehicles with a to a different paired phone, see PIN that was provided in Step 3. navigation system, say “Hands “Linking to a Different Phone” After the PIN is successfully Free,” after the tone. later in this section. entered, the system prompts you 2. Say “Bluetooth.” Pairing a Phone to provide a name for the paired cell phone. This name will be 3. Say “List.” 1. Press b g. For vehicles with a used to indicate which phones Deleting a Paired Phone navigation system, say Hands are paired and connected to the “ If the phone name you want to Free,” after the tone. vehicle. See “Listing All Paired and Connected Phones later in delete is unknown, see “Listing All 2. Say Bluetooth. ” Paired and Connected Phones. “ ” this section for more information. ” 3. Say Pair. The system responds “ ” 6. Repeat Steps 1 through 5 to pair 1. Press b g. For vehicles with a with instructions and a four digit ‐ additional phones. navigation system, say “Hands Personal Identification Number Free,” after the tone. (PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5. 2. Say “Bluetooth.” 3. Say “Delete.” The system asks for which phone to delete. 4. Say the name of the phone you want to delete. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (58,1)

7-58 Infotainment System

Connecting to a Different Phone Storing and Deleting Phone Using the “Store” Command Numbers To connect to a different cell phone, 1. Press b g. For vehicles with a the Bluetooth system looks for the The system can store up to navigation system, say “Hands next available cell phone in the 30 phone numbers as name tags Free,” after the tone. order in which all the available cell in the Hands Free Directory that is ‐ 2. Say Store. phones were paired. Depending shared between the Bluetooth and “ ” on which cell phone you want to OnStar systems. 3. Say the phone number or group connect to, you may have to use of numbers you want to store all The following commands are used this command several times. at once with no pauses, then delete and store phone numbers. follow the directions given by the 1. Press . For vehicles with a b g Store: This command will store system to save a name tag for navigation system, say “Hands a phone number, or a group of this number. Free,” after the tone. numbers as a name tag. Using the “Digit Store” Command 2. Say “Bluetooth.” Digit Store: This command allows If an unwanted number is 3. Say “Change phone.” a phone number to be stored as a name tag by entering the digits one recognized by the system, say . If another cell phone is at a time. “Clear” at any time to clear the found, the response will be last number. “ is now Delete: This command is used to To hear all of the numbers connected.” delete individual name tags. recognized by the system, say . If another cell phone is not Delete All Name Tags: This “Verify” at any time. found, the original phone command deletes all stored name remains connected. tags in the Hands‐Free Calling 1. Press b g. For vehicles with a Directory and the Destinations navigation system, say “Hands Directory. Free,” after the tone. 2. Say “Digit Store.” Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (59,1)

Infotainment System 7-59

3. Say each digit, one at a time, Using the “Delete All Name Tags” Making a Call that you want to store. After Command Calls can be made using the each digit is entered, the system This command deletes all stored following commands. repeats back the digit it heard name tags in the Hands Free Dial or Call: The dial or followed by a tone. After the Calling Directory and the call command can be used last digit has been entered, Destinations Directory. say “Store,” and then follow the interchangeably to dial a phone directions given by the system to To delete all name tags: number or a stored name tag. save a name tag for this number. 1. Press b g. For vehicles with Digit Dial: This command allows Using the “Delete” Command a navigation system, say a phone number to be dialed by “Hands‐Free,” after the tone. entering the digits one at a time. 1. Press b g. For vehicles with a Re dial: This command is used to navigation system, say Hands 2. Say “Delete all name tags.” ‐ “ dial the last number used on the cell Free, after the tone. ” Listing Stored Numbers phone. 2. Say “Delete.” The list command will list all the Using the “Dial” or “Call” 3. Say the name tag you want to stored numbers and name tags. Command delete. Using the “List” Command 1. Press b g. For vehicles with a 1. Press b g. For vehicles with navigation system, say “Hands a navigation system, say Free,” after the tone. “Hands‐Free,” after the tone. 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” 2. Say “Directory.” 3. Say the entire number without 3. Say “Hands Free Calling.” pausing or say the name tag. 4. Say “List.” Once connected, the person called will be heard through the audio speakers. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (60,1)

7-60 Infotainment System

Using the “Digit Dial” Command Once connected, the person called Call Waiting will be heard through the audio The digit dial command allows a Call waiting must be supported on speakers. phone number to be dialed by the cell phone and enabled by the entering the digits one at a time. Using the “Re‐dial” Command wireless service carrier. After each digit is entered, the system repeats back the digit it 1. Press b g. For vehicles with a . Press b g to answer an heard followed by a tone. navigation system, say “Hands incoming call when another call Free,” after the tone. is active. The original call is If an unwanted number is placed on hold. recognized by the system, say 2. After the tone, say “Re‐dial.” “Clear” at any time to clear the Once connected, the person called . Press b g again to return to the last number. will be heard through the audio original call. To hear all of the numbers speakers. . To ignore the incoming call, no recognized by the system, Receiving a Call action is required. say “Verify” at any time. When an incoming call is received, . Press 0 c to disconnect the 1. Press b g. For vehicles with a the audio system mutes and a ring current call and switch to the call navigation system, say “Hands tone is heard in the vehicle. on hold. Free,” after the tone. . Press b g to answer the call. 2. Say “Digit Dial.” 3. Say each digit, one at a time, . Press 0 c to ignore a call. that you want to dial. After each digit is entered, the system repeats back the digit it heard followed by a tone. After the last digit has been entered, say “Dial.” Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (61,1)

Infotainment System 7-61

Three‐Way Calling Muting a Call To Transfer Audio from the Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone Three‐way calling must be During a call, all sounds from inside supported on the cell phone and the vehicle can be muted so that the During a call with the audio in the enabled by the wireless service person on the other end of the call vehicle: carrier. cannot hear them. 1. Press b g. 1. While on a call, press . To mute a call, press , and then b g b g 2. Say “Transfer Call.” say “Mute Call.” 2. Say “Three‐way call.” To Transfer Audio to the Bluetooth 3. Use the dial or call command to To cancel mute, press b g, and System from a Cell Phone then say “Un‐mute Call.” dial the number of the third party During a call with the audio on the to be called. Transferring a Call cell phone, press b g. The audio 4. Once the call is connected, Audio can be transferred between transfers to the vehicle. If the audio press b g to link all callers the Bluetooth system and the cell does not transfer to the vehicle, together. phone. use the audio transfer feature on the cell phone. See your cell phone Ending a Call The cell phone must be paired manufacturer's user guide for more 0 and connected with the Bluetooth information. Press c to end a call. system before a call can be transferred. The connection process can take up to two minutes after the ignition is turned to ON/RUN. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (62,1)

7-62 Infotainment System

Voice Pass-Thru Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Clearing the System Voice pass‐thru allows access to (DTMF) Tones Unless information is deleted out the voice recognition commands on The Bluetooth system can send of the in‐vehicle Bluetooth system, the cell phone. See your cell phone numbers and the numbers stored it will be retained indefinitely. manufacturer's user guide to see if as name tags during a call. You This includes all saved name tags in the cell phone supports this feature. can use this feature when calling the phone book and phone pairing To access contacts stored in the cell a menu‐driven phone system. information. For information on how phone: Account numbers can also be to delete this information, see the stored for use. previous sections on “Deleting a 1. Press . For vehicles with a Paired Phone” and “Deleting b g Sending a Number or Name Tag navigation system, say Hands Name Tags.” “ During a Call Free,” after the tone. 2. Say “Bluetooth.” The system 1. Press b g. The system responds “Bluetooth ready,” responds “Ready,” followed followed by a tone. by a tone. 3. Say “Voice.” The system 2. Say “Dial.” responds “OK, accessing 3. Say the number or name tag .” to send. The cell phone's normal prompt messages will go through their cycle according to the phone's operating. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Climate Controls 8-1

Climate Controls Climate Control Systems Dual Automatic Climate Control System Climate Control Systems The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with Dual Automatic Climate Control this system. System ...... 8-1 Rear Climate Control System ...... 8-5 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 8-6 Maintenance Passenger Compartment Air Filter ...... 8-6

A. Fan Control G. Driver and Passenger B. Power Temperature Controls C. AUTO (Automatic Operation) H. Driver and Passenger Heated and Ventilated Seats D. ZONE I. Air Conditioning E. Defrost J. Recirculation F. Air Delivery Mode Control K. Outside Air L. Rear Window Defogger Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

8-2 Climate Controls

Automatic Operation Q / R (Driver and Passenger HG (Air Delivery Mode Control): The system automatically controls Temperature Controls): The Press to change the direction of the the fan speed, air delivery, air temperature can be adjusted airflow. The current mode appears conditioning and recirculation in separately for the driver and the in the display screen. Changing order to heat or cool the vehicle passenger. Press to increase or the mode cancels the automatic to the desired temperature. decrease the temperature. operation and the system goes ZONE: Press to link all climate into manual mode. Press AUTO When the indicator light is on, to return to automatic operation. the system is in full automatic zone settings to the driver settings. operation. If the air delivery mode The ZONE indicator light turns off. To change the current mode, select or fan setting is manually adjusted, When the passenger settings are one of the following: the auto indicator turns off and adjusted, the ZONE indicator light Y (Vent): Air is directed to the displays will show the selected is on. instrument panel outlets. settings. Manual Operation \ (Bi-Level): Air is divided To place the system in automatic O (Power): Press to turn the between the instrument panel mode do the following: climate control system on or off. outlets and the floor outlets. 1. Press AUTO. h i (Fan Control): Press to C (Tri‐Level): Air is divided 2. Set the temperature. Allow increase or decrease the fan between the windshield, instrument the system time to stabilize. speed. Pressing either button panel, and floor outlets. Then adjust the temperature cancels automatic operation and [ (Floor): Air is directed to the as needed for best comfort. the system goes into manual mode. floor outlets. Press AUTO to return to automatic English units can be changed operation. to metric units through the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑42. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Climate Controls 8-3

- (Defog): Clears the windows of h (Recirculation): Press to turn Auto Defog: The climate control fog or moisture. Air is directed to the on recirculation. An indicator light system may have a sensor to windshield and floor outlets. comes on. Air is recirculated to automatically detect high humidity 8 quickly cool the inside of the vehicle inside the vehicle. When high (Upper): Air is directed to the humidity is detected, the climate windshield outlets. or prevent outside air and odors from entering. control system may adjust to 7 (Hi-Level): Air is divided outside air supply and turn on the between the windshield and Automatic Air Recirculation: air conditioner. If the climate control instrument panel outlets. When the AUTO indicator light system does not detect possible is on, the air is automatically window fogging, it returns to normal (Defrost): Clears the 0 recirculated as needed to help operation. To turn Auto Defog off or windshield of fog or frost more quickly cool the inside of the on, see Climate and Air Quality quickly. Air is directed to the “ ” vehicle. under Vehicle Personalization on windshield. The climate control system may page 5‑42. (Air Conditioning): Press to # have a sensor to detect air pollution. % (Outside Air): Press to turn turn the automatic air conditioning In auto recirculation control, the Air on outside air. An indicator light on or off. If the fan is turned off or Quality Control system may operate. comes on. Outside air is circulated the outside temperature falls below To adjust the sensitivity of the Air through the vehicle. freezing, the air conditioner will Quality Control, see “Climate not run. and Air Quality” under Vehicle Press AUTO to return to automatic Personalization on page 5‑42. operation and the air conditioner runs as needed. When the indicator light is on, the air conditioner runs automatically to cool the air inside the vehicle or to dry the air needed to defog the windshield faster. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

8-4 Climate Controls

Rear Window Defogger The heated outside rearview mirrors Remote Start Climate Control turn on when the rear window Operation: For vehicles with the (Rear Window Defogger): = defogger button is on and help to remote vehicle start feature, the Press to turn the rear window clear fog or frost from the surface climate control system may run defogger on or off. of the mirrors. See Heated Mirrors when the vehicle is started remotely. The rear window defogger on page 2‑22. The system uses the driver's turns off automatically after about Notice: Do not try to clear frost previous settings to heat or cool the 10 minutes. If turned on again it or other material from the inside inside of the vehicle. See Remote runs for about five minutes before of the front windshield and rear Vehicle Start on page 2‑10. turning off. At higher speeds, the window with a razor blade or The rear window defogger turns on rear window defogger may stay on anything else that is sharp. if it is cold outside. continuously. This may damage the rear The rear window defogger can window defogger grid and Sensors be set to automatic operation. affect your radio's ability to The solar sensor, located on top See “Climate and Air Quality” pick up stations clearly. The of the instrument panel near the under Vehicle Personalization on repairs wouldn't be covered windshield, monitors the solar heat. page 5‑42. When Auto Rear by your warranty. Defog is selected, the rear window The climate control system Heated and Ventilated Seats: defogger turns on automatically uses the sensor information to Press to heat or ventilate the seat. when the interior temperature is adjust the temperature, fan speed, See Heated and Ventilated Front cold and the outside temperature recirculation, and air delivery mode Seats on page 3 11. is about 40°F and below. The auto ‑ for best comfort. rear defogger turns off automatically If the sensor is covered, the after about 10 minutes. At higher automatic climate control system speeds, the rear window defogger may not work properly. may stay on continuously. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Climate Controls 8-5

Rear Climate Control System Press the ZONE button on the front climate control system to turn off For vehicles with the rear heat and air conditioning controls, they are the rear blower and match the rear integrated with the rear seat audio controls located in the center console. settings to the front. The ZONE indicator light and rear climate control display will turn off. The rear climate control can be turned off by pressing i. Independent Mode: This mode directs rear seating airflow according to the settings of the rear controls. The front climate control system must be on for the rear climate control to work. To turn on the rear Rear Climate Control with Rear Seat Audio Controls climate control from rear seating, press any rear climate control button. A. Fan Control ZONE: When the rear climate The rear climate control will not B. Air Delivery Mode Control control is turned on from the rear, the ZONE indicator light will turn on. work if the front climate control C. Temperature Control system is in defrost. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

8-6 Climate Controls

Automatic Operation Air Vents Maintenance AUTO: Press N until the AUTO Move the sliding knob on the air setting is selected to control the rear outlets up and down or left and Passenger Compartment temperature, air delivery, and fan right to direct the airflow. Use the Air Filter speed automatically. thumbwheels near the air outlets The filter removes dust, pollen, and to open or close off the airflow. Manual Operation other airborne irritants from outside h i (Fan Control): Press Operation Tips air that is pulled into the vehicle. these buttons on the rear seat . Clear away any ice, snow, The filter should be replaced as part audio control panel to increase or leaves from air inlets at the of routine scheduled maintenance. or decrease the airflow. base of the windshield that could To find out what type of filter to use, Pressing h when the system block the flow of air into the see Maintenance Replacement is off will turn the system on. vehicle. Parts on page 11‑9. The air delivery mode remains . Keep the path under the front 1. Open the glove box completely in its previous setting. seats clear of objects to help and remove the four screws −/+ (Temperature Control): circulate the air inside the along the upper portion of the Press these buttons to adjust the vehicle more effectively. glove box. temperature of the air flowing into . Use of non‐GM approved hood 2. When released, lower the upper the passenger area. Press + for deflectors can adversely affect portion of the glove box. warmer air and press − for the performance of the system. cooler air. 3. Locate the service door for the Check with your dealer before passenger compartment air filter. N (Air Delivery Mode Control): adding equipment to the outside Press the mode button to change of the vehicle. the direction of the airflow. Multiple presses will cycle through the delivery selections. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Climate Controls 8-7

4. Release the two latches holding 5. Remove the old air filter. the service door. Lower the 6. Install the new air filter. service door. 7. Close the service door and latches. 8. Reinstall the upper portion of the glove box. See your dealer if additional assistance is needed. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

8-8 Climate Controls

2 NOTES Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Driving and Operating 9-1

Retained Accessory Ride Control Systems Driving and Power (RAP) ...... 9-22 Traction Control Operating Shifting Into Park ...... 9-23 System (TCS) ...... 9-34 Shifting Out of Park ...... 9-24 StabiliTrak® System ...... 9-36 Parking Over Things Limited-Slip Rear Axle ...... 9-37 Driving Information That Burn ...... 9-24 Selective Ride Control ...... 9-37 Defensive Driving ...... 9-2 Engine Exhaust Cruise Control Drunk Driving ...... 9-2 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-24 Cruise Control ...... 9-38 Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-3 Running the Vehicle While Braking ...... 9-4 Parked ...... 9-25 Object Detection Systems Steering ...... 9-5 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 9-40 Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-6 Automatic Transmission Rear Vision Loss of Control ...... 9-6 Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-26 Camera (RVC) ...... 9-43 Driving on Wet Roads ...... 9-7 Manual Mode ...... 9-28 Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-8 Fuel Economy Mode ...... 9-29 Fuel Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-8 Fuel ...... 9-47 Winter Driving ...... 9-9 Drive Systems Recommended Fuel ...... 9-48 If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 9-11 All-Wheel Drive ...... 9-30 Gasoline Specifications (U.S. Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-12 and Canada Only) ...... 9-48 Brakes California Fuel Starting and Operating Antilock Brake Requirements ...... 9-49 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-17 System (ABS) ...... 9-30 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-49 Adjustable Throttle and Brake Parking Brake ...... 9-31 Fuel Additives ...... 9-49 Pedal ...... 9-18 Brake Assist ...... 9-33 Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 9-50 Ignition Positions ...... 9-18 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 9-34 Filling the Tank ...... 9-52 Starting the Gasoline Filling a Portable Fuel Engine ...... 9-20 Container ...... 9-53 Engine Heater ...... 9-22 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

9-2 Driving and Operating

Towing Driving Information General Towing WARNING (Continued) Information ...... 9-54 Driver distraction can cause Driving Characteristics and Defensive Driving collisions resulting in injury or Towing Tips ...... 9-54 Defensive driving means always “ possible death. These simple Trailer Towing ...... 9-58 expect the unexpected.” The first Towing Equipment ...... 9-61 step in driving defensively is to wear defensive driving techniques Trailer Sway the safety belt. See Safety Belts on could save your life. Control (TSC) ...... 9-62 page 3‑15. Conversions and Add-Ons Drunk Driving Add-On Electrical { WARNING Equipment ...... 9-62 Assume that other road users { WARNING (pedestrians, bicyclists, and other Drinking and then driving is drivers) are going to be careless very dangerous. Your reflexes, and make mistakes. Anticipate perceptions, attentiveness, what they might do and be ready. and judgment can be affected by In addition: even a small amount of alcohol. . Allow enough following You can have a serious — or distance between you and even fatal — collision if you the driver in front of you. drive after drinking. . Focus on the task of driving. Do not drink and drive or ride with (Continued) a driver who has been drinking. Ride home in a cab; or if you are with a group, designate a driver who will not drink. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Driving and Operating 9-3

Death and injury associated with For persons under 21, it is against Control of a Vehicle drinking and driving is a global the law in every U.S. state to drink tragedy. alcohol. There are good medical, The following three systems help to control the vehicle while Alcohol affects four things that psychological, and developmental reasons for these laws. driving — brakes, steering, and anyone needs to drive a vehicle: accelerator. At times, as when judgment, muscular coordination, The obvious way to eliminate the driving on snow or ice, it is easy to vision, and attentiveness. leading highway safety problem is ask more of those control systems Police records show that for people never to drink alcohol than the tires and road can provide. almost 40 percent of all motor and then drive. Meaning, you can lose control of vehicle-related deaths involve Medical research shows that the vehicle. See Traction Control alcohol. In most cases, these alcohol in a person's system System (TCS) on page 9‑34 and deaths are the result of someone can make crash injuries worse, StabiliTrak® System on page 9‑36. who was drinking and driving. especially injuries to the brain, Adding non‐dealer accessories In recent years, more than spinal cord, or heart. This means can affect vehicle performance. 17,000 annual motor vehicle-related that when anyone who has been See Accessories and Modifications deaths have been associated with drinking — driver or passenger — is on page 10‑3. the use of alcohol, with about in a crash, that person's chance of 250,000 people injured. being killed or permanently disabled is higher than if the person had not been drinking. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

9-4 Driving and Operating

Braking And, of course, actual stopping If the engine ever stops while distances vary greatly with the the vehicle is being driven, brake See Brake System Warning Light on surface of the road, whether it is normally but do not pump the page 5‑22. pavement or gravel; the condition brakes. If the brakes are pumped, Braking action involves of the road, whether it is wet, dry, the pedal could get harder to push perception time and reaction or icy; tire tread; the condition of the down. If the engine stops, there time. Deciding to push the brake brakes; the weight of the vehicle; will still be some power brake assist pedal is perception time. Actually and the amount of brake force but it will be used when the brake doing it is reaction time. applied. is applied. Once the power assist is used up, it can take longer to stop Average reaction time is about Avoid needless heavy braking. Some people drive in and the brake pedal will be harder three‐fourths of a second. to push. But that is only an average. spurts — heavy acceleration It might be less with one driver followed by heavy braking — rather Adding non‐dealer accessories and as long as two or three seconds than keeping pace with traffic. can affect vehicle performance. or more with another. Age, physical This is a mistake. The brakes See Accessories and Modifications condition, alertness, coordination, might not have time to cool between on page 10‑3. and eyesight all play a part. So do hard stops. The brakes will wear alcohol, drugs, and frustration. out much faster with a lot of heavy But even in three‐fourths of a braking. Keeping pace with the second, a vehicle moving at traffic and allowing realistic following 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m distances eliminates a lot of (66 ft). That could be a lot of unnecessary braking. That means distance in an emergency, so better braking and longer brake life. keeping enough space between the vehicle and others is important. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Driving and Operating 9-5

Steering Steering in Emergencies Power Steering There are times when steering can be more effective than braking. If power steering assist is lost For example, you come over a hill because the engine stops or the and find a truck stopped in your power steering system is not lane, or a car suddenly pulls out functioning, the vehicle can be from nowhere, or a child darts out steered but it will take more effort. from between parked cars and stops Steering Tips right in front of you. These problems can be avoided by braking — if you It is important to take curves at a can stop in time. But sometimes reasonable speed. you cannot stop in time because Traction in a curve depends on there is no room. That is the time An emergency like this requires the condition of the tires and the for evasive action — steering close attention and a quick decision. road surface, the angle at which the around the problem. If holding the steering wheel at curve is banked, and vehicle speed. The vehicle can perform very the recommended 9 and 3 o'clock While in a curve, speed is the one well in emergencies like these. positions, it can be turned a full factor that can be controlled. First apply the brakes. See Braking 180 degrees very quickly without removing either hand. But you have If there is a need to reduce speed, on page 9‑4. It is better to remove as much speed as possible from to act fast, steer quickly, and just as do it before entering the curve, while quickly straighten the wheel once the front wheels are straight. a collision. Then steer around the problem, to the left or right you have avoided the object. Try to adjust the speed so you can depending on the space available. The fact that such emergency drive through the curve. Maintain a situations are always possible is a reasonable, steady speed. Wait to good reason to practice defensive accelerate until out of the curve, driving at all times and wear safety and then accelerate gently into belts properly. the straightaway. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

9-6 Driving and Operating

Off-Road Recovery so that the vehicle straddles the Skidding edge of the pavement. Turn the In a skid, a driver can lose control of The vehicle's right wheels can drop steering wheel 8 to 13 cm (3 to the vehicle. Defensive drivers avoid off the edge of a road onto the 5 in), about one-eighth turn, until most skids by taking reasonable shoulder while driving. the right front tire contacts the care suited to existing conditions, pavement edge. Then turn the and by not overdriving those steering wheel to go straight conditions. But skids are always down the roadway. possible. Loss of Control The three types of skids correspond to the vehicle's three control Let us review what driving experts systems. In the braking skid, say about what happens when the the wheels are not rolling. In the three control systems — brakes, steering or cornering skid, too much steering, and acceleration — do not speed or steering in a curve causes have enough friction where the tires tires to slip and lose cornering force. meet the road to do what the driver And in the acceleration skid, too has asked. much throttle causes the driving If the level of the shoulder is In any emergency, do not give up. wheels to spin. only slightly below the pavement, Keep trying to steer and constantly If the vehicle starts to slide, ease recovery should be fairly easy. seek an escape route or area of your foot off the accelerator pedal Ease off the accelerator and then, less danger. and quickly steer the way you if there is nothing in the way, steer want the vehicle to go. If you start steering quickly enough, the vehicle may straighten out. Always be ready for a second skid if it occurs. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Driving and Operating 9-7

Of course, traction is reduced when Driving on Wet Roads water, snow, ice, gravel, or other WARNING (Continued) material is on the road. For safety, Rain and wet roads can reduce slow down and adjust your driving vehicle traction and affect your After driving through a large to these conditions. It is important ability to stop and accelerate. puddle of water or a car/vehicle to slow down on slippery surfaces Always drive slower in these types wash, lightly apply the brake because stopping distance is longer of driving conditions and avoid pedal until the brakes work and vehicle control more limited. driving through large puddles and normally. deep‐standing or flowing water. While driving on a surface with Flowing or rushing water creates reduced traction, try to avoid strong forces. Driving through sudden steering, acceleration, { WARNING flowing water could cause the or braking, including reducing Wet brakes can cause crashes. vehicle to be carried away. If this vehicle speed by shifting to a lower They might not work as well in happens, you and other vehicle gear. Any sudden changes could a quick stop and could cause occupants could drown. Do not cause the tires to slide. You might pulling to one side. You could ignore police warnings and be not realize the surface is slippery lose control of the vehicle. very cautious about trying to until the vehicle is skidding. Learn drive through flowing water. to recognize warning clues — such (Continued) as enough water, ice, or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored surface — and slow down when you have any doubt. Remember: Antilock brakes help avoid only the braking skid. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

9-8 Driving and Operating

Hydroplaning . Keep the windshield washer fluid Hill and Mountain Roads reservoir filled. Hydroplaning is dangerous. Driving on steep hills or through . Have good tires with proper Water can build up under the mountains is different than driving tread depth. See Tires on vehicle's tires so they actually on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for page 10 56. ride on the water. This can happen ‑ driving in these conditions include: if the road is wet enough and you . Turn off cruise control. are going fast enough. When the . Keep the vehicle serviced and in vehicle is hydroplaning, it has little Highway Hypnosis good shape. or no contact with the road. . Check all fluid levels and brakes, Always be alert and pay attention There is no hard and fast rule about tires, cooling system, and to your surroundings while driving. transmission. hydroplaning. The best advice is to If you become tired or sleepy, find slow down when the road is wet. a safe place to park the vehicle . Shift to a lower gear when going down steep or long hills. Other Rainy Weather Tips and rest. Other driving tips include: Besides slowing down, other wet { WARNING weather driving tips include: . Keep the vehicle well ventilated. If you do not shift down, the . Allow extra following distance. . Keep interior temperature cool. brakes could get so hot that they . Pass with caution. . Keep your eyes moving — scan would not work well. You would . Keep windshield wiping the road ahead and to the sides. then have poor braking or even equipment in good shape. . Check the rearview mirror and none going down a hill. You could vehicle instruments often. crash. Shift down to let the engine assist the brakes on a steep downhill slope. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Driving and Operating 9-9

. Pay attention to special road Try not to break the fragile traction. { WARNING signs (falling rocks area, winding If you accelerate too fast, the drive roads, long grades, passing or wheels will spin and polish the Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) no-passing zones) and take surface under the tires even more. or with the ignition off is appropriate action. dangerous. The brakes will The Antilock Brake System (ABS) have to do all the work of slowing Winter Driving on page 9‑30 improves vehicle down and they could get so hot stability during hard stops on that they would not work well. Driving on Snow or Ice slippery roads, but apply the brakes sooner than when on dry pavement. You would then have poor braking Drive carefully when there is or even none going down a hill. snow or ice between the tires Allow greater following distance on You could crash. Always have the and the road, creating less traction any slippery road and watch for engine running and the vehicle or grip. Wet ice can occur at about slippery spots. Icy patches can in gear when going downhill. 0°C (32°F) when freezing rain occur on otherwise clear roads in begins to fall, resulting in even less shaded areas. The surface of a traction. Avoid driving on wet ice curve or an overpass can remain . Stay in your own lane. Do not or in freezing rain until roads can icy when the surrounding roads swing wide or cut across the be treated with salt or sand. are clear. Avoid sudden steering center of the road. Drive at maneuvers and braking while speeds that let you stay in Drive with caution, whatever the on ice. your own lane. condition. Accelerate gently so traction is not lost. Accelerating too Turn off cruise control, if equipped, . Top of hills: Be alert — quickly causes the wheels to spin on slippery surfaces. something could be in your and makes the surface under the lane (stalled car, accident). tires slick, so there is even less traction. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

9-10 Driving and Operating

Blizzard Conditions WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) Being stuck in snow can be a serious situation. Stay with If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: For more information about the vehicle unless there is help . Clear away snow from around carbon monoxide, see Engine nearby. If possible, use the the base of your vehicle, Exhaust on page 9‑24. Roadside Service (U.S. and especially any that is blocking Canada) on page 13 8 or Roadside Snow can trap exhaust gases ‑ the exhaust pipe. Service (Mexico) on page 13‑11. under your vehicle. This can To get help and keep everyone . Check again from time to cause deadly CO (Carbon in the vehicle safe: time to be sure snow does Monoxide) gas to get inside. CO not collect there. could overcome you and kill you. . Turn on the hazard warning You cannot see it or smell it, so flashers. . Open a window about 5 cm (2 in) on the side of the you might not know it is in your . Tie a red cloth to an outside vehicle that is away from vehicle. Clear away snow from mirror. the wind to bring in fresh air. around the base of your vehicle, especially any that is blocking the { WARNING . Fully open the air outlets exhaust. on or under the instrument Snow can trap engine exhaust panel. Run the engine for short periods under the vehicle. This may . Adjust the climate control cause exhaust gases to get only as needed to keep warm, but system to a setting that be careful. inside. Engine exhaust contains circulates the air inside Carbon Monoxide (CO) which the vehicle and set the fan cannot be seen or smelled. speed to the highest setting. It can cause unconsciousness See Climate Control System and even death. in the Index. (Continued) (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Driving and Operating 9-11

To save fuel, run the engine for only If the Vehicle is Stuck Rocking the Vehicle to Get short periods as needed to warm it Out the vehicle and then shut the engine Slowly and cautiously spin the off and close the window most of wheels to free the vehicle when Turn the steering wheel left and the way to save heat. Repeat this stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. right to clear the area around the front wheels. Turn off any until help arrives but only when you If stuck too severely for the traction traction system. Shift back and feel really uncomfortable from the system to free the vehicle, turn the forth between R (Reverse) and a cold. Moving about to keep warm traction system off and use the forward gear, spinning the wheels also helps. rocking method. as little as possible. To prevent If it takes some time for help to transmission wear, wait until the arrive, now and then when you run { WARNING wheels stop spinning before shifting the engine, push the accelerator gears. Release the accelerator pedal slightly so the engine If the vehicle's tires spin at high pedal while shifting, and press runs faster than the idle speed. speed, they can explode, and lightly on the accelerator pedal This keeps the battery charged to you or others could be injured. when the transmission is in gear. restart the vehicle and to signal for The vehicle can overheat, Slowly spinning the wheels in the help with the headlamps. Do this causing an engine compartment forward and reverse directions as little as possible to save fuel. fire or other damage. Spin the causes a rocking motion that could wheels as little as possible and free the vehicle. If that does not avoid going above 55 km/h get the vehicle out after a few tries, (35 mph). it might need to be towed out. If the vehicle does need to be towed out, see Towing the Vehicle on For information about using tire page 10 101. chains on the vehicle, see Tire ‑ Chains on page 10‑79. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

9-12 Driving and Operating

Vehicle Load Limits Tire and Loading Information { WARNING Label It is very important to know how much weight the vehicle Do not load the vehicle can carry. This weight is called any heavier than the the vehicle capacity weight Gross Vehicle Weight and includes the weight of Rating (GVWR), or either the all occupants, cargo and all maximum front or rear Gross nonfactory‐installed options. Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Two labels on the vehicle This can cause systems to show how much weight it may break and change the way the properly carry, the Tire and vehicle handles. This could Loading Information label cause loss of control and a and the Certification label. crash. Overloading can also shorten the life of the vehicle. Label Example A vehicle-specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the vehicle's center pillar (B-pillar). With the driver door open, the label is attached near the door lock post. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Driving and Operating 9-13

The Tire and Loading Steps for Determining Correct 4. The resulting figure equals Information label shows the Load Limit the available amount of cargo number of occupant seating 1. Locate the statement and luggage load capacity. positions (A), and the maximum For example, if the XXX “The combined weight of “ ” vehicle capacity weight (B) in occupants and cargo should amount equals 1400 lbs kilograms and pounds. never exceed XXX kg or and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, The Tire and Loading XXX lbs” on your vehicle's Information label also shows placard. the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity the tire size of the original 2. Determine the combined equipment tires (C) and the is 650 lbs (1400 − 750 weight of the driver and (5 x 150) = 650 lbs). recommended cold tire inflation passengers that will be pressures (D). For more riding in your vehicle. 5. Determine the combined information on tires and inflation weight of luggage and cargo see Tires on page 10‑56 and 3. Subtract the combined being loaded on the vehicle. Tire Pressure on page 10‑63. weight of the driver and That weight may not safely passengers from XXX kg There is also important loading exceed the available cargo or XXX lbs. information on the Certification and luggage load capacity label. It tells you the Gross calculated in Step 4. Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for the front and rear axle. See “Certification Label” later in this section. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

9-14 Driving and Operating

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, the load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle. See Trailer Towing on page 9‑58 for important information on towing a trailer, towing safety rules and trailering tips. Example 1 Example 2 A. Vehicle Capacity Weight A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 = 453 kg for Example 2 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs). B. Subtract Occupant Weight B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 136 kg (300 lbs). 340 kg (750 lbs). C. Available Occupant and C. Available Cargo Cargo Weight = 317 kg Weight = 113 kg (250 lbs). (700 lbs). Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Driving and Operating 9-15

Refer to the vehicle's Tire and The label shows the size of the Loading Information label for vehicle's original tires and the specific information about the inflation pressures needed to vehicle's capacity weight and obtain the gross weight capacity seating positions. The combined of the vehicle. This is called weight of the driver, passengers, Gross Vehicle Weight Rating and cargo should never exceed (GVWR). The GVWR includes the vehicle's capacity weight. the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel, and cargo. Certification Label The Certification/Tire label also tells you the maximum weights Example 3 for the front and rear axles, A. Vehicle Capacity Weight called Gross Axle Weight Rating for Example 3 = 453 kg (GAWR). To find out the actual (1,000 lbs). loads on the front and rear axles, you need to go to a weigh B. Subtract Occupant Weight station and weigh the vehicle. @ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = Your dealer can help you with 453 kg (1,000 lbs). this. Be sure to spread out the C. Available Cargo load equally on both sides of Weight = 0 kg (0 lbs). the center line. Label Example Never exceed the GVWR for the A vehicle-specific Certification/ vehicle, or the GAWR for either Tire label is attached to the the front or rear axle. rear edge of the driver's door. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

9-16 Driving and Operating

If the vehicle is carrying a heavy Your warranty does not cover If you put things inside your load, it should be spread out. parts or components that fail vehicle – like suitcases, See “Steps for Determining because of overloading. tools, packages, or anything Correct Load Limit” earlier in The label will help you decide else – they will go as fast as this section. how much cargo and installed the vehicle goes. If you have to equipment your vehicle can stop or turn quickly, or if there { WARNING carry. is a crash, they will keep going. Do not load the vehicle Using heavier suspension { WARNING any heavier than the Gross components to get added Vehicle Weight Rating durability might not change your Things inside the vehicle can (GVWR), or either the weight ratings. Ask your dealer strike and injure people in a maximum front or rear Gross to help you load your vehicle sudden stop or turn, or in a Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). the right way. crash. This can cause systems to . Put things in the cargo break and change the way the area of the vehicle. In the vehicle handles. This could cargo area, put them as cause loss of control and a far forward as possible. crash. Overloading can also Try to spread the weight shorten the life of the vehicle. evenly. (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

Driving and Operating 9-17

Starting and above 110 km/h (68 mph) WARNING (Continued) should be limited to Operating five minutes per use. . Never stack heavier . Avoid making hard stops things, like suitcases, New Vehicle Break-In inside the vehicle so that for the first 322 km (200 mi) Notice: The vehicle does not or so. During this time the some of them are above new brake linings are not the tops of the seats. need an elaborate break-in. But it will perform better in the long run yet broken in. Hard stops . Do not leave an if you follow these guidelines: with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier unsecured child restraint . Do not drive at any one in the vehicle. replacement. Follow this constant speed, fast or slow, breaking-in guideline every . Secure loose items in the for the first 805 km (500 mi). time you get new brake vehicle. Do not make full-throttle linings. starts. Avoid downshifting . Do not leave a seat folded to brake or slow the vehicle. . Do not tow a trailer during down unless needed. break-in. See Driving . During the first 1 000 km Characteristics and Towing (600 mi), avoid using more Tips on page 9‑54 for the than moderate acceleration trailer towing capabilities in lower gears and avoid of your vehicle and more vehicle speeds above information. 110 km/h (68 mph). Following break‐in, engine speed . Between the first and load can be gradually 1 000 km (600 mi) and increased. 5 000 km (3,000 mi), heavy acceleration in lower gears can be used. Vehicle speeds Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

9-18 Driving and Operating

Adjustable Throttle and Adjust the throttle and brake pedals Pressing the button cycles it through while the vehicle is in P (Park) three modes, ACC/ACCESSORY, Brake Pedal without pressing on the pedals. ON/RUN/START and STOPPING If the vehicle has this feature, the The pedals cannot be adjusted THE ENGINE/OFF. position of the throttle and brake while the vehicle is in R (Reverse) If the pushbutton start is not pedals can be adjusted. or when cruise control is engaged. working, the vehicle may be near a The throttle and brake pedals can strong radio antenna signal causing also be adjusted while driving. interference to the keyless entry system. See Driver Information Ignition Positions Center (DIC) on page 5‑29 for more information. To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle must be in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN mode and the brake pedal must be applied. STOPPING THE ENGINE/OFF (No LED Lights): When the vehicle is stopped, press the engine The switch used to adjust the START/STOP button once to turn pedals is located on the right side the engine off. of the steering column, below the wiper stalk. Pull the switch toward you to move the pedals further from The vehicle has an electronic the floor, or push the switch away keyless ignition with pushbutton from you to move the pedals closer start. to the floor. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

Driving and Operating 9-19

If the vehicle is in P (Park), the In an emergency, if the vehicle must 4. Set the parking brake. ignition will turn off, and Retained be shut off while driving: See Parking Brake on Accessory Power (RAP) will remain 1. Brake using a firm and steady page 9‑31. active. See Retained Accessory pressure. Do not pump the Power (RAP) on page 9‑22 for brakes repeatedly. This may { WARNING more information. deplete power assist, requiring If the vehicle is not in P (Park), increased brake pedal force. Turning off the vehicle while the ignition will return to ACC/ moving may cause loss of power 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). assist in the brake and steering ACCESSORY and display the This can be done while the message SHIFT TO PARK in the systems and disable the airbags. vehicle is moving. After shifting While driving, only shut the Driver Information Center (DIC). to N (Neutral), firmly apply the vehicle off in an emergency. See Driver Information Center (DIC) brakes and steer the vehicle to on page 5‑29 for more information. a safe location. When the vehicle is shifted into 3. Come to a complete stop, shift 5. If the vehicle must be shut off P (Park), the ignition system will while driving, switch the ignition switch to OFF. to P (Park), and turn the ignition to OFF. On vehicles with an to ACC/ACCESSORY. Do not turn the engine off when the automatic transmission, the shift vehicle is moving. This will cause lever must be in P (Park) to turn a loss of power assist in the brake the ignition switch to the OFF and steering systems and disable position. the airbags. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

9-20 Driving and Operating

ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber LED Starting the Gasoline To start the vehicle: Light): This mode allows you to use some electrical accessories Engine Starting Procedure when the engine is off. Place the transmission in the proper 1. With the brake pedal applied, With the ignition off, pressing the gear by moving the shift lever to press the START button button one time without the brake P (Park) or N (Neutral). To restart located on the instrument panel. pedal applied, will place the ignition the engine when the vehicle is See Ignition Positions on system in ACC/ACCESSORY. already moving, use N (Neutral). page 9‑18. The ignition will switch from Notice: Do not try to shift to 2. When the engine begins ACC/ACCESSORY to OFF after P (Park) if the vehicle is moving. cranking, let go of the button and ten minutes to prevent battery If you do, you could damage the the engine cranks automatically run down. transmission. Shift to P (Park) until it starts. only when the vehicle is stopped. ON/RUN/START (Green LED If the transmitter is not in Light): This mode is for driving The keyless access transmitter must the vehicle or something is and starting. With the ignition off, be inside the vehicle for the ignition interfering with the transmitter, and the brake pedal applied, to work. the Driver Information Center (DIC) will display pressing the button once will place Cell phone chargers can interfere NO REMOTE DETECTED. the ignition system in ON/RUN/ with the operation of the Keyless See Driver Information Center START. Once engine cranking Access System. Battery chargers (DIC) on page 5 29 for more begins, release the button. Engine should not be plugged in when ‑ information. cranking will continue until the starting or turning off the engine. engine starts. See Starting the If the battery in the Gasoline Engine on page 9‑20 keyless access transmitter for more information. The ignition needs replacing, the will then remain in ON/RUN. DIC displays REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY. The vehicle can still be driven. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)

Driving and Operating 9-21

See Remote Keyless Entry Notice: Cranking the engine for been initiated, the engine continues (RKE) System Operation on long periods of time, by pressing cranking for a few seconds or until page 2‑4 for more information. the START button immediately the vehicle starts. If the engine does 3. Do not race the engine after cranking has ended, can not start, cranking automatically immediately after starting it. overheat and damage the stops after 15 seconds to prevent Operate the engine and cranking motor, and drain the cranking motor damage. To prevent transmission gently until the battery. Wait at least 15 seconds gear damage, this system also oil warms up and lubricates between each try, to allow the prevents cranking if the engine all moving parts. cranking motor to cool down. is already running. 4. If the engine does not start and When the engine starts, let go of Notice: The engine is designed no DIC message is displayed, the accelerator. If the vehicle starts to work with the electronics in wait 15 seconds before trying briefly but then stops again, do the the vehicle. If you add electrical again to let the cranking motor same thing. This clears the extra parts or accessories, you could cool down. gasoline from the engine. change the way the engine The vehicle has a operates. Before adding electrical If the engine does not start equipment, check with your after 5-10 seconds, especially Computer-Controlled Cranking System. This feature assists in dealer. If you do not, the engine in very cold weather (below might not perform properly. Any −18°C or 0°F), it could be starting the engine and protects components. Once cranking has resulting damage would not be flooded with too much gasoline. covered by the vehicle warranty. Try pushing the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor while cranking for up to 15 seconds. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)

9-22 Driving and Operating

Engine Heater The length of time the heater should { WARNING remain plugged in depends on The engine coolant heater, several factors. Ask a dealer in the if available, can help in cold weather Plugging the cord into an area where you will be parking the conditions at or below −18°C (0°F) ungrounded outlet could cause vehicle for the best advice on this. for easier starting and better fuel an electrical shock. Also, the economy during engine warm-up. wrong kind of extension cord Retained Accessory Plug in the coolant heater at least could overheat and cause a fire. four hours before starting the You could be seriously injured. Power (RAP) vehicle. An internal thermostat in Plug the cord into a properly These accessories can be used the plug end of the cord will prevent grounded three-prong 110-volt AC after the engine is turned off: engine coolant heater operation at outlet. If the cord will not reach, temperatures above −18°C (0°F). . Audio system (up to 10 minutes use a heavy-duty three-prong or driver door is opened). To Use the Engine Coolant extension cord rated for at least 15 amps. . Power windows, sunroof Heater (if equipped), and power outlets 1. Turn off the engine. (up to 10 minutes or any door is 4. Before starting the engine, be opened). 2. Open the hood and unwrap sure to unplug and store the the electrical cord. The cord is cord as it was before to keep located near the air cleaner. it away from moving engine 3. Plug it into a normal, grounded parts. If you do not it could 110-volt AC outlet. be damaged. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)

Driving and Operating 9-23

Shifting Into Park Leaving the Vehicle with the pulling it toward you. If you can, it Engine Running means that the shift lever was not fully locked into P (Park). { WARNING { WARNING Torque Lock It can be dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the shift lever is not It can be dangerous to leave the Torque lock is when the weight fully in P (Park) with the parking vehicle with the engine running. of the vehicle puts too much force on the parking pawl in the brake firmly set. The vehicle can The vehicle could move suddenly transmission. This happens when roll. If you have left the engine if the shift lever is not fully in parking on a hill and shifting the running, the vehicle can move P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. And, if you leave the transmission into P (Park) is not suddenly. You or others could be done properly and then it is difficult vehicle with the engine running, injured. To be sure the vehicle will to shift out of P (Park). To prevent it could overheat and even catch not move, even when you are on torque lock, set the parking brake fairly level ground, use the steps fire. You or others could be and then shift into P (Park). To find that follow. injured. Do not leave the vehicle out how, see "Shifting Into P (Park)" with the engine running. listed previously. 1. Hold the brake pedal down and If torque lock does occur, your set the parking brake. If you have to leave the vehicle vehicle may need to be pushed with the engine running, be sure See Parking Brake on page 9 31 uphill by another vehicle to relieve ‑ the vehicle is in P (Park) and the for more information. the parking pawl pressure, so you parking brake is firmly set before can shift out of P (Park). 2. Move the shift lever into P (Park) you leave it. After you have moved by pushing the lever all the way the shift lever into P (Park), hold If you are towing a trailer and toward the front of the vehicle. down the regular brake pedal. parking on a hill, see Driving Characteristics and Towing 3. Turn the ignition off. See if you can move the shift lever away from P (Park) without first Tips on page 9‑54. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)

9-24 Driving and Operating

Shifting Out of Park If you still are unable to shift out of Engine Exhaust P (Park): This vehicle is equipped with an electronic shift lock release system. 1. Fully release the shift lever { WARNING The shift lock release is designed to button. prevent movement of the shift lever 2. Hold the brake pedal down and Engine exhaust contains carbon out of P (Park), unless the ignition is press the shift lever button monoxide (CO) which cannot be in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY again. seen or smelled. Exposure to CO and the brake pedal is applied can cause unconsciousness and 3. Move the shift lever to the even death. The shift lock release is always desired position. functional except in the case of an If you still cannot move the shift Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: uncharged or low voltage (less than lever from P (Park), consult your . The vehicle idles in areas 9‐volt) battery. dealer or a professional towing with poor ventilation (parking If the vehicle has an uncharged service. garages, tunnels, deep snow battery or a battery with low voltage, that may block underbody try charging or jump starting the Parking Over Things airflow or tail pipes). battery. See Jump Starting on That Burn . The exhaust smells or page 10‑96. sounds strange or different. To shift out of P (Park): { WARNING . The exhaust system leaks 1. Apply the brake pedal. due to corrosion or damage. Things that can burn could touch 2. Press the shift lever button. . hot exhaust parts under the The vehicle exhaust system 3. Move the shift lever to the vehicle and ignite. Do not park has been modified, damaged or improperly repaired. desired position. over papers, leaves, dry grass, or other things that can burn. (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)

Driving and Operating 9-25

Running the Vehicle WARNING (Continued) { WARNING While Parked . There are holes or openings It is better not to park with the It can be dangerous to get out in the vehicle body from engine running. But if you ever have of the vehicle if the automatic damage or after market to, here are some things to know. transmission shift lever is not fully modifications that are not in P (Park) with the parking brake completely sealed. firmly set. The vehicle can roll. { WARNING If unusual fumes are detected or Do not leave the vehicle when if it is suspected that exhaust is Idling a vehicle in an enclosed the engine is running unless coming into the vehicle: area with poor ventilation is you have to. If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can . Drive it only with the windows dangerous. Engine exhaust may move suddenly. You or others completely down. enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust contains Carbon Monoxide (CO) could be injured. To be sure the . Have the vehicle repaired which cannot be seen or smelled. vehicle will not move, even when immediately. It can cause unconsciousness you are on fairly level ground, Never park the vehicle with the and even death. Never run the always set the parking brake and engine running in an enclosed engine in an enclosed area move the shift lever to P (Park). area such as a garage or a that has no fresh air ventilation. building that has no fresh air For more information, see Engine Follow the proper steps to be ventilation. Exhaust on page 9‑24. sure the vehicle will not move. See Shifting Into Park on page 9‑23. If parking on a hill and pulling a trailer, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips on page 9‑54. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)

9-26 Driving and Operating

Automatic Make sure the shift lever is fully { WARNING in P (Park) before starting the Transmission engine. The vehicle has an It is dangerous to get out of the automatic transmission shift lock The shift lever is located on the vehicle if the shift lever is not fully control system. You must fully apply center console between the front in P (Park) with the parking brake the regular brakes first and then seats. firmly set. The vehicle can roll. press the shift lever button before Do not leave the vehicle when you can shift from P (Park) when the the engine is running unless ignition is in ON/RUN. If you cannot you have to. If you have left the shift out of P (Park), ease pressure engine running, the vehicle can on the shift lever and push the shift move suddenly. You or others lever all the way into P (Park) as you maintain brake application. could be injured. To be sure the Then press the shift lever button vehicle will not move, even when and move the shift lever into you are on fairly level ground, another gear. See Shifting Out always set the parking brake and of Park on page 9‑24. move the shift lever to P (Park). See Shifting Into Park on page 9‑23. If you are pulling a There are several different positions trailer, see Driving Characteristics for the shift lever. and Towing Tips on page 9‑54. P (Park): This position locks the front wheels. It is the best position to use when you start the engine because the vehicle cannot move easily. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)

Driving and Operating 9-27

Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse) D (Drive): This position is for while the vehicle is moving { WARNING normal driving. It provides the best forward could damage the fuel economy. If you need more transmission. The repairs would Shifting into a drive gear while the power for passing, and you are: not be covered by the vehicle engine is running at high speed is dangerous. Unless your foot . Going less than 35 mph warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) (55 km/h), push the accelerator only after the vehicle is stopped. is firmly on the brake pedal, the vehicle could move very rapidly. pedal about halfway down. R (Reverse): Use this gear to You could lose control and hit . Going about 35 mph (55 km/h) back up. people or objects. Do not shift or more, push the accelerator all At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse) into a drive gear while the engine the way down. can be used to rock the vehicle is running at high speed. The transmission will shift down back and forth to get out of snow, to a lower gear and have more ice, or sand without damaging your power. transmission. See If the Vehicle is Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) Stuck on page 9‑11 for additional or N (Neutral) with the engine Downshifting the transmission in information. running at high speed may slippery road conditions could result damage the transmission. in skidding, see “Skidding” under N (Neutral): In this position, the The repairs would not be covered Loss of Control on page 9‑6 engine does not connect with the by the vehicle warranty. Be sure wheels. To restart when the vehicle the engine is not running at high Notice: Spinning the tires or is already moving, use N (Neutral) speed when shifting the vehicle. holding the vehicle in one only. You can also use N (Neutral) place on a hill using only the when the vehicle is being towed. accelerator pedal may damage the transmission. If you are stuck, do not spin the tires. When stopping on a hill, use the brakes to hold the vehicle in place. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)

9-28 Driving and Operating

Manual Mode SPORT MODE ON will be 3. To return to Sport Mode from displayed in the DIC. See Ride M (Manual Mode), press and Driver Shift Control (DSC) Control System Messages on briefly hold the shift lever Notice: If you drive the vehicle page 5‑39. The word “sport” forward. at a high rpm without upshifting will display below the odometer. while using Driver Shift Control The gear position will also be (DSC), you could damage the indicated in the tachometer. vehicle. Always upshift when Within Sport Mode there necessary while using DSC. is a further performance Driver Shift Control (DSC) feature called Performance allows you to shift an automatic Mode Lift Foot (PMLF) Mode. The tachometer display on the transmission similar to a manual The feature is activated instrument panel cluster will transmission. To use the DSC automatically when sports show which gear the vehicle is feature: oriented driving is detected, based on cornering and on/off in. The number indicates the 1. Move the shift lever to throttle application. PMLF allows requested gear range when moving the left from D (Drive) to the transmission to hold the the shift lever forward or rearward. M (Manual Mode). current gear instead of upshifting See Tachometer on page 5‑12 for If you do not move the shift lever when the throttle is lifted. more information. forward or rearward, the vehicle 2. To enter M (Manual Mode), press While using the DSC feature, will be in Sport Mode. When you the shift lever forward to upshift the vehicle will have firmer, are in Sport Mode the vehicle or rearward to downshift. quicker shifting. You can use this will still shift automatically. for sport driving or when climbing An M will be displayed in The transmission may remain or descending hills, to stay in gear the DIC. in a gear longer than it would in longer, or to downshift for more the normal driving mode based power or engine braking. on braking, throttle input, and vehicle lateral acceleration. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (29,1)

Driving and Operating 9-29

The transmission will only allow Fuel Economy Mode in the instrument cluster will come you to shift into gears appropriate on. See Fuel Economy Light on for the vehicle speed and engine The vehicle may have a fuel page 5‑27. Pressing the button a revolutions per minute (rpm). The economy mode. When engaged, second time will turn fuel economy transmission will not automatically fuel economy mode can improve mode off. the vehicle's fuel economy. shift to the next lower gear if the When fuel economy mode is on: engine rpm is too high, nor to the next higher gear when the maximum . The transmission will upshift engine rpm is reached. sooner, and downshift later. If shifting is prevented for any . The torque converter will lock up reason, the currently selected gear sooner, and stay on longer. will flash multiple times, indicating . The gas pedal will be less that the transmission has not shifted sensitive. gears. . The vehicle's computers will While in the DSC mode, the more aggressively shut off fuel transmission will automatically to the engine under deceleration. downshift when the vehicle comes to a stop. This will allow for more power during take-off. Pressing the eco button by the shift When accelerating the vehicle from lever will engage fuel economy a stop in snowy and icy conditions, mode. When activated, the eco light you may want to shift into second gear. A higher gear ratio allows you to gain more traction on slippery surfaces. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (30,1)

9-30 Driving and Operating

Drive Systems Brakes All-Wheel Drive Antilock Brake Vehicles with this feature always System (ABS) send engine power to all four This vehicle has the Antilock wheels. It is fully automatic, and Brake System (ABS), an advanced If there is a problem with ABS, this adjusts itself as needed for road electronic braking system that helps warning light stays on. See Antilock conditions. prevent a braking skid. Brake System (ABS) Warning Light on page 5‑23. When using a compact spare When the engine is started and tire on an AWD vehicle, the the vehicle begins to drive away, If driving safely on a wet road system automatically detects ABS checks itself. A momentary and it becomes necessary to the compact spare and disables motor or clicking noise might be slam on the brakes and continue AWD. To restore AWD operation heard while this test is going on, braking to avoid a sudden obstacle, and prevent excessive wear on and it might even be noticed that a computer senses that the wheels the system, replace the compact the brake pedal moves a little. are slowing down. If one of the spare with a full-size tire as soon as This is normal. wheels is about to stop rolling, the possible. See Compact Spare Tire computer will separately work the on page 10‑96 for more information. brakes at each wheel. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (31,1)

Driving and Operating 9-31

ABS can change the brake pressure Using ABS Parking Brake to each wheel, as required, faster Do not pump the brakes. Just hold than any driver could. This can help the brake pedal down firmly and let the driver steer around the obstacle ABS work. You might hear the ABS while braking hard. pump or motor operating and feel As the brakes are applied, the the brake pedal pulsate, but this is computer keeps receiving updates normal. on wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly. Braking in Emergencies Remember: ABS does not change ABS allows the driver to steer and the time needed to get a foot up to brake at the same time. In many the brake pedal or always decrease emergencies, steering can help stopping distance. If you get too more than even the very best close to the vehicle in front of you, braking. there will not be enough time to The vehicle has an Electric Parking apply the brakes if that vehicle Brake (EPB). The switch for the suddenly slows or stops. Always EPB is in the center console. leave enough room up ahead to The EPB can always be activated, stop, even with ABS. even if the ignition is off. To avoid draining the battery, do not cycle the EPB too often without the engine running. The EPB can be left applied while the vehicle is parked. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (32,1)

9-32 Driving and Operating

The system has a parking brake you need to have the vehicle If this light flashes continuously, status light and a parking brake serviced. Do not drive the vehicle release the EPB, and attempt to warning light. See Brake System if the parking brake status light is apply it again. If this light continues Warning Light on page 5‑22. flashing. See your dealer. See to flash, do not drive the vehicle. There are also three Driver Brake System Warning Light on See your dealer. Information Center (DIC) messages. page 5‑22 for more information. If the parking brake warning light is See Driver Information Center (DIC) If the EPB is applied while the on, the EPB has detected an error on page 5‑29 for more information. vehicle is in motion, a chime will in another system and is operating In case of insufficient electrical sound, and the DIC message with reduced functionality. To apply power, the EPB cannot be applied RELEASE PARKING BRAKE the EPB when this light is on, lift up or released. will be displayed. The vehicle on the EPB switch and hold it in the Before leaving the vehicle, check will decelerate as long as the up position. Full application of the the parking brake status light to switch is held in the up position. parking brake by the EPB system ensure the parking brake is applied. Releasing the EPB switch during may take a longer period of time the deceleration will release the than normal when this light is on. EPB Apply parking brake. If the switch is held Continue to hold the switch until the The EPB can be applied any time in the up position until the vehicle parking brake status light remains the vehicle is stopped. The EPB is comes to a stop, the EPB will on. If the parking brake warning light applied by momentarily lifting up on remain applied. is on, see your dealer. the EPB switch. Once fully applied, If the parking brake status light If the EPB fails to apply, the rear the parking brake status light will be flashes continuously, the EPB is wheels should be blocked to on. While the brake is being applied, only partially applied or released, prevent vehicle movement. the status light will flash until full or there is a problem with the EPB. apply is reached. If the light does The DIC message SERVICE not come on, or remains flashing, PARKING BRAKE will be displayed. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (33,1)

Driving and Operating 9-33

EPB Release Notice: Driving with the parking Brake Assist brake on can overheat the brake To release the EPB, place the system and cause premature This vehicle has a brake assist ignition in the ON/RUN position, wear or damage to brake system feature designed to assist the apply and hold the brake pedal, parts. Make sure that the parking driver in stopping or decreasing and push down momentarily on brake is fully released and the vehicle speed in emergency driving the EPB switch. If you attempt to brake warning light is off before conditions. This feature uses the release the EPB without the brake driving. stability system hydraulic brake pedal applied, a chime will sound, control module to supplement and the DIC message STEP ON Automatic EPB Release the power brake system under BRAKE TO RELEASE PARK conditions where the driver has BRAKE will be displayed. The EPB The EPB will automatically release if the vehicle is running, quickly and forcefully applied the is released when the parking brake brake pedal in an attempt to quickly status light is off. placed into gear, and an attempt is made to drive away. Avoid rapid stop or slow down the vehicle. If the parking brake warning light acceleration when the EPB is The stability system hydraulic brake is on, the EPB has detected an applied, to preserve parking control module increases brake error in another system and is brake lining life. pressure at each corner of the operating with reduced functionality. vehicle until the ABS activates. To release the EPB when this light If you are towing a trailer and Minor brake pedal pulsation or is on, push down on the EPB switch parking on a hill, see Driving pedal movement during this time and hold it in the down position. Characteristics and Towing Tips on is normal and the driver should EPB release may take a longer page 9‑54 for more information. continue to apply the brake pedal period of time than normal when as the driving situation dictates. this light is on. Continue to hold the The brake assist feature will switch until the parking brake status automatically disengage when light is off. If the light is on, see your the brake pedal is released or dealer. brake pedal pressure is quickly decreased. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (34,1)

9-34 Driving and Operating

Hill Start Assist (HSA) Ride Control Systems TCS is on whenever the vehicle is started. To limit wheel spin, This vehicle has a Hill Start especially in slippery road Assist (HSA) feature, which Traction Control conditions, the system should may be useful when the vehicle is System (TCS) always be left on. But, TCS stopped on a grade. This feature can be turned off if needed. is designed to prevent the vehicle The vehicle has a Traction Control from rolling, either forward or System (TCS) that limits wheel spin. rearward, during vehicle drive off. On a front-wheel-drive vehicle, the After the driver completely stops system operates if it senses that and holds the vehicle in a complete one or both of the front wheels standstill on a grade, HSA will be are spinning or beginning to lose automatically activated. During the traction. On an All-Wheel-Drive transition period between when the (AWD) vehicle, the system will d driver releases the brake pedal and operate if it senses that any of the flashes to indicate that the starts to accelerate to drive off on wheels are spinning or beginning to traction control system is active. a grade, HSA holds the braking lose traction. When this happens, If there is a problem detected pressure to ensure that there is no the system brakes the spinning with TCS, SERVICE TRACTION rolling. The brakes will automatically wheel(s) and/or reduces engine CONTROL and SERVICE release when the accelerator pedal power to limit wheel spin. STABILITRAK may be displayed on is applied within the two‐second The system may be heard or felt the Driver Information Center (DIC) window. It will not activate if the while it is working, but this is and d will be on. See Ride Control vehicle is in a drive gear and facing normal. System Messages on page 5‑39. downhill or if the vehicle is facing When this message is displayed uphill and in R (Reverse). and d comes on and stays on, the vehicle is safe to drive but the system is not operational. Driving should be adjusted accordingly. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (35,1)

Driving and Operating 9-35

Notice: Do not repeatedly brake When TCS is turned off on AWD or accelerate heavily when TCS is vehicles, the system may still make off. The vehicle's driveline could noise. This is normal and necessary be damaged. with AWD hardware. If d comes on and stays on, reset It may be necessary to turn the the system by: system off if the vehicle ever gets The TCS off light comes on and stuck in sand, mud, or snow and 1. Stopping the vehicle. TRACTION CONTROL OFF is rocking the vehicle is required. 2. Turning the engine off and displayed on the Driver Information See If the Vehicle is Stuck on waiting 15 seconds. Center (DIC) to indicate that the page 9‑11 for more information. traction control system has been See also Winter Driving on page 9‑9 3. Starting the engine. turned off. See Ride Control System for information on using TCS when If d still comes on and stays on at a Messages on page 5‑39. driving in snowy or icy conditions. speed above 20 km/h (13 mph), see TCS can be turned off by pressing If cruise control is being used when your dealer for service. and releasing g. When TCS is TCS activates, cruise control will A chime may also sound when the turned off, i comes on and automatically disengage. Press the cruise control button to re engage light comes on steady. the system will not limit wheel ‐ when road conditions allow. See spin. Driving should be adjusted The g is located on the console. Cruise Control on page 9‑38. accordingly. Press and release g again to turn the system back on. Adding non‐GM accessories can affect the vehicle's performance. See Accessories and Modifications on page 10‑3 for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (36,1)

9-36 Driving and Operating

StabiliTrak® System If there is a problem detected with StabiliTrak, SERVICE The vehicle has a vehicle stability STABILITRAK is displayed on enhancement system called the Driver Information Center (DIC) StabiliTrak. It is an advanced and d will stay on. See Vehicle computer controlled system that assists with directional control of the Messages on page 5‑34. When vehicle in difficult driving conditions. When the stability control system this message is displayed and/or d activates, the Traction Control comes on and stays on, the vehicle StabiliTrak activates when the System (TCS)/StabiliTrak light is safe to drive but the system is computer senses a difference will flash on the instrument panel. not operational. Driving should be between the intended path and This also occurs when traction adjusted accordingly. See Ride the direction the vehicle is actually control is activated. A noise may Control System Messages on traveling. StabiliTrak selectively be heard or vibration may be felt page 5‑39. applies braking pressure to the in the brake pedal. This is normal. vehicle's brakes to help steer the Continue to steer the vehicle in If d comes on and stays on, reset vehicle in the intended direction. the intended direction. the system by: StabiliTrak is on automatically 1. Stopping the vehicle. whenever the vehicle is started. To assist with directional control 2. Turning the engine off and of the vehicle, the system should waiting 15 seconds. always be left on. 3. Starting the engine. If d still comes on and stays on at a speed above 20 km/h (13 mph), see your dealer for service. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (37,1)

Driving and Operating 9-37

Limited-Slip Rear Axle To switch from TOUR to SPORT mode, move the shift lever to the Vehicles with a limited-slip rear left while the transmission is in axle can give more traction on D (Drive). snow, mud, ice, sand, or gravel. When traction is low, this feature TOUR: Use for normal city and allows the drive wheel with the highway driving. This setting g is located on the console. most traction to move the vehicle. provides a smooth, soft ride. Both StabiliTrak and Traction The limited-slip rear axle also gives SPORT: Use where road Control can be turned off if needed the driver enhanced control when conditions or personal preference by pressing and holding g until g cornering hard or completing a demand more control. This setting maneuver, such as a lane change. and i come on the instrument provides more “feel,” or response to road conditions through increased panel. When StabiliTrak is turned steering effort and suspension off, the system will not assist with Selective Ride Control control. Transmission shift points directional control of the vehicle or The vehicle may have a ride and shift firmness are also limit wheel spin. Driving should be control system called Selective enhanced. See Manual Mode on adjusted accordingly. Press and Ride Control. The setting can be page 9 28 under Automatic changed at any time. Based on ‑ release g again to turn the system Transmission. back on. road conditions, steering wheel angle, and the vehicle speed, the If there is a problem detected with If cruise control is being used when system automatically adjusts to Selective Ride Control, SERVICE StabiliTrak activates, the cruise provide the best handling while SUSPENSION SYSTEM displays control will automatically disengage. providing a smooth ride. The Tour on the Driver Information Center Press the cruise control button to and Sport modes will feel similar (DIC). See Ride Control System re‐engage when road conditions on a smooth road. Messages on page 5‑39. Driving allow. See Cruise Control on should be adjusted accordingly. page 9‑38 for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (38,1)

9-38 Driving and Operating

Cruise Control If the vehicle has the StabiliTrak® + RES (Resume/Accelerate): system and begins to limit wheel Press briefly to make the vehicle spin while using cruise control, resume to a previously set speed { WARNING the cruise control automatically or press and hold to accelerate. disengages. See StabiliTrak® Cruise control can be dangerous −SET (Set/Coast): Press to set the System on page 9‑36 or where you cannot drive safely at speed and activate cruise control or Traction Control System (TCS) on make the vehicle decelerate. a steady speed. So, do not use page 9‑34. When road conditions the cruise control on winding allow the cruise control to be safely [ (Cancel): Press to disengage roads or in heavy traffic. used, you can apply the cruise cruise control without erasing the Cruise control can be dangerous control again. set speed from memory. on slippery roads. On such roads, Setting Cruise Control fast changes in tire traction can If the cruise button is on when not in cause excessive wheel slip, and use, it could get bumped and go into you could lose control. Do not use cruise when not desired. Keep the cruise control on slippery roads. cruise control switch off when cruise is not being used. With cruise control, a speed of about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can be maintained without keeping your foot on the accelerator. Cruise control does not work at speeds below about 40 km/h (25 mph). Cruise Control If the brakes are applied, the cruise control shuts off. T (On/Off): Press to turn the system on and off. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (39,1)

Driving and Operating 9-39

The cruise control light on the Increasing Speed While Cruise . To slow down in small amounts, instrument panel cluster comes on Control is at a Set Speed press the −SET button on the steering wheel briefly. Each time after the cruise control has been If the cruise control system is set to the desired speed. this is done, the vehicle goes already activated, about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower. 1. Press T. . Press and hold the +RES button Passing Another Vehicle While on the steering wheel until the 2. Get up to the desired speed. Using Cruise Control desired speed is reached, then 3. Press and release the −SET release it. Use the accelerator pedal to button located on the steering increase the vehicle speed. . To increase vehicle speed in wheel. When you take your foot off the small amounts, press the +RES pedal, the vehicle will slow down 4. Take your foot off the button. Each time this is done, to the previous set cruise speed. accelerator. the vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h Resuming a Set Speed (1 mph) faster. Using Cruise Control on Hills If the cruise control is set at a Reducing Speed While Cruise How well the cruise control will desired speed and then the brakes Control is at a Set Speed work on hills depends upon the vehicle speed, load, and the are applied, the cruise control is If the cruise control system is steepness of the hills. When going disengaged without erasing the already activated, set speed from memory. up steep hills, you might have to . Press and hold the −SET button step on the accelerator pedal to Once the vehicle speed reaches on the steering wheel until the maintain the vehicle speed. When about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, desired lower speed is reached, going downhill, you might have to press the +RES button on the then release it. brake or shift to a lower gear to steering wheel. The vehicle returns keep the vehicle speed down. If the to the previous set speed and stays brake is applied the cruise control there. disengages. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (40,1)

9-40 Driving and Operating

Ending Cruise Control Object Detection { WARNING There are three ways to end cruise Systems control: The Ultrasonic Front and Rear . Step lightly on the brake pedal. Ultrasonic Parking Assist Parking Assist (UFRPA) system does not replace driver vision. . Press the [ button on the For vehicles with the Ultrasonic It cannot detect: steering wheel. Front and Rear Parking Assist . Objects that are below the (UFRPA) system, it assists the . Press the button on the bumper, underneath the T driver with parking and avoiding vehicle, or if they are too steering wheel. objects. UFRPA operates at speeds close or far from the vehicle. Erasing Speed Memory less than 8 km/h (5 mph), and the sensors on the front and rear . Children, pedestrians, The cruise control set speed is bumper detect objects up to 1.2 m bicyclists, or pets. erased from memory by pressing (4 ft) in front of the vehicle and 2.5 m the T button or if the ignition is If you do not use proper care (8 ft) behind the vehicle, and at least before moving forward and while turned off. 25.4 cm (10 in) off the ground. backing; vehicle damage, injury, or death could occur. Even with UFRPA, always check in front of the vehicle before moving forward and behind the vehicle before backing up. While moving forward and backing, be sure to look for objects and check the vehicle mirrors. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (41,1)

Driving and Operating 9-41

How the System Works High-toned beeps heard from Front Display the front speakers are for objects When the vehicle is shifted into detected near the front bumper. R (Reverse) the front and rear Low-toned beeps heard from the sensors are automatically turned rear speakers are for objects on. After the vehicle is shifted out detected near the rear bumper. of R (Reverse), the rear sensors are turned off and the front sensors When an object is detected, high or stay on until the vehicle is above a low‐tone beeps are heard. As the certain speed. The front sensors vehicle gets closer to an object, the The front display is located in the instrument panel in the center of may also be turned on by pressing time between the beeps becomes the park assist button located next shorter. When the distance is less the speedometer and has four bars to the shift lever without shifting than 30 cm (11.8 in), beeping is to provide distance and system information. into R (Reverse) while the vehicle continuous. The distance may is traveling at a low speed. See be less during warmer or humid “Turning the System On and Off” weather. later in this section. PARK ASSIST OFF displays on When the vehicle is in N (Neutral), the Driver Information Center (DIC) the system may be active. If the to indicate that UFRPA is off. vehicle is in a car wash, the sensors The message disappears after may detect objects in the car wash. a short period of time. See “Turning the System On and Off” later in this section to turn the system off. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (42,1)

9-42 Driving and Operating

The following describes how the UFRPA front display lights appear as the . A trailer was attached to vehicle gets closer to a detected object: the vehicle, or an object was hanging out of the liftgate during Description Metric English the last drive cycle. Once the one amber bar 1.2 m 4 ft attached object is removed, UFRPA will return to normal two amber bars 1.0 m 40 in operation. three amber bars 0.6 m 23 in . An object is attached to the front three amber bars and one red bar 0.3 m 1 ft of the vehicle. . A tow bar is attached to the vehicle. Turning the System On and Off When the System Does Not . The vehicle's bumper is The UFRPA system can be turned Seem to Work Properly damaged. Take the vehicle to on and off by pressing the park If UFRPA does not turn on due to a your dealer to repair the system. assist button located next to the temporary condition, the message . Other conditions may affect shift lever. PARK ASSIST OFF displays on the system performance, such as DIC, and the light on the park assist vibrations from a jackhammer or button turns off. This can occur the compression of air brakes on under the following conditions: a very large truck. . The ultrasonic sensors are not clean. Keep the vehicle's bumpers free of mud, dirt, snow, ice and slush. For cleaning The park assist button lights up instructions, see Exterior Care when the system is on and turns on page 10‑105. off when it has been disabled. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (43,1)

Driving and Operating 9-43

Rear Vision Vehicles Without a Navigation WARNING (Continued) Camera (RVC) System The vehicle may have a Rear Vision Do not back the vehicle by only When the vehicle is on and the Camera (RVC) system. Read this looking at the RVC screen, or use driver shifts into R (Reverse), the entire section before using it. the screen during longer, higher video image automatically appears speed backing maneuvers or on the inside rearview mirror. Once The RVC system can assist where there could be cross-traffic. the driver shifts out of R (Reverse), the driver when backing up by Your judged distances using the the video image automatically displaying a view of the area screen will differ from actual disappears from the inside rearview behind the vehicle. distances. mirror. Turning the Rear Vision Camera { WARNING If you do not use proper care before backing up, you could System Off or On The Rear Vision Camera (RVC) hit a vehicle, child, pedestrian, To turn off the RVC system, system does not replace driver bicyclist, or pet, resulting in press and hold z, located on the vision. RVC does not: vehicle damage, injury, or death. inside rearview mirror, until the left . Detect objects that are Even though the vehicle has indicator light turns off. The RVC outside the camera's field the RVC system, always check display is now disabled. carefully before backing up by of view, below the bumper, To turn the RVC system on again, or underneath the vehicle. checking behind and around the vehicle. press and hold z until the left . Detect children, pedestrians, indicator light illuminates. The RVC bicyclists, or pets. system display is now enabled and (Continued) the display will appear in the mirror normally. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (44,1)

9-44 Driving and Operating

Vehicles With a Navigation Turning the Rear Vision Camera Symbols System System On or Off The navigation system may An image appears on the navigation To turn the rear vision camera have a feature that lets the driver screen with the message “Check system on or off: view symbols on the navigation Surroundings for Safety” when the 1. Shift into P (Park). screen while using the rear vision vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). camera. The Ultrasonic Front and The navigation screen goes to the 2. Press the CONFIG button. Rear Parking Assist (UFRPA) previous screen after approximately 3. Select Display. system must not be disabled to 10 seconds once the vehicle is use the caution symbols. The error shifted out of R (Reverse). message “Rear Parking Assist Symbols Unavailable” may display To cancel the delay, do one of the if UFRPA has been disabled and following: the symbols have been turned on. . Press a hard key on the See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on navigation system. page 9‑40. . Shift into P (Park). The symbols appear and may cover an object when viewing the . Reach a vehicle speed of navigation screen when an object 8 km/h (5 mph). is detected by the UFRPA system.

4. Select Camera. When a checkmark appears next to the Camera option, the RVC system is on. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (45,1)

Driving and Operating 9-45

To turn the symbols on or off: To turn the guidelines on or off: Rear Vision Camera Location 1. Shift into P (Park). 1. Shift into P (Park). 2. Press the CONFIG button. 2. Press the CONFIG button. 3. Select Display. 3. Select Display. 4. Select Symbols. When a 4. Select Guidelines. When a checkmark appears next to checkmark appears next to the the Symbols option, symbols Guidelines option, guidelines will appear. will appear. Guidelines Rear Vision Camera Error The RVC system has a guideline Messages overlay that can help the driver align SERVICE REAR VISION CAMERA the vehicle when backing into a SYSTEM: This message can parking spot. display when the system is not The camera is located above the receiving information it requires license plate. from other vehicle systems. The area displayed by the camera is If any other problem occurs or if a limited. problem persists, see your dealer. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (46,1)

9-46 Driving and Operating

It does not display objects that are When the System Does Not close to either corner or under the Seem to Work Properly bumper and can vary depending on vehicle orientation or road The rear vision camera system may conditions. The distance of the not work properly or display a clear image that appears on the screen image if: is different from the actual distance. . The RVC is turned off. The following illustration shows See “Turning the Rear Vision the field of view that the camera Camera System On or Off” provides. earlier in this section. . It is dark. . The sun or the beam of headlamps is shining directly into the camera lens. . Ice, snow, mud, or anything else builds up on the camera lens. Clean the lens, rinse it with water, and wipe it with a soft cloth. . The back of the vehicle is in an accident. The position and mounting angle of the camera can change or the camera can A. View displayed by the camera. be affected. Be sure to have the camera and its position and B. Corner of the rear bumper. mounting angle checked at your dealer. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (47,1)

Driving and Operating 9-47

Fuel The VIN is at the top left of the instrument panel. See Vehicle Use of the recommended fuel Identification Number (VIN) on is an important part of the proper page 12‑1. maintenance of this vehicle. To help Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge keep the engine clean and maintain and a yellow fuel cap can use either optimum vehicle performance, unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel we recommend the use of gasoline containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). advertised as TOP TIER Detergent See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on Gasoline. page 9‑50. For all other vehicles, Look for the TOP TIER label on the use only the unleaded gasoline fuel pump to ensure gasoline meets described under Recommended enhanced detergency standards The eighth digit of the Vehicle Fuel on page 9‑48. developed by auto companies. A list Identification Number (VIN) shows of marketers providing TOP TIER the code letter or number that Detergent Gasoline can be found identifies the vehicle's engine. at www.toptiergas.com. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (48,1)

9-48 Driving and Operating

Recommended Fuel If the vehicle has the 2.8L V6 engine Gasoline Specifications (VIN Code 6), use premium If the vehicle has the 3.0L V6 engine unleaded gasoline with a posted (U.S. and Canada Only) (VIN Code Y), use regular unleaded octane rating of 91 or higher. At a minimum, gasoline should gasoline with a posted octane For best performance, use meet ASTM specification rating of 87 or higher. If the octane premium unleaded gasoline with a D 4814 in the United States or rating is less than 87, an audible posted octane rating of 93. In an CAN/CGSB‐3.5 or 3.511 in Canada. knocking noise, commonly referred emergency, you can use regular Some gasolines contain an to as spark knock, might be heard unleaded gasoline with an octane octane-enhancing additive called when driving. If this occurs, use rating of 87 or higher. If 87 octane methylcyclopentadienyl manganese a gasoline rated at 87 octane fuel is used, do not perform any tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend or higher as soon as possible. aggressive driving maneuvers such against the use of gasolines If heavy knocking is heard when as wide open throttle applications. containing MMT. See Fuel Additives using gasoline rated at 87 octane You might also hear audible spark on page 9‑49 for additional or higher, the engine needs service. knock during acceleration. Refill information. the tank with premium fuel as soon as possible to avoid damaging the engine. If heavy knocking is heard when using gasoline rated at 91octane or higher, the engine needs service. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (49,1)

Driving and Operating 9-49

California Fuel Fuels in Foreign However, some gasolines contain only the minimum amount of Requirements Countries additive required to meet U.S. If the vehicle is certified to meet Never use leaded gasoline or any Environmental Protection Agency California Emissions Standards, other fuel not recommended in the regulations. To help keep fuel it is designed to operate on fuels previous text on fuel. Costly repairs injectors and intake valves clean that meet California specifications. caused by use of improper fuel and avoid problems due to dirty See the underhood emission control would not be covered by the vehicle injectors or valves, look for gasoline label. If this fuel is not available in warranty. that is advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline. Look for the states adopting California Emissions To check the fuel availability, ask TOP TIER label on the fuel pump Standards, the vehicle will operate an auto club, or contact a major oil to ensure gasoline meets enhanced satisfactorily on fuels meeting company that does business in the detergency standards developed federal specifications, but emission country where you will be driving. control system performance might by the auto companies. A list of be affected. The malfunction marketers providing TOP TIER indicator lamp could turn on and the Fuel Additives Detergent Gasoline can be found vehicle might fail a smog‐check test. To provide cleaner air, all gasolines at www.toptiergas.com. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on in the United States are now page 5‑19. If this occurs, return to required to contain additives that your authorized dealer for diagnosis. help prevent engine and fuel system If it is determined that the condition deposits from forming, allowing the is caused by the type of fuel used, emission control system to work repairs might not be covered by the properly. In most cases, nothing vehicle warranty. should have to be added to the fuel. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (50,1)

9-50 Driving and Operating

For customers who do not use Notice: This vehicle was not Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline designed for fuel that contains regularly, one bottle of GM Fuel methanol. Do not use fuel Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge System Treatment PLUS, added containing methanol. It can and a yellow fuel cap can use either to the fuel tank at every engine oil corrode metal parts in the fuel unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel change, can help clean deposits system and also damage plastic containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). from fuel injectors and intake and rubber parts. That damage For all other vehicles, use only the valves. GM Fuel System Treatment would not be covered under the unleaded gasoline described under PLUS is the only gasoline additive vehicle warranty. Recommended Fuel on page 9‑48. recommended by General Motors. Some gasolines that are We encourage the use of E85 in It is available at your dealer. not reformulated for low vehicles that are designed to use it. Gasolines containing oxygenates, emissions can contain an The ethanol in E85 is a “renewable” such as ethers and ethanol, octane-enhancing additive called fuel, meaning it is made from and reformulated gasolines methylcyclopentadienyl manganese renewable sources such as corn might be available in your area. tricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendant and other crops. We recommend that you use these where you buy gasoline whether the Many service stations will not have gasolines, if they comply with the fuel contains MMT. We recommend an 85% ethanol fuel (E85) pump specifications described earlier. against the use of such gasolines. available. The U.S. Department of However, E85 (85% ethanol) and Fuels containing MMT can reduce Energy has an alternative fuels other fuels containing more than spark plug life and affect emission website (www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/ 10% ethanol must not be used in control system performance. The locator/stations/) that can help you vehicles that were not designed malfunction indicator lamp might find E85 fuel. Those stations that for those fuels. turn on. If this occurs, return to do have E85 should have a label your dealer for service. indicating ethanol content. Do not use the fuel if the ethanol content is greater than 85%. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (51,1)

Driving and Operating 9-51

At a minimum, E85 should meet and heater efficiency below 0°C Notice: Some additives are not ASTM Specification D 5798. (32°F), the fuel mix in the fuel tank compatible with E85 fuel and can By definition, this means that fuel should contain no more than 70% harm the vehicle's fuel system. labeled E85 will have an ethanol ethanol. It is best not to alternate Do not add anything to E85. content between 70% and 85%. repeatedly between gasoline and Damage caused by additives Filling the fuel tank with fuel E85. If you do switch fuels, it is would not be covered by the mixtures that do not meet ASTM recommended that you add as vehicle warranty. specifications can affect driveability much fuel as possible — do not Notice: This vehicle was not and could cause the malfunction add less than 11 L (3 gal) when designed for fuel that contains indicator lamp to come on. refueling. You should drive the methanol. Do not use fuel To ensure quick starts in the vehicle immediately after refueling containing methanol. It can wintertime, the E85 fuel must be for at least 11 km (7 mi) to allow corrode metal parts in the fuel formulated properly for your climate the vehicle to adapt to the change system and also damage plastic according to ASTM specification in ethanol concentration. and rubber parts. That damage D 5798. If you have trouble starting E85 has less energy per liter would not be covered under the on E85, it could be because the (gallon) than gasoline, so you will vehicle warranty. E85 fuel is not properly formulated need to refill the fuel tank more for your climate. If this happens, often when using E85 than when switching to gasoline or adding you are using gasoline. See Filling gasoline to the fuel tank can the Tank on page 9‑52. improve starting. For good starting Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (52,1)

9-52 Driving and Operating

Filling the Tank Lamp could turn on. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 5 19. { WARNING ‑

Fuel vapor burns violently and a { WARNING fuel fire can cause bad injuries. To help avoid injuries to you and Fuel can spray out on you if you others, read and follow all the open the fuel cap too quickly. instructions on the fuel pump If you spill fuel and then island. Turn off the engine when something ignites it, you could refueling. Do not smoke near be badly burned. This spray can fuel or when refueling the vehicle. happen if the tank is nearly full, Do not use cellular phones. Keep The tethered fuel cap is located and is more likely in hot weather. sparks, flames, and smoking behind a hinged fuel door on the Open the fuel cap slowly and wait materials away from fuel. Do not passenger side of the vehicle. for any hiss noise to stop. Then unscrew the cap all the way. leave the fuel pump unattended To open the fuel door, push the when refueling the vehicle. This rearward center edge in and release is against the law in some places. and it will open. Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not Do not re-enter the vehicle while To remove the fuel cap, turn it top off or overfill the tank and wait pumping fuel. Keep children away slowly counterclockwise. a few seconds after you have from the fuel pump; never let finished pumping before removing children pump fuel. While refueling, hang the tethered the nozzle. Clean fuel from painted fuel cap from the hook on the surfaces as soon as possible. fuel door. See Exterior Care on page 10‑105. When reinstalling the cap, turn When replacing the fuel cap, turn it clockwise until it clicks once, it clockwise until it clicks once. otherwise the Malfunction Indicator Make sure the cap is fully installed. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (53,1)

Driving and Operating 9-53

The diagnostic system can Filling a Portable Fuel determine if the fuel cap has been WARNING (Continued) left off or improperly installed. This Container would allow fuel to evaporate into . Bring the fill nozzle in contact the atmosphere. See Malfunction { WARNING with the inside of the fill Indicator Lamp on page 5‑19. opening before operating the Never fill a portable fuel container nozzle. Contact should be { WARNING while it is in the vehicle. Static maintained until the filling is electricity discharge from the complete. container can ignite the fuel If a fire starts while you are . Do not smoke while refueling, do not remove the vapor. You can be badly burned pumping fuel. nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel and the vehicle damaged if this . Do not use a cellular phone by shutting off the pump or by occurs. To help avoid injury to while pumping fuel. notifying the station attendant. you and others: Leave the area immediately. . Dispense fuel only into approved containers. Notice: If a new fuel cap is . Do not fill a container while needed, be sure to get the right it is inside a vehicle, in a type of cap from your dealer. vehicle's trunk, pickup bed, The wrong type of fuel cap might or on any surface other than not fit properly, might cause the the ground. malfunction indicator lamp to (Continued) light, and could damage the fuel tank and emissions system. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 5‑19. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (54,1)

9-54 Driving and Operating

. For maximum vehicle and trailer Driving Characteristics Towing weights, see Trailer Towing. “ ” and Towing Tips General Towing . For information on equipment to tow a trailer, see “Towing Information Equipment.” { WARNING Only use towing equipment that For information on towing a disabled The driver can lose control when has been designed for the vehicle. vehicle, see Towing the Vehicle on pulling a trailer if the correct Contact your dealer or trailering page 10‑101. For information on equipment is not used or the dealer for assistance with preparing towing the vehicle behind another vehicle is not driven properly. the vehicle for towing a trailer. vehicle such as a motor home, see For example, if the trailer is too See the following trailer towing Recreational Vehicle Towing on heavy, the brakes may not work page 10 101. information in this section: ‑ well — or even at all. The driver . For information on driving and passengers could be while towing a trailer, see seriously injured. The vehicle may “Driving Characteristics and also be damaged; the resulting Towing Tips.” repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer only if all the steps in this section have been followed. Ask your dealer for advice and information about towing a trailer with the vehicle. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (55,1)

Driving and Operating 9-55

The vehicle can tow a trailer when Pulling a Trailer . The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). equipped with the proper trailer Use a lower gear if the Here are some important points: towing equipment. For trailering transmission shifts too often. capacity, see Trailer Towing on . There are many laws, including . Do not use the Fuel Economy page 9‑58. Trailering changes speed limit restrictions that apply Mode when towing. handling, acceleration, braking, to trailering. Check for legal . durability and fuel economy. requirements. Obey speed limit restrictions. Do not drive faster than the With the added weight, the engine, . Do not tow a trailer at all during transmission, wheel assemblies and maximum posted speed for the first 1 600 km (1,000 miles) trailers, or no more than 90 km/h tires are forced to work harder and the new vehicle is driven. under greater loads. The trailer also (55 mph), to reduce wear on the The engine, axle or other vehicle. adds wind resistance, increasing parts could be damaged. the pulling requirements. For safe trailering, correctly use the proper . During the first 800 km trailering equipment. (500 miles) that a trailer is towed, do not drive over 80 km/h The following information has (50 mph) and do not make starts important trailering tips and rules at full throttle. This reduces wear for your safety and that of your on the vehicle. passengers. Read this section carefully before pulling a trailer. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (56,1)

9-56 Driving and Operating

Driving with a Trailer Towing with a Stability Control Backing Up Towing a trailer requires experience. System Hold the bottom of the steering Get familiar with handling and When towing, the sound of the wheel with one hand. To move the braking with the added trailer stability control system might be trailer to the left, move that hand weight. The vehicle is now longer heard. The system is reacting to to the left. To move the trailer to and not as responsive as the the vehicle movement caused by the right, move your hand to the vehicle is by itself. the trailer, which mainly occurs right. Always back up slowly and, Check all trailer hitch parts during cornering. This is normal if possible, have someone and attachments, safety chains, when towing heavier trailers. guide you. electrical connectors, lamps, tires Following Distance Making Turns and mirror adjustments. If the trailer has electric brakes, start the vehicle Stay at least twice as far behind the Notice: Making very sharp turns and trailer moving and then apply vehicle ahead as you would when while trailering could cause the the trailer brake controller by hand driving the vehicle without a trailer. trailer to come in contact with to be sure the brakes are working. This can help to avoid situations the vehicle. The vehicle could that require heavy braking and be damaged. Avoid making very During the trip, check regularly to be sudden turns. sharp turns while trailering. sure that the load is secure, and the lamps and trailer brakes are working Passing When turning with a trailer, make properly. wider turns than normal so the More passing distance is needed trailer will not strike soft shoulders, when towing a trailer. Because the curbs, road signs, trees or other rig is longer, it is necessary to go objects. Use the turn signal well in farther beyond the passed vehicle advance and avoid jerky or sudden before returning to the lane. maneuvers. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (57,1)

Driving and Operating 9-57

Turn Signals When Towing a The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). Parking on Hills Trailer Use a lower gear if the transmission shifts too often. The turn signal indicators on the { WARNING instrument panel flash whenever When towing at high altitude on signaling a turn or lane change. steep uphill grades, engine coolant Parking the vehicle on a hill Properly hooked up, the trailer boils at a lower temperature than with the trailer attached can be lamps also flash, telling other at normal altitudes. If the engine is dangerous. If something goes drivers the vehicle is turning, turned off immediately after towing wrong, the rig could start to move. changing lanes or stopping. at high altitude on steep uphill People can be injured, and both grades, the vehicle could show the vehicle and the trailer can be When towing a trailer, the arrows on signs similar to engine overheating. damaged. When possible, always the instrument panel flash for turns To avoid this, let the engine run park the rig on a flat surface. even if the bulbs on the trailer are while parked, preferably on level burned out. Check occasionally to ground, with the transmission in be sure the trailer bulbs are still P (Park) for a few minutes before If parking the rig on a hill: working. turning the engine off. If the 1. Press the brake pedal, but do Driving on Grades overheat warning comes on, see not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn Engine Overheating on page 10‑24. the wheels into the curb if facing Reduce speed and shift to a downhill or into traffic if facing lower gear before starting down uphill. a long or steep downgrade. If the transmission is not shifted down, 2. Have someone place chocks the brakes might have to be used under the trailer wheels. so much that they would get hot 3. When the wheel chocks are in and no longer work well. place, release the brake pedal until the chocks absorb the load. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (58,1)

9-58 Driving and Operating

4. Reapply the brake pedal. transmission fluid, engine oil, axle Weight of the Trailer Then apply the parking brake lubricant, belts, cooling system and How heavy can a trailer safely be? and shift into P (Park). brake system. Inspect these before It depends on how the rig is used. 5. Release the brake pedal. and during the trip. For example, speed, altitude, road Check periodically to see that all grades, outside temperature and Leaving After Parking on a Hill hitch nuts and bolts are tight. how much the vehicle is used to 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal pull a trailer are all important. It can while you: Engine Cooling When Trailer Towing depend on any special equipment . Start the engine. on the vehicle, and the amount of The cooling system may temporarily tongue weight the vehicle can carry. . Shift into a gear. overheat during severe operating See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” . Release the parking brake. conditions. See Engine Overheating later in this section for more on page 10‑24. 2. Let up on the brake pedal. information. 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is Trailer Towing Maximum trailer weight is calculated clear of the chocks. assuming only the driver is in Before pulling a trailer, there are the tow vehicle and it has all the 4. Stop and have someone pick up three important considerations that required trailering equipment. and store the chocks. have to do with weight: The weight of additional optional Maintenance When Trailer . The weight of the trailer equipment, passengers and cargo in Towing the tow vehicle must be subtracted . The weight of the trailer tongue from the maximum trailer weight. The vehicle needs service more . The total weight on the vehicle's Use the following chart to determine often when pulling a trailer. See this tires how much the vehicle can weigh, manual's Maintenance Schedule or based upon the vehicle model and index for more information. Things options. that are especially important in trailer operation are automatic Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (59,1)

Driving and Operating 9-59

Maximum Trailer Maximum Tongue Vehicle Weight GCWR* Weight 2.8L Engine, AWD 1 588 kg (3,500 lbs) 3 725 kg (8,212 lbs) 159 kg (350 lbs) 3.0L Engine, FWD without Trailering 1134 kg (2,500 lbs) 3 185 kg (7,022 lbs) 113 kg (250 lbs) Package 3.0L Engine, FWD with Trailering Package 1 588 kg (3,500 lbs) 3 640 kg (8,025 lbs) 159 kg (350 lbs) 3.0L Engine, AWD without Trailering 1134 kg (2,500 lbs) 3 270 kg (7,209 lbs) 159 kg (350 lbs) Package 3.0L Engine, AWD with Trailering Package 1 588 kg (3,500 lbs) 3 725 kg (8,212 lbs) 159 kg (350 lbs) *The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded.

Ask your dealer for trailering Weight of the Trailer Tongue If there are a lot of options, information or advice. equipment, passengers or cargo in The tongue load (A) of any trailer See Customer Assistance Offices the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue is an important weight to measure (U.S. and Canada) on page 13 5 weight the vehicle can carry, which ‑ because it affects the total gross or Customer Assistance Offices will also reduce the trailer weight the weight of the vehicle. The Gross (Mexico) on page 13 6 for more vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer, ‑ Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes information. the tongue load must be added the curb weight of the vehicle, any to the GVW because the vehicle cargo carried in it, and the people will be carrying that weight, too. who will be riding in the vehicle. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (60,1)

9-60 Driving and Operating

See Vehicle Load Limits on After loading the trailer, weigh Total Weight on the Vehicle's page 9‑12 for more information the trailer and then the tongue, Tires about the vehicle's maximum load separately, to see if the weights are capacity. proper. If they are not, adjustments Be sure the vehicle's tires are might be made by moving some inflated to the upper limit for cold items around in the trailer. tires. These numbers can be found on the Certification label or see Trailering may be limited by the Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑12 vehicle's ability to carry tongue for more information. Make sure not weight. Tongue weight cannot cause to go over the GVW limit for the the vehicle to exceed the GVWR vehicle, or the GAWR, including the (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or weight of the trailer tongue. If using the RGAWR (Rear Gross Axle a weight distributing hitch, make Weight Rating). The effect of sure not to go over the rear axle additional weight may reduce the limit before applying the weight trailering capacity more than the distribution spring bars. total of the additional weight. It is important that the vehicle If a weight-carrying hitch or a does not exceed any of its weight-distributing hitch is being ratings — GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, used, the trailer tongue (A) should Maximum Trailer Rating or Tongue weigh 10‐15 percent of the total Weight. The only way to be sure it is loaded trailer weight (B). not exceeding any of these ratings is to weigh the vehicle and trailer. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (61,1)

Driving and Operating 9-61

Towing Equipment Hitch Cover To reinstall the hitch cover: Hitches 1. Hold the cover at a 45 degree angle to the vehicle and push It is important to have the correct the upper tabs in the hitch cover hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large into the slots in the fascia. trucks going by and rough roads are 2. Move the bottom of the cover a few reasons why the right hitch is forward until the lower tabs line needed. up with the lower fascia slots. . The rear bumper on the vehicle 3. Snap the hitch cover into place is not intended for hitches. by pushing the upper corners Do not attach rental hitches or forward. other bumper-type hitches to it. Use only a frame-mounted hitch 4. Turn the fasteners on the lower that does not attach to the tabs 90 degrees clockwise to The vehicle may have a hitch cover. bumper. lock the cover in place. To remove the hitch cover: . Will any holes be made in the 1. Turn the fasteners on Safety Chains body of the vehicle when the the lower tabs 90 degrees trailer hitch is installed? If there Always attach chains between the counterclockwise. are, then be sure to seal the vehicle and the trailer. Cross the holes later when the hitch is 2. Lift the lower edge of the cover safety chains under the tongue of the trailer to help prevent the removed. If the holes are not about 45 degrees. sealed, dirt, water, and deadly tongue from contacting the road if it 3. Pull the cover downward becomes separated from the hitch. carbon monoxide (CO) from to disengage the upper the exhaust can get into the Always leave just enough slack so attachments. the rig can turn. Never allow safety vehicle. See Engine Exhaust on chains to drag on the ground. page 9‑24. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (62,1)

9-62 Driving and Operating

Trailer Brakes Trailer Sway Conversions and A loaded trailer that weighs more Control (TSC) Add-Ons than 450 kg (1,000 lbs) needs to The vehicle has a Trailer Sway have its own brake system that is Control (TSC) feature as part of the adequate for the weight of the Add-On Electrical StabiliTrak system. If TSC detects trailer. Be sure to read and follow Equipment that the trailer is swaying, the the instructions for the trailer brakes vehicle's brakes are automatically Notice: Do not add anything so they are installed, adjusted and applied. electrical to the vehicle unless maintained properly. you check with your dealer first. Because the vehicle has anti-lock Some electrical equipment can brakes, do not tap into the vehicle's damage the vehicle and the brake system. If you do, both brake damage would not be covered systems will not work well, or at all. by the vehicle's warranty. Some add-on electrical equipment can Trailer Wiring Harness keep other components from All of the electrical circuits required When TSC is applying the brakes, working as they should. for the trailer lighting system can be the TCS/StabiliTrak indicator light Add-on equipment can drain the accessed at a connector mounted to flashes to notify the driver to vehicle's 12‐volt battery, even if the the frame, behind the rear bumper reduce speed. See Traction Control vehicle is not operating. cover. System (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light on The vehicle has an airbag system. page 5‑25. If the trailer continues to Before attempting to add anything sway, StabiliTrak will reduce engine electrical to the vehicle, see torque to help slow the vehicle. Servicing the Airbag-Equipped TSC will not function if StabiliTrak is Vehicle on page 3‑43 and Adding turned off. Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 3‑44. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Vehicle Care 10-1

Cooling System ...... 10-19 Bulb Replacement Vehicle Care Engine Coolant ...... 10-20 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-38 Engine Overheating ...... 10-24 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-38 General Information Power Steering Fluid ...... 10-26 High Intensity Discharge Washer Fluid ...... 10-26 (HID) Lighting ...... 10-38 General Information ...... 10-2 Brakes ...... 10-27 Headlamps ...... 10-38 California Proposition Brake Fluid ...... 10-28 Fog Lamps ...... 10-43 65 Warning ...... 10-3 Battery ...... 10-30 Turn Signal Lamps ...... 10-43 California Perchlorate All-Wheel Drive ...... 10-30 Back-Up Lamps ...... 10-45 Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3 Starter Switch Check ...... 10-31 License Plate Lamp ...... 10-46 Accessories and Automatic Transmission Shift Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-47 Modifications ...... 10-3 Lock Control Function Vehicle Checks Check ...... 10-31 Electrical System Doing Your Own Ignition Transmission Lock Electrical System Service Work ...... 10-4 Check ...... 10-32 Overload ...... 10-47 Hood ...... 10-5 Park Brake and P (Park) Fuses and Circuit Engine Compartment Mechanism Check ...... 10-32 Breakers ...... 10-48 Engine Compartment Fuse Overview ...... 10-6 Wiper Blade Block ...... 10-48 Engine Cover ...... 10-10 Replacement ...... 10-33 Instrument Panel Fuse Engine Oil ...... 10-10 Headlamp Aiming Block ...... 10-51 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-14 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-34 Rear Compartment Fuse Automatic Transmission Block ...... 10-53 Fluid ...... 10-16 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-16 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

10-2 Vehicle Care

Wheels and Tires Wheel Alignment and Tire General Information Tires ...... 10-56 Balance ...... 10-78 Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-57 Wheel Replacement ...... 10-78 For service and parts needs, Tire Designations ...... 10-59 Tire Chains ...... 10-79 visit your dealer. You will receive Tire Terminology and If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-79 genuine GM parts and GM-trained Definitions ...... 10-60 Tire Sealant and and supported service people. Tire Pressure ...... 10-63 Compressor Kit ...... 10-81 Genuine GM parts have one of Tire Pressure for High-Speed Storing the Tire Sealant and these marks: Operation ...... 10-65 Compressor Kit ...... 10-89 Tire Pressure Monitor Tire Changing ...... 10-89 System ...... 10-65 Compact Spare Tire ...... 10-96 Tire Pressure Monitor Operation ...... 10-67 Jump Starting Tire Inspection ...... 10-71 Jump Starting ...... 10-96 Tire Rotation ...... 10-71 Towing When It Is Time for New Towing the Vehicle ...... 10-101 Tires ...... 10-72 Recreational Vehicle Buying New Tires ...... 10-73 Towing ...... 10-101 Different Size Tires and Wheels ...... 10-75 Appearance Care Uniform Tire Quality Exterior Care ...... 10-105 Grading ...... 10-76 Interior Care ...... 10-109 Floor Mats ...... 10-112 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Vehicle Care 10-3

California Proposition California Perchlorate Accessories and 65 Warning Materials Requirements Modifications Most motor vehicles, including this Certain types of automotive Adding non‐dealer accessories one, contain and/or emit chemicals applications, such as airbag or making modifications to known to the State of California to initiators, seat belt pretensioners, the vehicle can affect vehicle cause cancer and birth defects or and lithium batteries contained in performance and safety, including other reproductive harm. Engine Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, such things as airbags, braking, exhaust, many parts and systems, may contain perchlorate materials. stability, ride and handling, many fluids, and some component Special handling may be necessary. emissions systems, aerodynamics, wear by-products contain and/or For additional information, see durability, and electronic systems emit these chemicals. www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ like antilock brakes, traction perchlorate. control, and stability control. These accessories or modifications could even cause malfunction or damage not covered by the vehicle warranty. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

10-4 Vehicle Care

Damage to vehicle components Vehicle Checks resulting from modifications or WARNING (Continued) the installation or use of non‐GM certified parts, including control Doing Your Own . Be sure to use the proper module or software modifications, Service Work nuts, bolts, and other is not covered under the terms of fasteners. Metric and English fasteners can be the vehicle warranty and may affect { WARNING remaining warranty coverage for easily confused. If the wrong affected parts. You can be injured and the fasteners are used, parts can later break or fall off. GM Accessories are designed to vehicle could be damaged if you complement and function with other try to do service work on a vehicle You could be hurt. systems on the vehicle. Your GM without knowing enough about it. dealer can accessorize the vehicle . Be sure you have sufficient If doing some of your own service using genuine GM Accessories. knowledge, experience, work, use the proper service When you go to your GM dealer the proper replacement manual. It tells you much more and ask for GM Accessories, you parts, and tools before about how to service the vehicle will know that GM-trained and attempting any vehicle than this manual can. To order the supported service technicians will maintenance task. proper service manual, see Service perform the work using genuine Publications Ordering Information (Continued) GM Accessories. on page 13‑16. Also, see Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 3‑44. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Vehicle Care 10-5

This vehicle has an airbag system. Hood Before attempting to do your own service work, see Servicing the To open the hood: Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 3‑43. Keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work performed. See Maintenance Records on page 11‑10.

2. Move the secondary hood release lever up to release the striker. The lever is located near the middle of the hood. 1. Pull the release handle with the above symbol on it. It is located 3. Lift the hood. below the instrument panel to Before closing the hood, be sure all the left of the steering wheel. the filler caps are on properly. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

10-6 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview

2.8 L V6 Engine Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Vehicle Care 10-7

A. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on G. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and page 10‑16. Pressure Cap. See Engine B. Power Steering Reservoir and Coolant on page 10‑20. Cap. See Power Steering Fluid H. Remote Positive (+) Terminal. on page 10‑26. See Jump Starting on C. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine page 10‑96. Oil on page 10‑10. I. Remote Negative (−) Terminal D. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine (Out of View). See Jump Starting on page 10 96. Oil on page 10‑10. ‑ E. Brake Master Cylinder J. Engine Compartment Fuse Reservoir. See Brakes on Block on page 10‑48. page 10‑27. K. Windshield Washer Fluid F. Battery (Out of View). Reservoir. See Washer Fluid on page 10 26. See Battery on page 10‑30. ‑ Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

10-8 Vehicle Care

3.0 L V6 Engine Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Vehicle Care 10-9

A. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on F. Transmission Fluid Cap J. Remote Positive (+) Terminal. page 10‑16. and Dipstick (Out of View). See Jump Starting on B. Power Steering Reservoir and See Automatic Transmission page 10‑96. Cap (Under Engine Cover). Fluid on page 10‑16. K. Remote Negative (−) Terminal See Power Steering Fluid on G. Brake Master Cylinder (Out of View). See Jump page 10‑26. Reservoir. See Brakes on Starting on page 10‑96. C. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine page 10‑27. L. Engine Compartment Fuse Oil on page 10‑10. H. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and Block on page 10‑48. D. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of Pressure Cap. See Engine M. Windshield Washer Fluid View). See Engine Oil on Coolant on page 10‑20. Reservoir. See Washer Fluid on page 10‑10. I. Battery (Out of View). page 10‑26. See Battery on page 10 30. E. Engine Cover on page 10‑10. ‑ Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

10-10 Vehicle Care

Engine Cover To remove: Engine Oil 1. Remove the oil fill cap (A). To ensure proper engine 2. Remove the engine cover performance and long life, bolt (B). careful attention must be paid to engine oil. Following these simple, 3. Raise the engine cover (C) to but important steps will help protect release from the retainers. your investment: 4. Lift and remove the engine . Always use engine oil approved cover. to the proper specification and 5. Reverse Steps 1 through 4 to of the proper viscosity grade. reinstall engine cover. See “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in this section. . Engine Cover (3.0 L V6) Check the engine oil level regularly and maintain the A. Oil Fill Cap proper oil level. See “Checking B. Engine Cover Bolt Engine Oil” and “When to Add Engine Oil” in this section. C. Engine Cover . Change the engine oil at the appropriate time. See Engine Oil Life System on page 10‑14. . Always dispose of engine oil properly. See “What to Do with Used Oil” in this section. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Vehicle Care 10-11

Checking Engine Oil When to Add Engine Oil See Engine Compartment Overview on page 10 6 for the location of the It is a good idea to check the If the oil is below the cross-hatched ‑ engine oil fill cap. engine oil level at each fuel fill. area at the tip of the dipstick, add In order to get an accurate reading, 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended Add enough oil to put the level the vehicle must be on level ground. oil and then recheck the level. somewhere in the proper operating The engine oil dipstick handle See “Selecting the Right Engine range. Push the dipstick all the way is a yellow loop. See Engine Oil” in this section for an back in when through. Compartment Overview on explanation of what kind of oil to Selecting the Right Engine Oil page 10‑6 for the location use. For engine oil crankcase of the engine oil dipstick. capacity, see Capacities and Selecting the right engine oil 1. If the engine has been running Specifications on page 12‑2. depends on both the proper oil recently, turn off the engine and Notice: Do not add too much specification and viscosity grade: allow several minutes for the oil oil. Oil levels above or below Specification (3.0L V6 Engine) to drain back into the oil pan. the acceptable operating range Checking the oil level too soon shown on the dipstick are harmful Use and ask for engine oils with after engine shutoff will not to the engine. If you find that the dexos™ certification mark. provide an accurate oil level you have an oil level above the Oils meeting the requirements of the vehicle should have the dexos reading. operating range, i.e., the engine has so much oil that the oil level certification mark on the container. 2. Pull out the dipstick and clean This certification mark indicates that it with a paper towel or cloth, gets above the cross-hatched area that shows the proper the oil has been approved to the then push it back in all the way. dexos specification. Remove it again, keeping the tip operating range, the engine down, and check the level. could be damaged. You should drain out the excess oil or limit driving of the vehicle and seek a service professional to remove the excess amount of oil. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

10-12 Vehicle Care

not available at an oil change or Notice: Use only engine oil for maintaining proper oil level, that is approved to the dexos you may use substitute engine oil specification or an equivalent displaying the API Starburst symbol engine oil of the appropriate and of SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade. viscosity grade. Engine Use of oils that do not meet the oils approved to the dexos dexos specification, however, specification will show the This vehicle was filled at the factory may result in reduced performance dexos symbol on the container. with dexos‐approved engine oil. under certain circumstances. Failure to use the recommended Notice: Use only engine oil engine oil or equivalent can Specification (2.8L V6 Engine) that is approved to the dexos result in engine damage not specification or an equivalent Use and ask for engine oils with covered by the vehicle warranty. engine oil of the appropriate the dexos certification mark. Oils If you are unsure whether the viscosity grade. Engine oils meeting the requirements of the oil is approved to the dexos approved to the dexos vehicle should have the dexos specification, ask your service specification will show the certification mark on the container. provider. dexos symbol on the container. This certification mark indicates that Use of Substitute Engine Oils if Failure to use the recommended the oil has been approved to the dexos is unavailable for top-up only: engine oil or equivalent can dexos specification. Engine oil not meeting the dexos result in engine damage not specification or equivalent should covered by the vehicle warranty. not be used for an oil change. In the If you are unsure whether the event that dexos‐approved engine oil is approved to the dexos oil is not available for maintaining specification, ask your service proper oil level, however, you may provider. use substitute engine oil displaying Use of Substitute Engine Oils if the API Starburst symbol and of dexos is unavailable: In the event This vehicle was filled at the factory SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade. that dexos‐approved engine oil is with dexos‐approved engine oil. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Vehicle Care 10-13

Extensive use of oils that do not Cold Temperature Operation: In meet the dexos specification, an area of extreme cold, where however, may result in reduced the temperature falls below performance or engine damage −29°C (−20°F), an SAE 0W-30 under certain circumstances. oil should be used. An oil of this Maintaining the proper oil level is viscosity grade will provide easier very important. However, if you cold starting for the engine at use a substitute oil for any reason, extremely low temperatures. we recommend that you perform a When selecting an oil of the complete oil change back to dexos appropriate viscosity grade, be as soon as possible to protect the sure to always select an oil that engine and maintain the engine's meets the required specification, peak performance. dexos. See “Specification” earlier in this section for more information. Viscosity Grade SAE 5W-30 is the best viscosity grade for the vehicle. Do not use other viscosity oils such as SAE 10W‐30, 10W‐40, or 20W-50. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

10-14 Vehicle Care

Engine Oil Additives/Engine What to Do with Used Oil Engine Oil Life System Oil Flushes Used engine oil contains certain When to Change Engine Oil Do not add anything to the oil. elements that can be unhealthy for The recommended oils with the your skin and could even cause This vehicle has a computer system dexos specification and displaying cancer. Do not let used oil stay on that indicates when to change the the dexos certification mark are all your skin for very long. Clean your engine oil and filter. This is based that is needed for good performance skin and nails with soap and water, on engine revolutions and engine and engine protection. or a good hand cleaner. Wash or temperature, and not on mileage. properly dispose of clothing or rags Based on driving conditions, the Engine oil system flushes are not containing used engine oil. See the mileage at which an oil change is recommended and could cause manufacturer's warnings about the indicated can vary considerably. engine damage not covered by the use and disposal of oil products. For the oil life system to work vehicle warranty. properly, the system must be reset Used oil can be a threat to the every time the oil is changed. environment. If you change your own oil, be sure to drain all the When the system has calculated oil from the filter before disposal. that oil life has been diminished, Never dispose of oil by putting it indicates that an oil change is it in the trash or pouring it on the necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE ground, into sewers, or into streams OIL SOON message comes on. See or bodies of water. Recycle it by Engine Oil Messages on page 5‑37. taking it to a place that collects Change the oil as soon as possible used oil. within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Vehicle Care 10-15

It is possible that, if driving under How to Reset the Engine Oil The oil life system can also be reset the best conditions, the oil life Life System as follows: system might indicate that an oil Reset the system whenever the 1. Turn the ignition on with the change is not necessary for up to a engine off. year. The engine oil and filter must engine oil is changed so that the be changed at least once a year system can calculate the next 2. Fully press and release the and at this time the system must engine oil change. To reset the accelerator pedal three times be reset. Your dealer has trained system: within five seconds. service people who will perform this 1. Using the DIC MENU button and If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL work and reset the system. It is also thumbwheel on the turn signal SOON message is not on, the important to check the oil regularly lever, display REMAINING OIL system is reset. over the course of an oil drain LIFE on the DIC. See Driver interval and keep it at the proper Information Center (DIC) on The system is reset when the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON level. page 5‑29 and Engine Oil message is off. If the system is ever reset Messages on page 5‑37. accidentally, the oil must be 2. Press the SET/CLR button to If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) reset the oil life at 100%. message comes back on when the since the last oil change. vehicle is started, the engine oil life Be careful not to reset the oil Remember to reset the oil life system has not been reset. Repeat life display accidentally at any system whenever the oil is changed. the procedure. time other than after the oil is changed. It cannot be reset accurately until the next oil change. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

10-16 Vehicle Care

Automatic Transmission There is a special procedure Engine Air Cleaner/Filter for checking and changing the Fluid transmission fluid. Because this See Engine Compartment Overview procedure is difficult, you should on page 10‑6 for the location of the How to Check Automatic engine air cleaner/filter. Transmission Fluid have this done at your dealer service department. Contact your It is not necessary to check When to Inspect the Engine Air dealer for additional information Cleaner/Filter the transmission fluid level. or the procedure can be found in A transmission fluid leak is the the service manual. To purchase Inspect the air cleaner/filter at only reason for fluid loss. If a leak a service manual, see Service the scheduled maintenance occurs, take the vehicle to your Publications Ordering Information intervals and replace it at the first dealer service department and on page 13‑16. oil change after each 80 000 km have it repaired as soon as (50,000 mi) interval. See Scheduled Change the fluid and filter at possible. Maintenance on page 11 2 for more the intervals listed in Scheduled ‑ information. If driving in dusty/dirty Maintenance on page 11 2, and ‑ conditions, inspect the filter at each be sure to use the fluid listed engine oil change. in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11‑7. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

Vehicle Care 10-17

How to Inspect the Engine Air 3.0 L V6 Shown, 2.8 L V6 Similar 5. Lift the retaining clips (C) on the Cleaner/Filter air filter housing. To inspect the air cleaner/filter, 6. Turn and tilt cover slightly remove the filter from the vehicle upwards and slide cover away and lightly shake the filter to from outside edge of vehicle. release loose dust and dirt. If the Remove the air filter. filter remains covered with dirt, a new filter is required. Never use compressed air to clean the filter. To inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/filter: 1. Open the hood. See Hood on page 10‑5. 2. Locate the air filter housing on A. Air Duct Clamp the front of the passenger side B. Electrical Connectors of the engine compartment. See Engine Compartment C. Retaining Clips Overview on page 10‑6. 3. Disconnect the outlet duct by loosening the air duct clamp (A). A. Cover Cut Outs 4. Disconnect the electrical B. Air Filter Tabs connectors (B). Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

10-18 Vehicle Care

7. To install the air filter, place filter 9. Retighten the air duct clamp. Notice: If the air cleaner/filter is inside box where the pleats fit in 10. Reconnect the electrical off, dirt can easily get into the between the tabs located inside connectors. engine, which could damage it. the lower box. Ensure that the Always have the air cleaner/filter cover cut outs (A) on both sides in place when you are driving. { WARNING match the air filter tabs (B) on Notice: Installing an air both sides. Operating the engine with the air cleaner different than the one 8. Replace air cleaner cover by cleaner/filter off can cause you recommended in Maintenance inserting tabs appropriately into or others to be burned. The air Replacement Parts may cause slots. Lower cover to meet cleaner not only cleans the air; engine damage not covered by bottom of box. Place clips on it helps to stop flames if the the vehicle warranty. retention features and clip engine backfires. Use caution closed. when working on the engine and do not drive with the air cleaner/filter off. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

Vehicle Care 10-19

Cooling System The coolant level should be { WARNING between the MIN and MAX lines. When it is safe to lift the hood: If it is not, the vehicle may have a An electric engine cooling fan leak at the radiator hoses, heater under the hood can start up hoses, radiator, water pump, even when the engine is not or somewhere else in the cooling running and can cause injury. system. Keep hands, clothing, and tools away from any underhood { WARNING electric fan. Heater and radiator hoses, and If the coolant inside the coolant other engine parts, can be very surge tank is boiling, do not do hot. Do not touch them. If you do, anything else until it cools down. you can be burned. The vehicle should be parked on Do not run the engine if there is 3.0 L V6 Engine Shown, a level surface. a leak. If you run the engine, it 2.8 L V6 Engine Similar could lose all coolant. That could A. Engine Cooling Fan cause an engine fire, and you (Out of View) could be burned. Get any leak B. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and fixed before you drive the vehicle. Pressure Cap Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

10-20 Vehicle Care

If there seems to be no leak, Engine Coolant What to Use with the engine on, check to see if the electric engine cooling The cooling system in the vehicle ® { WARNING fan is running. If the engine is is filled with DEX-COOL engine coolant. This coolant is designed to overheating, the fan should be Adding only plain water or some remain in the vehicle for 5 years or running. If it is not, the vehicle other liquid to the cooling system needs service. Turn off the engine. 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever occurs first. can be dangerous. Plain water Notice: Using coolant other than and other liquids, can boil before DEX-COOL® can cause premature The following explains the cooling the proper coolant mixture will. engine, heater core, or radiator system and how to check and add The coolant warning system is corrosion. In addition, the engine coolant when it is low. If there is a set for the proper coolant mixture. coolant could require changing problem with engine overheating, With plain water or the wrong sooner, at 50 000 km (30,000 mi) see Engine Overheating on mixture, the engine could get too page 10 24. or 24 months, whichever occurs ‑ hot but you would not get the first. Any repairs would not be overheat warning. The engine covered by the vehicle warranty. could catch fire and you or Always use DEX-COOL others could be burned. Use (silicate-free) coolant in the a 50/50 mixture of clean, vehicle. drinkable water and DEX-COOL coolant. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)

Vehicle Care 10-21

Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, Notice: If an improper coolant Checking Coolant drinkable water and DEX-COOL mixture is used, the engine could The vehicle must be on a level coolant. If using this mixture, overheat and be badly damaged. surface when checking the coolant nothing else needs to be added. The repair cost would not be level. This mixture: covered by the vehicle warranty. Too much water in the mixture Check to see if coolant is visible . Gives freezing protection down in the coolant surge tank. If the to −37°C (−34°F), outside can freeze and crack the engine, coolant inside the coolant surge temperature. radiator, heater core, and other parts. tank is boiling, do not do anything . Gives boiling protection up else until it cools down. If coolant Never dispose of engine coolant to 129°C (265°F), engine is visible but the coolant level is by putting it in the trash, pouring temperature. not at the indicated mark, add a it on the ground, or into sewers, 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable . Protects against rust and streams, or bodies of water. water and DEX-COOL coolant at the corrosion. Have the coolant changed by an coolant surge tank, but be sure the authorized service center, familiar . Will not damage aluminum parts. cooling system is cool before this is with legal requirements regarding . done. See Engine Overheating on Helps keep the proper engine used coolant disposal. This will help page 10 24 for more information. temperature. protect the environment and your ‑ health. The coolant surge tank is located in the engine compartment on the driver side of the vehicle. See Engine Compartment Overview on page 10‑6 for more information on location. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)

10-22 Vehicle Care

How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank { WARNING { WARNING Notice: This vehicle has a Steam and scalding liquids from a Adding only plain water or some specific coolant fill procedure. hot cooling system can blow out other liquid to the cooling system Failure to follow this procedure and burn you badly. They are can be dangerous. Plain water could cause the engine to under pressure, and if you turn and other liquids, can boil before overheat and be severely the coolant surge tank pressure the proper coolant mixture will. damaged. cap — even a little — they can The coolant warning system is If no problem is found, check come out at high speed. Never set for the proper coolant mixture. to see if coolant is visible in the turn the cap when the cooling With plain water or the wrong coolant surge tank. If coolant is system, including the coolant mixture, the engine could get too visible but the coolant level is not surge tank pressure cap, is hot. hot but you would not get the at the indicated level mark, add a Wait for the cooling system and overheat warning. The engine 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable coolant surge tank pressure cap could catch fire and you or water and DEX-COOL coolant at to cool if you ever have to turn others could be burned. Use a the coolant surge tank, but be sure the pressure cap. 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable the cooling system, including the water and DEX-COOL coolant. coolant surge tank pressure cap, is cool before you do it. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)

Vehicle Care 10-23

Notice: In cold weather, water can freeze and crack the engine, radiator, heater core and other parts. Use the recommended coolant and the proper coolant mixture.

{ WARNING

You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts. Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts 2.8 L V6 Engine 3.0 L V6 Engine are hot enough. Do not spill 1. Remove the coolant surge tank coolant on a hot engine. pressure cap when the cooling system, including the coolant surge tank pressure cap and upper radiator hose, is no longer hot. Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwise about one-quarter of a turn. If you hear a hiss, wait for that to stop. This will allow any pressure still left to be vented out the discharge hose. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)

10-24 Vehicle Care

2. Then keep turning the pressure Check the level in the coolant surge If the decision is made to lift the cap slowly and remove it. tank when the cooling system has hood, make sure the vehicle is 3. Fill the coolant surge tank cooled down. If the coolant is not parked on a level surface. with the proper DEX-COOL at the proper level, repeat Steps 1 Then check to see if the engine coolant mixture to the indicated through 3 and reinstall the pressure cooling fans are running. If the level mark. cap. If the coolant still is not at the engine is overheating, both fans proper level when the system cools should be running. If they are not, 4. With the coolant surge tank down again, see your dealer. pressure cap off, start the do not continue to run the engine and have the vehicle serviced. engine and let it run until you Engine Overheating can feel the upper radiator Notice: Engine damage from hose getting hot. Watch out The vehicle has an indicator to warn running the engine without for the engine cooling fan. of engine overheating. coolant is not covered by the By this time, the coolant level There is an engine coolant warranty. inside the coolant surge tank temperature warning light on Notice: If the engine catches fire may be lower. If the level is the vehicle's instrument panel. because of being driven with no lower, add more of the proper See Engine Coolant Temperature coolant, the vehicle can be badly DEX-COOL® coolant mixture Gauge on page 5‑15. damaged. The costly repairs to the coolant surge tank until If the decision is made not to lift the would not be covered by the the level reaches the indicated hood when this warning appears, vehicle warranty. level mark. but instead get service help right 5. Then replace the pressure cap. away. See Roadside Service Be sure the pressure cap is (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑8 hand-tight. or Roadside Service (Mexico) on page 13‑11. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)

Vehicle Care 10-25

If Steam Is Coming from the If No Steam Is Coming from 3. In heavy traffic, let the engine Engine Compartment the Engine Compartment idle in N (Neutral) while stopped. If it is safe to do so, pull off If an engine overheat warning is { WARNING the road, shift to P (Park) displayed but no steam can be seen or N (Neutral) and let the or heard, the problem may not be engine idle. Steam from an overheated engine too serious. Sometimes the engine can burn you badly, even if you can get a little too hot when the If the temperature overheat gauge just open the hood. Stay away vehicle: is no longer in the overheat zone from the engine if you see or hear or an overheat warning no longer . steam coming from it. Just turn it Climbs a long hill on a hot day displays, the vehicle can be driven. off and get everyone away from . Stops after high-speed driving Continue to drive the vehicle slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe the vehicle until it cools down. . Idles for long periods in traffic Wait until there is no sign of vehicle distance from the vehicle in steam or coolant before you . Tows a trailer front. If the warning does not come open the hood. If the overheat warning displays with back on, continue to drive normally. no sign of steam: If you keep driving when the If the warning continues, pull engine is overheated, the liquids 1. Turn the air off. over, stop, and park the vehicle right away. in it can catch fire. You or others 2. Turn the heater on to the highest could be badly burned. Stop the temperature and to the highest If there is no sign of steam, engine if it overheats, and get out fan speed. Open the windows as idle the engine for three minutes of the vehicle until the engine necessary. while parked. If the warning is still is cool. displayed, turn off the engine until it cools down. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)

10-26 Vehicle Care

Power Steering Fluid How to Check Power Steering What to Use Fluid To determine what kind of fluid to To check the power steering fluid: use, see Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11 7. Always 1. Turn the engine off and let the ‑ use the proper fluid. engine compartment cool down. 2. Remove the engine cover, Washer Fluid if required. See Engine Cover on See Engine Compartment Overview page 10‑10. What to Use on page 10‑6 for reservoir location. 3. Wipe the cap and the top of the When windshield washer fluid When to Check Power Steering reservoir clean. is needed, be sure to read the manufacturer's instructions before 4. Unscrew the cap and wipe the Fluid use. If operating the vehicle in an dipstick with a clean rag. It is not necessary to regularly area where the temperature may check power steering fluid unless 5. Replace the cap and completely fall below freezing, use a fluid that a leak is suspected in the system tighten it. has sufficient protection against or unusual noise is heard. A fluid 6. Remove the cap again and look freezing. loss in this system could indicate a at the fluid level on the dipstick. problem. Have the system inspected and repaired. The level should be within the HOT mark. If necessary, add only enough fluid to bring the level within the mark. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)

Vehicle Care 10-27

Adding Washer Fluid . Do not mix water with Brakes ready-to-use washer fluid. The WASHER FLUID LOW ADD Water can cause the solution This vehicle has disc brakes. FLUID message appears on the to freeze and damage the Disc brake pads have built-in wear Driver Information Center (DIC) washer fluid tank and other indicators that make a high-pitched when the fluid level is low. parts of the washer system. warning sound when the brake pads Also, water does not clean are worn and new pads are needed. as well as washer fluid. The sound can come and go or be heard all the time the vehicle is . Fill the washer fluid tank moving, except when applying only three-quarters full when the brake pedal firmly. it is very cold. This allows for fluid expansion if freezing occurs, which could { WARNING Open the cap with the washer damage the tank if it is symbol on it. Add washer fluid completely full. The brake wear warning sound up to the fill mark. See Engine means that soon the brakes will Compartment Overview on . Do not use engine coolant not work well. That could lead to page 10‑6 for reservoir location. (antifreeze) in the windshield a crash. When the brake wear washer. It can damage the warning sound is heard, have Notice windshield washer system the vehicle serviced. . When using concentrated and paint. washer fluid, follow the manufacturer's instructions Notice: Continuing to drive with for adding water. worn-out brake pads could result in costly brake repair. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)

10-28 Vehicle Care

Some driving conditions or climates Brake Adjustment Brake Fluid can cause a brake squeal when Every time the brakes are applied, the brakes are first applied or with or without the vehicle moving, lightly applied. This does not mean the brakes adjust for wear. something is wrong with the brakes. Properly torqued wheel nuts are Replacing Brake System Parts necessary to help prevent brake The braking system on a vehicle is pulsation. When tires are rotated, complex. Its many parts have to be The brake master cylinder reservoir inspect brake pads for wear and of top quality and work well together is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid as evenly tighten wheel nuts in if the vehicle is to have really good indicated on the reservoir cap. the proper sequence to torque braking. The vehicle was designed See Engine Compartment Overview specifications in Capacities and and tested with top-quality brake on page 10‑6 for the location of the Specifications on page 12‑2. parts. When parts of the braking reservoir. Brake linings should always be system are replaced, be sure to get There are only two reasons why replaced as complete axle sets. new, approved replacement parts. the brake fluid level in the reservoir If this is not done, the brakes might might go down: Brake Pedal Travel not work properly. For example, . The brake fluid level goes down See your dealer if the brake pedal installing disc brake pads that are wrong for the vehicle, can change because of normal brake lining does not return to normal height, wear. When new linings are or if there is a rapid increase in the balance between the front and rear brakes — for the worse. installed, the fluid level goes pedal travel. This could be a back up. sign that brake service might be The braking performance expected required. can change in many other ways if . A fluid leak in the brake the wrong replacement brake parts hydraulic system can also cause are installed. a low fluid level. Have the brake hydraulic system fixed, since a leak means that sooner or later the brakes will not work well. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (29,1)

Vehicle Care 10-29

Do not top off the brake fluid. What to Add Notice Adding fluid does not correct a leak. Use only new DOT 3 brake . Using the wrong fluid If fluid is added when the linings fluid from a sealed container. can badly damage brake are worn, there will be too much See Recommended Fluids and hydraulic system parts. fluid when new brake linings are Lubricants on page 11‑7. For example, just a few installed. Add or remove brake fluid, Always clean the brake fluid drops of mineral-based oil, as necessary, only when work is such as engine oil, in the done on the brake hydraulic system. reservoir cap and the area around the cap before removing it. brake hydraulic system can damage brake hydraulic { WARNING This helps keep dirt from entering the reservoir. system parts so badly that they will have to be replaced. If too much brake fluid is added, Do not let someone put in it can spill on the engine and { WARNING the wrong kind of fluid. burn, if the engine is hot enough. . You or others could be burned, With the wrong kind of fluid in If brake fluid is spilled on the and the vehicle could be the brake hydraulic system, vehicle's painted surfaces, the paint finish can be damaged. Add brake fluid only the brakes might not work well. damaged. Be careful not when work is done on the brake This could cause a crash. Always use the proper brake fluid. to spill brake fluid on the hydraulic system. vehicle. If you do, wash it off immediately. When the brake fluid falls to a low level, the brake warning light comes on. See Brake System Warning Light on page 5‑22. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (30,1)

10-30 Vehicle Care

Battery Vehicle Storage All-Wheel Drive Refer to the replacement number Transfer Case shown on the original battery label { WARNING when a new battery is needed. When to Check and Change Batteries have acid that can burn See Engine Compartment Overview Lubricant you and gas that can explode. on page 10‑6 for battery location. You can be badly hurt if you are The transfer case is filled with oil not careful. See Jump Starting on during manufacture, which then { DANGER page 10 96 for tips on working does not require changing. It is not ‑ necessary to regularly check the around a battery without Battery posts, terminals, and transfer case fluid unless there is a getting hurt. related accessories contain lead leak suspected or an unusual noise and lead compounds, chemicals is heard. A fluid loss could indicate known to the State of California Infrequent Usage: Remove the a problem. It is recommended to to cause cancer and reproductive black, negative (−) cable from the have the transfer case serviced harm. Wash hands after handling. battery to keep the battery from at your dealer by trained service running down. technicians. Extended Storage: Remove the black, negative (−) cable from the battery or use a battery trickle charger. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (31,1)

Vehicle Care 10-31

Starter Switch Check 3. Try to start the engine in each 2. Firmly apply the parking gear. The vehicle should start brake. See Parking Brake on only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). page 9 31. { WARNING ‑ If the vehicle starts in any other Be ready to apply the regular When you are doing this position, contact your dealer for brake immediately if the vehicle service. inspection, the vehicle could begins to move. move suddenly. If the vehicle Automatic Transmission 3. With the engine off, turn the moves, you or others could be ignition on, but do not start the injured. Shift Lock Control engine. Without applying the Function Check regular brake, try to move the 1. Before starting this check, be shift lever out of P (Park) with sure there is enough room { WARNING normal effort. If the shift lever around the vehicle. moves out of P (Park), contact When you are doing this your dealer for service. 2. Firmly apply both the parking inspection, the vehicle could brake and the regular brake. move suddenly. If the vehicle See Parking Brake on moves, you or others could be page 9‑31. injured. Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it 1. Before starting this check, be starts. sure there is enough room around the vehicle. It should be parked on a level surface. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (32,1)

10-32 Vehicle Care

Ignition Transmission Park Brake and P (Park) Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle facing downhill. Keeping Lock Check Mechanism Check your foot on the regular brake, set While parked, and with the parking the parking brake. { WARNING brake set, try to turn the ignition . To check the parking brake's to LOCK/OFF in each shift lever holding ability: With the engine position. When you are doing this check, the vehicle could begin to move. running and the transmission in . The ignition should turn to You or others could be injured N (Neutral), slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake LOCK/OFF only when the shift and property could be damaged. pedal. Do this until the vehicle is lever is in P (Park). Make sure there is room in front held by the parking brake only. Contact your dealer if service is of the vehicle in case it begins to required. roll. Be ready to apply the regular . To check the P (Park) brake at once should the vehicle mechanism's holding ability: begin to move. With the engine running, shift to P (Park). Then release the parking brake followed by the regular brake. Contact your dealer if service is required. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (33,1)

Vehicle Care 10-33

Wiper Blade Replacement Front Wiper Blade 3. Remove the wiper blade. Replacement Windshield wiper blades should 4. Reverse steps 1 through 3 for be inspected for wear or cracking. To replace the wiper blade wiper blade replacement. See Scheduled Maintenance on assembly: Rear Wiper Blade Replacement page 11‑2 for more information. 1. Pull the windshield wiper The rear wiper blade and wiper assembly away from the It is a good idea to clean or replace arm have a cover for protection. windshield. the wiper blade assembly on The cover must be removed before a regular basis or when worn. the wiper blade can be replaced. For proper windshield wiper blade length and type, see Maintenance To remove the cover: Replacement Parts on page 11‑9. Notice: Allowing the wiper blade arm to touch the windshield when no wiper blade is installed could damage the windshield. Any damage that occurs would not be covered by your warranty. Do not allow the wiper blade arm 1. Slide a plastic tool under cover to touch the windshield. and push upward to unsnap. 2. Press the button in the middle 2. Slide cover towards wiper of the wiper arm connector, and blade tip to unhook from blade pull the wiper blade away from assembly. the arm connector. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (34,1)

10-34 Vehicle Care

3. Remove the cover. 2. Push the release lever (B) to Headlamp Aiming 4. After wiper blade replacement, disengage the hook and push The headlamp aiming system has ensure that cover hook slides the wiper arm (A) out of the been preset at the factory. into slot in blade assembly. blade assembly (C). If the vehicle is damaged in an 5. Snap cover down to secure. 3. Push the new blade assembly securely on the wiper arm until accident, the aim of the headlamps To remove the wiper blade: the release lever clicks into can be affected and adjustment 1. Lift the wiper arm away from the place. could be necessary. windshield. 4. Replace wiper cover. It is recommended that a dealer adjust the headlamps. To re-aim the headlamps yourself, use the following procedure.

A. Wiper Arm B. Release Lever C. Blade Assembly Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (35,1)

Vehicle Care 10-35

The vehicle should be properly Headlamp aiming is done with the prepared as follows: vehicle's low-beam headlamps. The high-beam headlamps will be . The vehicle should be placed so the headlamps are 7.6 m (25 ft) correctly aimed if the low-beam headlamps are aimed properly. from a light‐colored wall. To adjust the vertical aim: . The vehicle must have all four tires on a level surface which is 1. Open the hood. See Hood on level all the way to the wall. page 10‑5 for more information. . The vehicle should be placed so it is perpendicular to the wall. . The vehicle should not have any snow, ice, or mud on it. Up-level Vehicle . The vehicle should be fully 2. Locate the aim point at assembled and all other work the center inner projector stopped while headlamp aiming condensing lens of the low-beam is being performed. headlamp, not the outer lens. . The vehicle should be normally 3. Measure the distance from the loaded with a full tank of fuel and ground to the aim dot on the one person or 75 kg (160 lbs) low‐beam headlamp. Record sitting on the driver seat. Base Vehicle the distance. . Tires should be properly inflated. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (36,1)

10-36 Vehicle Care

Notice: Do not cover a headlamp to improve beam cut-off when aiming. Covering a headlamp may cause excessive heat build-up which may cause damage to the headlamp. 6. Turn on the low-beam headlamps and place a piece of cardboard or equivalent in 4. At the wall, measure from front of the headlamp not being the ground upward (A) to adjusted. This allows only the the recorded distance from beam of light from the headlamp Step 3 and mark it. being adjusted to be seen on 7. Locate the vertical headlamp 5. Draw or tape a horizontal line (B) the flat surface. adjusters, which are under on the wall the width of the the hood near each headlamp vehicle at the height of the assembly. mark in Step 4. For the vehicle equipped with a base level lamp (halogen bulb), there will be one vertical headlamp adjuster (V1). Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (37,1)

Vehicle Care 10-37

8. For the base vehicle, turn the vertical adjuster (V1) until the headlamp beam is aimed to the horizontal tape line. Turn it clockwise or counterclockwise to raise or lower the angle of the beam. For the up-level vehicle, turn the vertical adjusters (V1 and V2) simultaneously until the 9. Make sure that the light headlamp beam is aimed to the from the headlamp is positioned horizontal tape line. Turn them at the bottom edge of the For the vehicle equipped with an clockwise or counterclockwise horizontal tape line. The lamp up-level headlamp (HID), there to raise or lower the angle of on the left (A) shows the correct will be two vertical headlamp the beam. headlamp aim. The lamp on the adjusters (V1 and V2). right (B) shows the incorrect headlamp aim. Some vehicles have 10. Repeat Steps 7 through 9 for funnel‐shaped caps on the adjusters for easier access of the opposite headlamp. a Number 2 Phillips screwdriver to turn the adjusters. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (38,1)

10-38 Vehicle Care

Bulb Replacement High Intensity Discharge Headlamps For the proper type of replacement (HID) Lighting bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on page 10‑47. { WARNING For any bulb changing procedure The low beam high intensity not listed in this section, contact discharge lighting system your dealer. operates at a very high voltage. If you try to service any of the Halogen Bulbs system components, you could be seriously injured. Have your { WARNING dealer or a qualified technician service them. Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you Base Headlamp Assembly drop or scratch the bulb. You or After an HID headlamp bulb has (Front View Passenger Side) others could be injured. Be sure been replaced, the beam might be a slightly different shade than it was A. Low‐Beam Headlamp/Daytime to read and follow the instructions Running Lamp (DRL) on the bulb package. originally. This is normal. B. High‐Beam Headlamp C. Turn Signal Lamp Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (39,1)

Vehicle Care 10-39

Base Headlamp Assembly Up–Level Headlamp Assembly Up–Level Headlamp Assembly (Rear View Passenger Side) (Front View Driver Side) (Rear View Driver Side) A. Low‐Beam Headlamp/Daytime A. High/Low‐Beam Headlamp A. High/Low‐Beam Headlamp Running Lamp (DRL) (To be replaced at dealer only) (To be replaced at dealer only) B. High‐Beam Headlamp B. Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) B. Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) C. Turn Signal Lamp C. Turn Signal Lamp C. Turn Signal Lamp Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (40,1)

10-40 Vehicle Care

Driver Side The removal of the underhood electrical center is required for the replacement of one of these bulbs: 1. Open the hood. See Hood on page 10‑5.

{ WARNING

Liquids from environment or spillage and/or tools placed on top of or used in the underhood 2. Unlatch three clips and lift up A. Air Duct Clamp electrical center while the cover the underhood electrical center B. Connector Lock is removed can pose a risk of cover to remove. electrical shock/burn to anyone in C. Sensor Connectors the vicinity. These conditions can Passenger Side D. Retaining Clips also cause damage to electrical The removal of the air filter/cleaner components on the vehicle. Keep 2. Disconnect the outlet duct by assembly and base is required for loosening the air duct clamp (A). liquids and tools away from the the replacement of one of these underhood electrical center when bulbs: 3. Remove the connector lock (B) the cover is removed. located at the bottom of the 1. Open the hood. See Hood on sensor connector (C). page 10‑5. 4. Press on the top and bottom of the sensor connectors (C) and remove. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (41,1)

Vehicle Care 10-41

5. Lift the three retaining clips (D) Low-Beam Headlamps/ on the air filter housing. Daytime Running Lamps 6. Turn and tilt cover slightly (DRL), High-Beam upwards and slide cover away Headlamps (Base) from outside edge of vehicle. Lift the cover away from base.

2. From the back side of the headlamp assembly, remove the bottom cap to replace the high-beam headlamp bulb. 3. Disconnect electrical connector. 1. From the back side of the 4. Remove the bulb socket from headlamp assembly, remove the the headlamp assembly. 7. Lift the air cleaner/filter base to top cap to replace the low-beam disengage from three pins. headlamp/DRL bulb. 5. Replace the bulb in the bulb socket. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (42,1)

10-42 Vehicle Care

6. Install the bulb socket in the Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) 3. Remove the DRL bulb socket headlamp assembly. (Up-Level) from the headlamp assembly. 7. Connect the electrical connector. 4. Replace the bulb in the bulb 8. Install the cap with the down socket. arrow pointing down in the back 5. Install the bulb socket in the of the headlamp assembly. headlamp assembly. 9. For driver side, reinstall the 6. Connect the electrical connector. underhood electrical center 7. Install the cap with the down cover by latching three clips. arrow pointing down in the back 10. For passenger side, reinstall of the headlamp assembly. the air filter/cleaner assembly 8. For driver side, reinstall the base by pushing to seat. Verify underhood electrical center the base is seated securely, cover by latching three clips. then install the engine air filter/cleaner assembly. 1. From the back side of the 9. For passenger side, reinstall headlamp assembly, remove the air filter/cleaner assembly High/Low‐Beam Headlamps the bottom cap to replace the base by pushing to seat. Verify (Up-Level) DRL bulb. the base is seated securely, then install the engine air The high/low beam headlamps 2. Disconnect electrical connector. on the up-level are High Intensity filter/cleaner assembly. Discharge (HID) and should be replaced at the dealer. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (43,1)

Vehicle Care 10-43

Front Turn Signal Lamp Fog Lamps Turn Signal Lamps (Base and Up-Level) To replace the fog lamp bulb: To replace one of these bulbs: To replace the Front Turn 1. Locate the bulb assembly under 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate Signal Lamp: the front fascia. on page 2‑14. 1. Remove the turn signal lamp 2. Disconnect the electrical bulb socket from the headlamp connector from the bulb assembly. assembly. 2. Remove the turn signal lamp 3. Remove the bulb by turning it bulb from the socket. counterclockwise and pulling it 3. Replace the bulb in the bulb straight out of the assembly. socket. 4. Install the new bulb by turning it 4. Install the bulb socket in the clockwise into the assembly. headlamp assembly. 5. Reconnect the electrical 5. For driver side, reinstall the connector to the bulb assembly. underhood electrical center cover by latching three clips. A. Push Pin 6. For passenger side, reinstall the air filter/cleaner assembly B. Taillamp Cover base by pushing to seat. 2. Pull on push pin (A) to release Verify the base is seated the taillamp cover (B). securely, then install the engine air filter/cleaner assembly. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (44,1)

10-44 Vehicle Care

3. Remove the taillamp cover 5. Pull the taillamp assembly 6. Turn the turn signal lamp (A) from the lamp assembly by straight back to remove. bulb socket counterclockwise pulling rearward from the top to remove it from the taillamp to unfasten from snap tabs. assembly. 7. Pull the bulb straight out from the socket. 8. Press a new bulb into the socket, insert it into the taillamp assembly and turn the bulb socket clockwise until it clicks. 9. Reinstall the taillamp assembly and tighten the screws. 10. Reinstall the taillamp cover by snapping it into place. A. Turn Signal Lamp 11. Push the push pin to secure B. Back-Up Bulb/Socket the taillamp cover. 4. Remove the two screws from the taillamp assembly. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (45,1)

Vehicle Care 10-45

Back-Up Lamps 3. Remove the taillamp cover from the lamp assembly by pulling To replace one of these bulbs: rearward from the top to 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate unfasten from snap tabs. on page 2‑14.

A. Turn Signal Lamp B. Back–Up Bulb/Socket 6. Disconnect the wire harness from the back–up bulb/socket (B). 4. Remove the two screws from the A. Push Pin taillamp assembly. 7. Turn the back–up bulb socket counterclockwise to remove it B. Taillamp Cover 5. Pull the taillamp assembly from the taillamp assembly. 2. Pull on push pin (A) to release straight back to remove. the taillamp cover (B). Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (46,1)

10-46 Vehicle Care

8. Press a new bulb/socket into the License Plate Lamp taillamp assembly and turn the bulb/socket clockwise until it To replace one of these bulbs: clicks. 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate 9. Reinstall the taillamp assembly on page 2‑14 for more and tighten the screws. information. 10. Reinstall the taillamp cover by snapping it into place. 11. Push the push pin to secure the taillamp cover.

A. Bulb Socket B. Bulb C. Lamp Assembly 4. Turn the bulb socket (A) counterclockwise to remove Passenger side shown, from lamp assembly (C). driver side similar 5. Pull the bulb (B) straight out of 2. Push the left end of the lamp the bulb socket. assembly towards the right. 6. Push the replacement bulb 3. Turn the lamp assembly down to straight into the bulb socket and remove from liftgate. turn the bulb socket clockwise to install into lamp assembly. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (47,1)

Vehicle Care 10-47

7. Turn the lamp assembly into the Electrical System Fuses and circuit breakers protect liftgate engaging the clip side the following in the vehicle: first. Electrical System . Headlamp Wiring 8. Push on the lamp side opposite . Windshield Wiper Motor the clip until the lamp assembly Overload snaps into place. The vehicle has fuses and circuit . Power Windows and Other breakers to protect against an Power Accessories Replacement Bulbs electrical system overload. Replace a bad fuse with a new one Bulb When the current electrical load is of the identical size and rating. Exterior Lamp Number too heavy, the circuit breaker opens If there is a problem on the road and closes, protecting the circuit Daytime and a fuse needs to be replaced, 7443 until the current load returns to Running Lamp the same amperage fuse can be normal or the problem is fixed. borrowed. Choose some feature of Fog Lamp H10 This greatly reduces the chance the vehicle that is not needed to use of circuit overload and fire caused Headlamp and replace it as soon as possible. 9005 by electrical problems. High-Beam Headlamp Wiring Headlamp H10 An electrical overload may cause Low-Beam the lamps to go on and off, or in License Plate Lamp 194LL some cases to remain off. Have the headlamp wiring checked right Turn Signal Front 7440 away if the lamps go on and off or Tail/Turn remain off. 7440 Signal Rear

For replacement bulbs not listed here, contact your dealer. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (48,1)

10-48 Vehicle Care

Windshield Wipers Fuses and Circuit To identify and check fuses, circuit breakers, and relays, see Engine If the wiper motor overheats due to Breakers Compartment Fuse Block on heavy snow or ice, the windshield The wiring circuits in the vehicle page 10 48 and Rear Compartment wipers will stop until the motor cools ‑ are protected from short circuits by Fuse Block on page 10 53. and will then restart. ‑ a combination of fuses and circuit Although the circuit is protected breakers. This greatly reduces Engine Compartment from electrical overload, overload the chance of damage caused by Fuse Block due to heavy snow or ice may electrical problems. cause wiper linkage damage. To remove the fuse block cover, To check a fuse, look at the Always clear ice and heavy snow press the clips on the cover and lift silver-colored band inside the fuse. from the windshield before using it straight up. If the band is broken or melted, the windshield wipers. replace the fuse. Be sure to replace Notice: Spilling liquid on any If the overload is caused by an a bad fuse with a new one of the electrical component on the electrical problem and not snow identical size and rating. vehicle may damage it. Always or ice, be sure to get it fixed. keep the covers on any electrical Fuses of the same amperage component. can be temporarily borrowed from another fuse location, if a fuse goes out. Replace the fuse as soon as you can. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (49,1)

Vehicle Care 10-49

J-Case Usage Fuses Antilock Brake 24 System Pump Rear Electrical 25 Center 1 Rear Electrical 26 Center 2 27 Not Used 41 Cooling Fan 2 (LF1) 42 Starter 43 Not Used 44 Not Used Engine Compartment Fuse Block 45 Cooling Fan 1 (LF1) Secondary The vehicle may not be equipped 59 J-Case Usage AIR Pump with all of the fuses, relays, and Fuses features shown. 6 Wiper 12 Vacuum Pump Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (50,1)

10-50 Vehicle Care

Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage Engine Control Instrument Panel Electronic Brake 1 35 Module Battery Cluster/Malfunction Control Module 16 Indicator Lamp/ Transmission Low-Beam Ignition 46 2 Control Module Headlamp‐Right Battery 17 Air Quality Sensor Low-Beam 47 Mass Air Flow 18 Headlamp Washer Headlamp Left 3 ‐ Sensor Transmission 50 Front Fog Lamps 4 Afterboil Pump 19 Control Module Run 51 Horn Crank Engine Control 5 Fuel System Control Module Run Crank Rear Electrical 52 20 Module Center Run Crank Post Catalytic – 53 Headlamp Level 7 Converter O2 23 Heater Motor Sensor Sensing Diagnostic 30 Switch Back Light 54 Module Ignition Pre Catalytic – Battery Sense 8 Converter O2 High-Beam 32 (Regulated Voltage 55 Sensor Headlamp-Right Control) Engine Control High-Beam 9 Adaptive Forward 56 Module Powertrain Headlamp-Left Lighting/Adaptive 33 10 Fuel Injectors Even Headlamp Leveling Ignition Steering – 57 Module Column Lock 11 Fuel Injectors-Odd Body Control Trailer Right 13 Washer 34 65 Module 7 Stoplamp Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (51,1)

Vehicle Care 10-51

Mini Fuses Usage Micro Usage Instrument Panel Fuse Relays 66 Trailer Left Stoplamp Block 2 Vacuum Pump 67 Spare 4 Wiper Control 68 Spare 5 Wiper Speed 69 Spare 10 Starter 70 Spare 12 Cool Fan 3 (LF1) 71 Spare 14 Low Beam/HID 72 Spare

U Micro Usage Mini Relays Usage Relays 7 Powertrain 8 Headlamp Washer 9 Cooling Fan 2 (LF1) The instrument panel fuse block 13 Cooling Fan 1 (LF1) is located in the center console between the driver and passenger 15 Run/Crank seats. To access the fuses, open Secondary the fuse panel door from the 16 AIR Pump passenger side by pulling it out. To reinstall the door, push the door back into its original location. The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays and features shown. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (52,1)

10-52 Vehicle Care

Mini Fuses Usage DISPLY Display S/ROOF Sun Roof Rear Vision RVC MIRR Camera Mirror Universal UHP Handsfree Phone RDO Radio Auxiliary Power APO ‐ IP Outlet ‐ Instrument Panel Auxiliary Power APO ‐ CNSL Outlet ‐ Floor Console Body Control BCM 3 Module 3 Body Control BCM 4 Module 4 Body Control BCM 5 Module 5 Instrument Panel Fuse Block OnStar® System ONSTAR (If Equipped) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (53,1)

Vehicle Care 10-53

Mini Fuses Usage J—Case Usage Rear Compartment Fuse Fuses RAIN SNSR Rain Sensor Block Body Control Body Control BCM 8 BCM 6 Module 8 Module 6 FRT BLWR Front Blower Electronic Steering ESCL Column Lock Relays Usage Sensing and AIRBAG Diagnostic Module LOGIC RLY Logistics Relay Retained Data Link RAP/ DLC Accessory Power/ Connection ACCY RLY Accessory Relay Instrument Panel IPC Cluster

SPARE Not Used The rear compartment fuse block is Body Control located in the cargo area, on the BCM 1 Module 1 driver side of the vehicle behind the lower trim panel. To open, turn the Body Control BCM 2 latch with a flat bladed tool and pull Module 2 the trim panel from the edges to fold AMP/RDO Amplifier/Radio it down. Heating Ventilation The vehicle may not be equipped HVAC & Air Conditioning with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (54,1)

10-54 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage SPARE * SEC Security Spare Fuses FUSES INFOTMNT Infotainment Automatic Occupant AOS MDL * TRLR EXP Trailer Export Sensing Module WPR REAR Rear Wiper SPARE Not Used MIR Mirror Window SPARE Not Used WDO MDL Module SPARE Not Used Vehicle Information PASS DR Passenger Door VICS Communications WDO SW Window Switch System (Export) DRV CNSTR Driver Power Seat Canister Vent PWR SEAT VENT PASS DR Passenge/Driver LGM Lift Gate Module PWR SEAT Power Seats LOGIC Logic MDL TRLR Trailer Module CAMERA Rear Vision Camera Rear Parking Assist FRT Front Ventilated RPA MDL Module VENT SEAT Seats RDM Rear Drive Module TRLR MDL Trailer Module PRK Semi Active Rear Compartment Fuse Block Trailer Park Lamps LPS TRLR SADS MDL Damping System Module FUEL Fuel Pump PUMP Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (55,1)

Vehicle Care 10-55

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Relays Usage RR RT WDO Right Window SPARE Not Used Rear Heated Seats HTD SEAT PRK * FUEL Park Brake Module Fuel Pump FRT BRK MDL PUMP Front Heated Seats HTD SEAT SPARE Not Used WPR Wiper Control THEFT CONTRL Theft Horn LT WDO Left Window HORN * RUN RLY Run Relay IGN/ * LGATE Liftgate Ignition/Theft 1 THEFT 1 Logistic Relay LOGIC SHUNT Shunt (Export) LGATE Liftgate Module REAR MDL DEFOG Rear Window Rear Defog DEFOG REAR Defogger IGN/ Ignition/Theft 2 * BCM Body Control THEFT 2 THEFT Module Theft *‐Denotes up‐level content. SPARE Not Used * TRLR 2 Trailer 2 HTD MIR Heated Mirror Universal Garage UGDO Auxiliary Power Door Opener AUX PWR Outlet Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (56,1)

10-56 Vehicle Care

Wheels and Tires WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) Tires . Underinflated tires pose the . Improperly repaired tires same danger as overloaded can cause a crash. Only the Every new GM vehicle has tires. The resulting crash dealer or an authorized tire high-quality tires made by could cause serious injury. service center should repair, a leading tire manufacturer. Check all tires frequently to replace, dismount, and mount See the warranty manual maintain the recommended the tires. pressure. Tire pressure for information regarding . Do not spin the tires in the tire warranty and where should be checked when excess of 55 km/h (35 mph) to get service. For additional the tires are cold. on slippery surfaces such information refer to the tire . Overinflated tires are more as snow, mud, ice, etc. manufacturer. likely to be cut, punctured, Excessive spinning may or broken by a sudden cause the tires to explode. { WARNING impact — such as when hitting a pothole. Keep tires at See Tire Pressure for . Poorly maintained and the recommended pressure. High-Speed Operation on improperly used tires are . Worn or old tires can cause dangerous. page 10‑65 for inflation pressure a crash. If the tread is badly adjustment for high-speed . worn, replace them. Overloading the tires can driving. cause overheating as a . Replace any tires that have result of too much flexing. been damaged by impacts There could be a blowout and with potholes, curbs, etc. a serious crash. See Vehicle (Continued) Load Limits on page 9‑12. (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (57,1)

Vehicle Care 10-57

Tire Sidewall Labeling and service description. See the (D) Tire Identification “Tire Size” illustration later in this Number (TIN): The letters Useful information about a section for more detail. and numbers following the DOT tire is molded into its sidewall. (Department of Transportation) The examples show a typical (B) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria code are the Tire Identification passenger vehicle tire and a Number (TIN). The TIN shows compact spare tire sidewall. Specification): Original equipment tires designed to the manufacturer and plant GM's specific tire performance code, tire size, and date the tire criteria have a TPC specification was manufactured. The TIN is code molded onto the sidewall. molded onto both sides of the GM's TPC specifications meet tire, although only one side may or exceed all federal safety have the date of manufacture. guidelines. (E) Tire Ply Material: The type (C) DOT (Department of cord and number of plies in of Transportation): The the sidewall and under the tread. Department of Transportation (F) Uniform Tire Quality (DOT) code indicates that Grading (UTQG): Tire Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire Example the tire is in compliance manufacturers are required with the U.S. Department to grade tires based on three (A) Tire Size: The tire size is of Transportation Motor performance factors: treadwear, a combination of letters and Vehicle Safety Standards. traction, and temperature numbers used to define a resistance. For more information particular tire's width, height, see Uniform Tire Quality aspect ratio, construction type, Grading on page 10‑76. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (58,1)

10-58 Vehicle Care

(G) Maximum Cold Inflation (B) Temporary Use Only: The TIN shows the Load Limit: Maximum load The compact spare tire or manufacturer and plant that can be carried and the temporary use tire has a tread code, tire size, and date the maximum pressure needed life of approximately 5 000 km tire was manufactured. The TIN to support that load. (3,000 mi) and should not be is molded onto both sides of the driven at speeds over 105 km/h tire, although only one side may (65 mph). The compact spare have the date of manufacture. tire is for emergency use when (D) Maximum Cold Inflation a regular road tire has lost air Load Limit: Maximum load and gone flat. If the vehicle that can be carried and the has a compact spare tire, maximum pressure needed see Compact Spare Tire on to support that load. page 10‑96 and If a Tire Goes Flat on page 10‑79. (E) Tire Inflation: The temporary use tire or compact (C) Tire Identification Number spare tire should be inflated (TIN): The letters and numbers to 420 kPa (60 psi). For more Compact Spare Tire Example following the DOT (Department information on tire pressure and of Transportation) code is the (A) Tire Ply Material: The type inflation see Tire Pressure on Tire Identification Number (TIN). of cord and number of plies in page 10‑63. the sidewall and under the tread. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (59,1)

Vehicle Care 10-59

(F) Tire Size: A combination Tire Designations (B) Tire Width: The three‐digit of letters and numbers define a number indicates the tire section tire's width, height, aspect ratio, Tire Size width in millimeters from construction type, and service The following is an example sidewall to sidewall. description. The letter T as the of a typical passenger vehicle (C) Aspect Ratio: A two‐digit first character in the tire size tire size. number that indicates the tire means the tire is for temporary height‐to‐width measurements. use only. For example, if the tire size (G) TPC Spec (Tire aspect ratio is 60, as shown in Performance Criteria item C of the illustration, it would Specification): Original mean that the tire's sidewall is equipment tires designed to 60 percent as high as it is wide. GM's specific tire performance (A) Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire: (D) Construction Code: A criteria have a TPC specification The United States version letter code is used to indicate code molded onto the sidewall. of a metric tire sizing system. the type of ply construction in GM's TPC specifications meet The letter P as the first the tire. The letter R means or exceed all federal safety character in the tire size radial ply construction; the guidelines. means a passenger vehicle letter D means diagonal or tire engineered to standards bias ply construction; and the set by the U.S. Tire and Rim letter B means belted‐bias ply Association. construction. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (60,1)

10-60 Vehicle Care

(E) Rim Diameter: Diameter of Accessory Weight: The Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic the wheel in inches. combined weight of optional tire in which the plies are laid (F) Service Description: These accessories. Some examples at alternate angles less than characters represent the load of optional accessories are 90 degrees to the centerline index and speed rating of the automatic transmission, power of the tread. tire. The load index represents steering, power brakes, power Cold Tire Pressure: The the load carrying capacity a tire windows, power seats, and air amount of air pressure in a tire, is certified to carry. The speed conditioning. measured in kPa (kilopascal) rating is the maximum speed a Aspect Ratio: The relationship or psi (pounds per square inch) tire is certified to carry a load. of a tire's height to its width. before a tire has built up heat Belt: A rubber coated layer of from driving. See Tire Pressure Tire Terminology and cords that is located between on page 10‑63. Definitions the plies and the tread. Cords Curb Weight: The weight of a Air Pressure: The amount may be made from steel or motor vehicle with standard and of air inside the tire pressing other reinforcing materials. optional equipment including outward on each square inch Bead: The tire bead contains the maximum capacity of fuel, of the tire. Air pressure is steel wires wrapped by steel oil, and coolant, but without expressed in kPa (kilopascal) cords that hold the tire onto passengers and cargo. or psi (pounds per square inch). the rim. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (61,1)

Vehicle Care 10-61

DOT Markings: A code Intended Outboard Sidewall: Maximum Loaded Vehicle molded into the sidewall of The side of an asymmetrical tire, Weight: The sum of curb a tire signifying that the tire that must always face outward weight, accessory weight, is in compliance with the U.S. when mounted on a vehicle. vehicle capacity weight, and Department of Transportation Kilopascal (kPa): The metric production options weight. (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety unit for air pressure. Normal Occupant Weight: The Standards. The DOT code number of occupants a vehicle includes the Tire Identification Light Truck (LT‐Metric) Tire: A tire used on light duty trucks and is designed to seat multiplied Number (TIN), an alphanumeric by 68 kg (150 lbs). See Vehicle designator which can also some multipurpose passenger Load Limits on page 9‑12. identify the tire manufacturer, vehicles. production plant, brand, and Load Index: An assigned Occupant Distribution: date of production. number ranging from 1 to 279 Designated seating positions. GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight that corresponds to the load Outward Facing Sidewall: Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits carrying capacity of a tire. The side of an asymmetrical tire on page 9‑12. Maximum Inflation Pressure: that has a particular side that faces outward when mounted GAWR FRT: Gross Axle The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire can be inflated. on a vehicle. The side of the Weight Rating for the front axle. tire that contains a whitewall, See Vehicle Load Limits on The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall. bears white lettering, or bears page 9‑12. manufacturer, brand, and/or GAWR RR: Gross Axle Maximum Load Rating: model name molding that is Weight Rating for the rear axle. The load rating for a tire at the higher or deeper than the See Vehicle Load Limits on maximum permissible inflation same moldings on the other page 9‑12. pressure for that tire. sidewall of the tire. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (62,1)

10-62 Vehicle Care

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: Sidewall: The portion of a tire UTQGS (Uniform Tire A tire used on passenger cars between the tread and the bead. Quality Grading Standards): and some light duty trucks and Speed Rating: An A tire information system multipurpose vehicles. alphanumeric code assigned to that provides consumers with Recommended Inflation a tire indicating the maximum ratings for a tire's traction, Pressure: Vehicle speed at which a tire can temperature, and treadwear. manufacturer's recommended operate. Ratings are determined by tire inflation pressure as tire manufacturers using Traction: The friction between government testing procedures. shown on the tire placard. the tire and the road surface. See Tire Pressure on The ratings are molded into The amount of grip provided. the sidewall of the tire. page 10‑63 and Vehicle See Uniform Tire Quality Load Limits on page 9‑12. Tread: The portion of a tire that comes into contact with Grading on page 10‑76. Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic the road. tire in which the ply cords that Vehicle Capacity Weight: extend to the beads are laid at Treadwear Indicators: Narrow The number of designated 90 degrees to the centerline of bands, sometimes called wear seating positions multiplied by the tread. bars, that show across the 68 kg (150 lbs) plus the rated tread of a tire when only 1.6 mm cargo load. See Vehicle Load Rim: A metal support for a tire (1/16 in) of tread remains. Limits on page 9‑12. and upon which the tire beads See When It Is Time for New are seated. Tires on page 10‑72. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (63,1)

Vehicle Care 10-63

Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Pressure Overinflated tires, or tires Tire: Load on an individual tire that have too much air, can due to curb weight, accessory Tires need the correct amount result in: weight, occupant weight, and of air pressure to operate . Unusual wear. cargo weight. effectively. Notice: Neither tire . Poor handling. Vehicle Placard: A label permanently attached to a underinflation nor . Rough ride. overinflation is good. vehicle showing the vehicle . Underinflated tires, or Needless damage from capacity weight and the road hazards. original equipment tire size tires that do not have and recommended inflation enough air, can result in: The Tire and Loading Information label on the pressure. See “Tire and Loading . Tire overloading and vehicle indicates the original Information Label” under Vehicle over-heating which equipment tires and the correct Load Limits on page 9‑12. could lead to a blowout. cold tire inflation pressures. . Premature or The recommended pressure irregular wear. is the minimum air pressure . Poor handling. needed to support the vehicle's maximum load carrying capacity. . Reduced fuel economy. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (64,1)

10-64 Vehicle Care

For additional information How to Check matches the recommended regarding how much weight Use a good quality pocket-type pressure on the Tire and the vehicle can carry, and an gauge to check tire pressure. Loading Information label, no example of the Tire and Loading Proper tire inflation cannot be further adjustment is necessary. Information label, see Vehicle determined by looking at the tire. If the inflation pressure is low, Load Limits on page 9‑12. Check the tire inflation pressure add air until the recommended How the vehicle is loaded when the tires are cold, meaning pressure is reached. If the affects vehicle handling and the vehicle has not been driven inflation pressure is high, press ride comfort. Never load the for at least three hours or no on the metal stem in the center vehicle with more weight than more than 1.6 km (1 mi). of the tire valve to release air. it was designed to carry. Remove the valve cap from the Re‐check the tire pressure with When to Check tire valve stem. Press the tire the tire gauge. Check the tires once a month gauge firmly onto the valve to Return the valve caps on the or more. Do not forget the get a pressure measurement. valve stems to prevent leaks compact spare tire, if the vehicle If the cold tire inflation pressure and keep out dirt and moisture. has one. The compact spare should be at 420 kPa (60 psi). For additional information regarding the compact spare tire, see Compact Spare Tire on page 10‑96. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (65,1)

Vehicle Care 10-65

Tire Pressure for Vehicles with P235/65R18, Tire Pressure Monitor P235/55R20, or 235/55R20 size High-Speed Operation tires require inflation pressure System adjustment when driving the vehicle The Tire Pressure Monitor System { WARNING at speeds of 160 km/h (100 mph) (TPMS) uses radio and sensor or higher. Set the cold inflation technology to check tire pressure Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h pressure to the maximum inflation levels. The TPMS sensors monitor (100 mph) or higher, puts pressure shown on the tire sidewall, the air pressure in your tires and an additional strain on tires. or 260 kPa (38 psi), whichever transmit tire pressure readings to Sustained high-speed driving is lower. Return the tires to the a receiver located in the vehicle. causes excessive heat build up recommended cold tire inflation Each tire, including the spare and can cause sudden tire failure. pressure when high-speed driving (if provided), should be checked You could have a crash and you has ended. See Vehicle Load Limits monthly when cold and inflated to on page 9 12 and Tire Pressure on or others could be killed. Some ‑ the inflation pressure recommended page 10 63. high-speed rated tires require ‑ by the vehicle manufacturer on inflation pressure adjustment for The maximum load and inflation the vehicle placard or tire inflation high speed operation. When pressure is molded on the tire pressure label. (If your vehicle has speed limits and road conditions sidewall, in small letters, near tires of a different size than the size are such that a vehicle can be the rim flange. It will read indicated on the vehicle placard or driven at high speeds, make sure something like this: Maximum load tire inflation pressure label, you the tires are rated for high speed 690 kg (1521 lbs) 300 kPa (44 psi) should determine the proper tire operation, in excellent condition, Max. Press. inflation pressure for those tires.) and set to the correct cold tire inflation pressure for the vehicle load. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (66,1)

10-66 Vehicle Care

As an added safety feature, your Your vehicle has also been Always check the TPMS malfunction vehicle has been equipped with equipped with a TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more a tire pressure monitoring system indicator to indicate when the tires or wheels on your vehicle to (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire system is not operating properly. ensure that the replacement or pressure telltale when one or The TPMS malfunction indicator is alternate tires and wheels allow more of your tires is significantly combined with the low tire pressure the TPMS to continue to function under‐inflated. telltale. When the system detects a properly. Accordingly, when the low tire malfunction, the telltale will flash for See Tire Pressure Monitor approximately one minute and then pressure telltale illuminates, you Operation on page 10‑67 for should stop and check your tires as remain continuously illuminated. additional information. soon as possible, and inflate them This sequence will continue upon to the proper pressure. Driving on subsequent vehicle start‐ups as Federal Communications long as the malfunction exists. a significantly under‐inflated tire Commission (FCC) and causes the tire to overheat and can When the malfunction indicator Industry Canada lead to tire failure. Under‐inflation is illuminated, the system may See Radio Frequency also reduces fuel efficiency and not be able to detect or signal low Statement on page 13‑20 for tire tread life, and may affect the tire pressure as intended. TPMS information regarding Part 15 vehicle's handling and stopping malfunctions may occur for a variety of the Federal Communications ability. of reasons, including the installation Commission (FCC) rules and Please note that the TPMS is of replacement or alternate tires or Industry Canada Standards not a substitute for proper tire wheels on the vehicle that prevent RSS-210/220/310. maintenance, and it is the driver's the TPMS from functioning properly. responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under‐inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (67,1)

Vehicle Care 10-67

Tire Pressure Monitor A message to check the pressure displays in the Driver Information Operation Center (DIC). The low tire pressure This vehicle may have a Tire warning light and the DIC warning Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). message come on at each ignition The TPMS is designed to warn cycle until the tires are inflated to the driver when a low tire pressure When a low tire pressure condition the correct inflation pressure. Using condition exists. TPMS sensors are is detected, the TPMS illuminates the DIC, tire pressure levels can be mounted onto each tire and wheel the low tire pressure warning light viewed. For additional information assembly, excluding the spare tire located on the instrument cluster. and details about the DIC operation and wheel assembly. The TPMS If the warning light comes on, and displays see Driver Information sensors monitor the air pressure stop as soon as possible and inflate Center (DIC) on page 5‑29. in the tires and transmit the tire the tires to the recommended The low tire pressure warning light pressure readings to a receiver pressure shown on the tire loading may come on in cool weather when located in the vehicle. information label. See Vehicle Load the vehicle is first started, and then Limits on page 9‑12. turn off as the vehicle is driven. This could be an early indicator that the air pressure is getting low and needs to be inflated to the proper pressure. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (68,1)

10-68 Vehicle Care

A Tire and Loading Information Notice: Tire sealant TPMS Malfunction Light and label shows the size of the original materials are not all the same. Message equipment tires and the correct A non-approved tire sealant inflation pressure for the tires when could damage the TPMS sensors. The TPMS will not function properly they are cold. See Vehicle Load TPMS sensor damage caused by if one or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or inoperable. When Limits on page 9‑12, for an example using an incorrect tire sealant of the Tire and Loading Information is not covered by the vehicle the system detects a malfunction, label and its location. Also see Tire warranty. Always use only the low tire pressure warning light flashes for about one minute and Pressure on page 10‑63. the GM-approved tire sealant then stays on for the remainder of The TPMS can warn about a available through your dealer or included in the vehicle. the ignition cycle. A DIC warning low tire pressure condition but message also displays. The it does not replace normal tire Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits malfunction light and DIC warning maintenance. See Tire Inspection use a GM approved liquid tire message come on at each ignition on page 10‑71, Tire Rotation on sealant. Using non-approved tire cycle until the problem is corrected. page 10‑71 and Tires on sealants could damage the TPMS Some of the conditions that can page 10‑56. sensors. See Tire Sealant and cause these to come on are: Compressor Kit on page 10‑81 for information regarding the inflator . One of the road tires has been kit materials and instructions. replaced with the spare tire. The spare tire does not have a TPMS sensor. The malfunction light and the DIC message should go off after the road tire is replaced and the sensor matching process is performed successfully. See "TPMS Sensor Matching Process" later in this section. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (69,1)

Vehicle Care 10-69

. The TPMS sensor matching . Replacement tires or wheels do TPMS Sensor Matching process was not done or not match the original equipment Process not completed successfully tires or wheels. Tires and wheels after rotating the tires. The other than those recommended Each TPMS sensor has a unique malfunction light and the DIC could prevent the TPMS from identification code. The identification message should go off after functioning properly. See Buying code needs to be matched to a successfully completing the New Tires on page 10‑73. new tire/wheel position after rotating the vehicle s tires or replacing sensor matching process. . ’ Operating electronic devices or one or more of the TPMS sensors. See "TPMS Sensor Matching being near facilities using radio Process" later in this section. Also, the TPMS sensor matching wave frequencies similar to the process should be performed after . One or more TPMS sensors TPMS could cause the TPMS replacing a spare tire with a road are missing or damaged. sensors to malfunction. tire containing the TPMS sensor. The malfunction light and If the TPMS is not functioning The malfunction light and the DIC the DIC message should go properly, it cannot detect or signal a message should go off at the next off when the TPMS sensors low tire condition. See your dealer ignition cycle. The sensors are are installed and the sensor for service if the TPMS malfunction matched to the tire/wheel positions, matching process is performed light and DIC message come on using a TPMS relearn tool, in the successfully. See your dealer and stay on. following order: driver side front tire, for service. passenger side front tire, passenger side rear tire, and driver side rear. See your dealer for service or to purchase a relearn tool. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (70,1)

10-70 Vehicle Care

There are two minutes to match 6. Press SET to confirm selection. 10. Proceed to the passenger the first tire/wheel position, and The horn sounds twice to signal side rear tire, and repeat the five minutes overall to match all the receiver is in relearn mode procedure in Step 5. four tire/wheel positions. If it takes and TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE 11. Proceed to the driver side rear longer, the matching process stops message displays on the DIC tire, and repeat the procedure and must be restarted. screen. in Step 5. The horn sounds two The TPMS sensor matching 7. Start with the driver side times to indicate the sensor process is: front tire. identification code has been 1. Set the parking brake. 8. Place the relearn tool against matched to the driver side rear the tire sidewall, near the valve tire, and the TPMS sensor 2. Place the vehicle power mode matching process is no longer in ON/RUN/START. See Ignition stem. Then press the button to activate the TPMS sensor. active. The TIRE LEARNING Positions on page 9‑18. A horn chirp confirms that the ACTIVE message on the DIC 3. Select the vehicle information sensor identification code has display screen goes off. menu using the menu button. been matched to this tire and 12. Press STOP to turn the 4. Select the tire pressure screen wheel position. ignition off. using the up/down thumbwheel. 9. Proceed to the passenger 13. Set all four tires to the 5. Press and hold SET to begin the side front tire, and repeat the recommended air pressure sensor matching process. procedure in Step 5. level as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (71,1)

Vehicle Care 10-71

Tire Inspection . The tire has a bump, bulge, Any time you notice unusual or split. wear, rotate the tires as soon GM recommends that the tires, . The tire has a puncture, cut, as possible and check wheel including the spare tire, if the alignment. Also check for vehicle has one, be inspected or other damage that cannot be repaired well because of damaged tires or wheels. for signs of wear or damage at See When It Is Time for New least once a month. the size or location of the damage. Tires on page 10‑72 and Wheel Replace the tire if: Replacement on page 10‑78. . The indicators at three or Tire Rotation more places around the tire Tires should be rotated can be seen. every 12 000 km (7,500 mi). . There is cord or fabric See Scheduled Maintenance on showing through the tire's page 11‑2. rubber. The purpose of a regular tire . The tread or sidewall is rotation is to achieve a uniform cracked, cut, or snagged wear for all tires on the vehicle. deep enough to show cord This will ensure that the vehicle or fabric. continues to perform most like it did when the tires were new. When rotating the vehicle's tires, always use the correct rotation pattern shown here. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (72,1)

10-72 Vehicle Care

Do not include the compact When It Is Time for New { WARNING spare tire in the tire rotation. Tires After the tires have been Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the Factors such as maintenance, rotated, adjust the front and parts to which it is fastened, can temperatures, driving speeds, rear inflation pressures as make wheel nuts become loose vehicle loading, and road conditions shown on the Tire and Loading after time. The wheel could come affect the wear rate of the tires. Information label. See Tire off and cause an accident. When Pressure on page 10‑63 changing a wheel, remove any and Vehicle Load Limits on rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. page 9‑12. In an emergency, use a cloth or Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor a paper towel to do this; but be System. See Tire Pressure sure to use a scraper or wire Monitor Operation on brush later, if needed, to get all page 10‑67. the rust or dirt off. See If a Tire Make certain that all wheel Goes Flat on page 10‑79. nuts are properly tightened. See “Wheel Nut Torque” under Lightly coat the center of the Capacities and Specifications on wheel hub with wheel bearing Treadwear indicators are one way page 12‑2. grease after a wheel change or tire rotation to prevent to tell when it is time for new tires. Treadwear indicators appear when corrosion or rust build-up. the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) Do not get grease on the flat or less of tread remaining. See Tire wheel mounting surface or Inspection on page 10‑71 and Tire on the wheel nuts or bolts. Rotation on page 10‑71 for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (73,1)

Vehicle Care 10-73

The rubber in tires ages over time. Parking for an extended period designed to give the same This also applies for the spare tire, can cause flat spots on the tires performance and vehicle safety, if the vehicle has one, even if it is that may result in vibrations while during normal use, as the never used. Multiple conditions driving. When storing a vehicle for original tires. including temperatures, loading at least a month, remove the tires conditions, and inflation pressure or raise the vehicle to reduce the GM's exclusive TPC Spec maintenance affect how fast aging weight from the tires. system considers over a takes place. Tires will typically dozen critical specifications that need to be replaced due to wear Buying New Tires impact the overall performance before they may need to be of the vehicle, including brake replaced due to age. Consult the tire GM has developed and matched specific tires for the vehicle. system performance, ride and manufacturer for more information handling, traction control, on when tires should be replaced. The original equipment tires installed on the vehicle, when and tire pressure monitoring Vehicle Storage it was new, were designed performance. GM's TPC Spec Tires age when stored normally to meet General Motors number is molded onto the mounted on a parked vehicle. Tire Performance Criteria tire's sidewall near the tire size. Park a vehicle that will be stored Specification (TPC Spec) If the tires have an all‐season for at least a month in a cool, dry, system rating. If you need tread design, the TPC Spec clean area away from direct sunlight replacement tires, GM strongly number will be followed by an to slow aging. This area should be MS for mud and snow. See Tire free of grease, gasoline, or other recommends that you get tires with the same TPC Spec Sidewall Labeling on page 10‑57 substances that can deteriorate for additional information. rubber. rating. This way, the vehicle will continue to have tires that are Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (74,1)

10-74 Vehicle Care

GM recommends replacing tires in sets of four. This is because { WARNING { WARNING uniform tread depth on all Mixing tires could cause you Using bias-ply tires on the tires will help keep the vehicle to lose control while driving. vehicle may cause the wheel performing most like it did when If you mix tires of different rim flanges to develop cracks the tires were new. Replacing sizes, brands, or types after many miles of driving. less than a full set of tires can (radial and bias-belted tires), A tire and/or wheel could fail affect the braking and handling the vehicle may not handle suddenly and cause a crash. performance of the vehicle. See properly, and you could have Use only radial-ply tires with Tire Inspection on page 10‑71 a crash. Using tires of different the wheels on the vehicle. and Tire Rotation on page 10‑71 sizes, brands, or types may for information on proper tire also cause damage to the rotation. If you must replace the vehicle's vehicle. Be sure to use the tires with those that do not have correct size, brand, and type { WARNING a TPC Spec number, make of tires on all wheels. It is all sure they are the same size, Tires could explode during right to drive with the compact load range, speed rating, and improper service. Attempting to spare temporarily, as it was construction type (radial and developed for use on the mount or dismount a tire could bias‐belted tires) as the vehicle's cause injury or death. Only your vehicle. See Compact Spare original tires. dealer or authorized tire service Tire on page 10‑96. center should mount or dismount the tires. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (75,1)

Vehicle Care 10-75

Vehicles that have a tire Different Size Tires and { WARNING pressure monitoring system Wheels could give an inaccurate If different sized wheels are used, low‐pressure warning if If wheels or tires are installed that are a different size than the original there may not be an acceptable non‐TPC Spec rated tires level of performance and safety are installed on the vehicle. equipment wheels and tires, vehicle performance, including its braking, if tires not recommended for Non‐TPC Spec rated tires may ride and handling characteristics, those wheels are selected. This give a low‐pressure warning stability, and resistance to rollover increases the chance of a crash that is higher or lower than the may be affected. If the vehicle has and serious injury. Only use GM proper warning level you would electronic systems such as antilock specific wheel and tire systems get with TPC Spec rated tires. brakes, rollover airbags, traction developed for the vehicle, and See Tire Pressure Monitor control, and electronic stability have them properly installed by System on page 10‑65. control, the performance of these a GM certified technician. systems can also be affected. The vehicle's original equipment tires are listed on the Tire See Buying New Tires on and Loading Information label. page 10‑73 and Accessories See Vehicle Load Limits on and Modifications on page 10‑3 for additional information. page 9‑12 for more information about the Tire and Loading Information label and its location on the vehicle. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (76,1)

10-76 Vehicle Care

Uniform Tire Quality Quality Grading (UTQG) Treadwear Grading system does not apply to deep The treadwear grade is a tread, winter-type snow tires, Quality grades can be found comparative rating based space-saver, or temporary use on the wear rate of the tire where applicable on the tire spare tires, tires with nominal sidewall between tread shoulder when tested under controlled rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches conditions on a specified and maximum section width. (25 to 30 cm), or to some For example: government test course. limited-production tires. For example, a tire graded 150 Treadwear 200 Traction AA While the tires available on would wear one and a half (1½) Temperature A General Motors passenger times as well on the government The following information relates cars and light trucks may vary course as a tire graded 100. to the system developed by the with respect to these grades, The relative performance of United States National Highway they must also conform to tires depends upon the actual Traffic Safety Administration federal safety requirements and conditions of their use, however, (NHTSA), which grades tires additional General Motors Tire and may depart significantly by treadwear, traction, and Performance Criteria (TPC) from the norm due to variations temperature performance. standards. in driving habits, service This applies only to vehicles All Passenger Car Tires Must practices and differences in sold in the United States. Conform to Federal Safety road characteristics and climate. The grades are molded on the Requirements In Addition To sidewalls of most passenger These Grades. car tires. The Uniform Tire Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (77,1)

Vehicle Care 10-77

Traction – AA, A, B, C Temperature – A, B, C passenger car tires must meet The traction grades, from The temperature grades under the Federal Motor Safety highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, are A (the highest), B, and C, Standard No. 109. Grades B and C. Those grades represent representing the tire's resistance and A represent higher levels of the tire's ability to stop on to the generation of heat and performance on the laboratory wet pavement as measured its ability to dissipate heat test wheel than the minimum under controlled conditions when tested under controlled required by law. Warning: The on specified government conditions on a specified temperature grade for this tire test surfaces of asphalt and indoor laboratory test wheel. is established for a tire that concrete. A tire marked C may Sustained high temperature can is properly inflated and not have poor traction performance. cause the material of the tire overloaded. Excessive speed, Warning: The traction grade to degenerate and reduce tire underinflation, or excessive assigned to this tire is based life, and excessive temperature loading, either separately or in on straight-ahead braking can lead to sudden tire failure. combination, can cause heat traction tests, and does not The grade C corresponds to a buildup and possible tire failure. include acceleration, cornering, level of performance which all hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (78,1)

10-78 Vehicle Care

Wheel Alignment and Tire Wheel Replacement { WARNING Balance Replace any wheel that is bent, The tires and wheels were aligned cracked, or badly rusted or Using the wrong replacement and balanced at the factory to corroded. If wheel nuts keep wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel provide the longest tire life and best coming loose, the wheel, wheel nuts can be dangerous. It could overall performance. Adjustments to bolts, and wheel nuts should be affect the braking and handling wheel alignment and tire balancing replaced. If the wheel leaks air, of the vehicle. Tires can lose air, will not be necessary on a regular replace it. Some aluminum wheels and cause loss of control, causing basis. However, check the can be repaired. See your dealer a crash. Always use the correct alignment if there is unusual tire if any of these conditions exist. wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel wear or if the vehicle is pulling to Your dealer will know the kind of nuts for replacement. one side or the other. If the vehicle wheel that is needed. vibrates when driving on a smooth Each new wheel should have Notice: The wrong wheel can road, the tires and wheels might the same load-carrying capacity, also cause problems with need to be rebalanced. See your diameter, width, offset, and be bearing life, brake cooling, dealer for proper diagnosis. mounted the same way as the speedometer or odometer one it replaces. calibration, headlamp aim, bumper height, vehicle ground Replace wheels, wheel bolts, clearance, and tire or tire chain wheel nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor clearance to the body and System (TPMS) sensors with new chassis. GM original equipment parts. See If a Tire Goes Flat on page 10‑79 for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (79,1)

Vehicle Care 10-79

Used Replacement Wheels If a Tire Goes Flat WARNING (Continued) It is unusual for a tire to blowout, { WARNING suspension, or other vehicle especially if the tires are maintained properly. See Tires. If air goes out of Replacing a wheel with a used parts. The area damaged by the a tire, it is much more likely to leak one is dangerous. How it has tire chains could cause loss of control and a crash. out slowly. But if there is ever a been used or how far it has been blowout, here are a few tips about driven may be unknown. It could Use another type of traction what to expect and what to do: fail suddenly and cause a crash. device only if its manufacturer If a front tire fails, the flat tire When replacing wheels, use a recommends it for the vehicle's creates a drag that pulls the vehicle new GM original equipment tire size combination and wheel. toward that side. Take your foot road conditions. Follow that off the accelerator pedal and grip manufacturer's instructions. the steering wheel firmly. Steer to Tire Chains To avoid vehicle damage, drive maintain lane position, and then slow and readjust or remove the gently brake to a stop, well off the traction device if it contacts the road, if possible. { WARNING vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. Do not use tire chains. There is If traction devices are used, install not enough clearance. Tire chains them on the front tires. used on a vehicle without the proper amount of clearance can cause damage to the brakes, (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (80,1)

10-80 Vehicle Care

A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts much like a skid and { WARNING { WARNING may require the same correction as used in a skid. Stop pressing Lifting a vehicle and getting Changing a tire can be the accelerator pedal and steer under it to do maintenance or dangerous. The vehicle can to straighten the vehicle. It may repairs is dangerous without the slip off the jack and roll over be very bumpy and noisy. Gently appropriate safety equipment and or fall causing injury or death. brake to a stop, well off the road, training. If a jack is provided with Find a level place to change the if possible. the vehicle, it is designed only for tire. To help prevent the vehicle changing a flat tire. If it is used for from moving: { WARNING anything else, you or others could 1. Set the parking brake firmly. be badly injured or killed if the Driving on a flat tire will cause vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack 2. Put an automatic permanent damage to the tire. is provided with the vehicle, only transmission shift lever in Re-inflating a tire after it has use it for changing a flat tire. P (Park), or shift a manual transmission to 1 (First) or been driven on while severely R (Reverse). underinflated or flat may cause If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire 3. Turn off the engine and do a blowout and a serious crash. and wheel damage by driving slowly not restart while the vehicle Never attempt to re-inflate a tire to a level place, well off the road, is raised. that has been driven on while if possible. Turn on the hazard severely underinflated or flat. warning flashers. See Hazard 4. Do not allow passengers to Have your dealer or an authorized Warning Flashers on page 6‑5. remain in the vehicle. tire service center repair or 5. Place wheel blocks on replace the flat tire as soon both sides of the tire at the as possible. opposite corner of the tire being changed. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (81,1)

Vehicle Care 10-81

This vehicle may come with a jack Tire Sealant and and spare tire or a tire sealant and compressor kit. To use the Compressor Kit jacking equipment to change a spare tire safely, follow the { WARNING instructions below. Then see Tire Changing on page 10‑89. To use Idling a vehicle in an enclosed the tire sealant and compressor kit, area with poor ventilation is see Tire Sealant and Compressor dangerous. Engine exhaust may Kit on page 10‑81. A. Wheel Block enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust contains Carbon Monoxide (CO) When the vehicle has a flat tire (B), B. Flat Tire which cannot be seen or smelled. use the following example as a The following information explains It can cause unconsciousness guide to assist you in the placement how to repair or change a tire. of wheel blocks (A). and even death. Never run the engine in an enclosed area that has no fresh air ventilation. For more information, see Engine Exhaust on page 9‑24. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (82,1)

10-82 Vehicle Care

If this vehicle has a tire sealant and The kit includes: { WARNING compressor kit, there may not be a spare tire, tire changing equipment, Overinflating a tire could cause and on some vehicles there may not the tire to rupture and you be a place to store a tire. or others could be injured. Be sure to read and follow the The tire sealant and compressor tire sealant and compressor kit can be used to temporarily seal instructions and inflate the tire punctures up to 6 mm (¼ in) in the tread area of the tire. It can also be to its recommended pressure. used to inflate an under inflated tire. Do not exceed the recommended pressure. If the tire has been separated from the wheel, has damaged sidewalls, or has a large puncture, the tire is too severely damaged for the tire { WARNING sealant and compressor kit to be effective. See Roadside Service Storing the tire sealant and (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑8 compressor kit or other or Roadside Service (Mexico) on equipment in the passenger page 13‑11. compartment of the vehicle could Read and follow all of the tire cause injury. In a sudden stop or sealant and compressor kit collision, loose equipment could instructions. strike someone. Store the tire sealant and compressor kit in its original location. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (83,1)

Vehicle Care 10-83

A. Selector Switch Replacement sealant canisters (Sealant/Air or Air Only) are available at your local dealer. B. On/Off Button See “Removal and Installation of the Sealant Canister” following. C. Pressure Gauge There is only enough sealant to D. Pressure Deflation Button seal one tire. After usage, the E. Tire Sealant Canister sealant canister and sealant/air hose assembly must be replaced. F. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear) See “Removal and Installation G. Air Only Hose (Black) of the Sealant Canister” following. H. Power Plug Using the Tire Sealant Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit to Temporarily Seal and Inflate Read and follow the safe handling a Punctured Tire instructions on the label adhered to the sealant canister. Follow the directions closely for correct sealant usage. Check the tire sealant expiration date on the sealant canister. The sealant canister should be replaced before its expiration date.

When using the tire sealant and compressor kit during cold temperatures, warm the kit in a Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (84,1)

10-84 Vehicle Care

heated environment for five minutes. 3. Place the kit on the ground. 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle This will help to inflate the tire Make sure the tire valve stem is must be running while using the faster. positioned close to the ground air compressor. If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire so the hose will reach it. 8. Turn the selector switch (A) and wheel damage by driving slowly 4. Remove the valve stem cap counterclockwise to the to a level place. Turn on the hazard from the flat tire by turning it Sealant + Air position. warning flashers. See Hazard counterclockwise. 9. Press the on/off (B) button to Warning Flashers on page 6‑5. 5. Attach the sealant/air hose (F) turn the tire sealant and See If a Tire Goes Flat on onto the tire valve stem. Turn it compressor kit on. page 10‑79 for other important clockwise until it is tight. The compressor will inject safety warnings. 6. Plug the power plug (H) into the sealant and air into the tire. Do not remove any objects that accessory power outlet in the The pressure gauge (C) will have penetrated the tire. vehicle. Unplug all items from initially show a high pressure 1. Remove the tire sealant and other accessory power outlets. while the compressor pushes the compressor kit from its storage See Power Outlets on page 5‑8. sealant into the tire. Once the location. See Storing the Tire If the vehicle has an accessory sealant is completely dispersed Sealant and Compressor Kit on power outlet, do not use the into the tire, the pressure will page 10‑89. cigarette lighter. quickly drop and start to rise 2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (F) again as the tire inflates with If the vehicle only has a cigarette air only. and the power plug (H). lighter, use the cigarette lighter. Do not pinch the power plug cord in the door or window. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (85,1)

Vehicle Care 10-85

10. Inflate the tire to the the accessory power outlet and 13. Turn the sealant/air hose (F) recommended inflation unscrew the inflating hose from counterclockwise to remove it pressure using the pressure the tire valve. See Roadside from the tire valve stem. gauge (C). The recommended Service (U.S. and Canada) on 14. Replace the tire valve inflation pressure can be page 13‑8 or Roadside Service stem cap. found on the Tire and Loading (Mexico) on page 13‑11. 15. Replace the sealant/air Information label. See Tire 11. Press the on/off button (B) Pressure on page 10‑63. hose (F), and the power to turn the tire sealant and plug (H) back in their original The pressure gauge (C) may compressor kit off. location. read higher than the actual tire The tire is not sealed and pressure while the compressor will continue to leak air until is on. Turn the compressor the vehicle is driven and the off to get an accurate pressure sealant is distributed in the tire, reading. The compressor therefore, Steps 12 through 18 may be turned on/off until the must be done immediately after correct pressure is reached. Step 11. Notice: If the recommended Be careful while handling the 16. If the flat tire was able to pressure cannot be reached tire sealant and compressor inflate to the recommended after approximately 25 minutes, kit as it could be warm after inflation pressure, remove the the vehicle should not be driven usage. maximum speed label from the farther. The tire is too severely sealant canister (E) and place 12. Unplug the power plug (H) from damaged and the tire sealant and it in a highly visible location. the accessory power outlet in compressor kit cannot inflate the Do not exceed the speed on the vehicle. tire. Remove the power plug from this label until the damaged tire is repaired or replaced. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (86,1)

10-86 Vehicle Care

17. Return the equipment to its inflation pressure, stop driving 21. Dispose of the used sealant original storage location in the the vehicle. The tire is too canister (E) and sealant/air vehicle. severely damaged and the tire hose (F) assembly at a local 18. Immediately drive the vehicle sealant cannot seal the tire. dealer or in accordance with 8 km (5 miles) to distribute the See Roadside Service (U.S. local state codes and practices. sealant in the tire. and Canada) on page 13‑8 or 22. Replace it with a new canister Roadside Service (Mexico) on available from your dealer. 19. Stop at a safe location and page 13‑11. check the tire pressure. 23. After temporarily sealing the Refer to Steps 1 through 11 If the tire pressure has not tire using the tire sealant dropped more than 68 kPa under “Using the Tire Sealant and compressor kit, take the and Compressor Kit without (10 psi) from the recommended vehicle to an authorized dealer Sealant to Inflate a Tire inflation pressure, inflate the within 161 km (100 miles) of tire to the recommended (Not Punctured).” driving to have the tire repaired inflation pressure. If the tire pressure has fallen or replaced. more than 68 kPa (10 psi) 20. Wipe off any sealant from the wheel, tire, and vehicle. Using the Tire Sealant and below the recommended Compressor Kit without Sealant to Inflate a Tire (Not Punctured) To use the air compressor to inflate a tire with air only and not sealant: Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (87,1)

Vehicle Care 10-87

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire 6. Plug the power plug (H) into the and wheel damage by driving slowly accessory power outlet in the to a level place. Turn on the hazard vehicle. Unplug all items from warning flashers. See Hazard other accessory power outlets. Warning Flashers on page 6‑5. See Power Outlets on page 5‑8. See If a Tire Goes Flat on If the vehicle has an accessory page 10‑79 for other important power outlet, do not use the safety warnings. cigarette lighter. 1. Remove the tire sealant and If the vehicle only has a cigarette compressor kit from its storage lighter, use the cigarette lighter. location. See Storing the Tire Do not pinch the power plug Sealant and Compressor Kit on cord in the door or window. page 10‑89. 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle 2. Unwrap the air only hose (G) must be running while using the and the power plug (H). air compressor. 3. Place the kit on the ground. 8. Turn the selector switch (A) Make sure the tire valve stem is clockwise to the Air Only positioned close to the ground position. so the hose will reach it. 9. Press the on/off (B) button to 4. Remove the tire valve stem cap turn the compressor on. from the flat tire by turning it The compressor will inflate the counterclockwise. tire with air only. 5. Attach the air only hose (G) onto the tire valve stem by turning it clockwise until it is tight. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (88,1)

10-88 Vehicle Care

10. Inflate the tire to the 11. Press the on/off button (B) recommended inflation to turn the tire sealant and pressure using the pressure compressor kit off. gauge (C). The recommended Be careful while handling the inflation pressure can be tire sealant and compressor found on the Tire and Loading kit as it could be warm after Information label. See Tire usage. Pressure on page 10‑63. 12. Unplug the power plug (H) from The pressure gauge (C) may the accessory power outlet in read higher than the actual tire the vehicle. pressure while the compressor is on. Turn the compressor off 13. Disconnect the air only to get an accurate reading. hose (G) from the tire The tire sealant and compressor kit The compressor may be turned valve stem, by turning it has an accessory adapter located in on/off until the correct pressure counterclockwise, and replace a compartment on the bottom of its is reached. the tire valve stem cap. housing that may be used to inflate If you inflate the tire higher 14. Replace the air only hose (G) air mattresses, balls, etc. than the recommended and the power plug (H) and pressure you can adjust cord back in its original the excess pressure by location. pressing the pressure deflation 15. Place the equipment in the button (D) until the proper original storage location in the pressure reading is reached. vehicle. This option is only functional when using the air only hose (G). Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (89,1)

Vehicle Care 10-89

Removal and Installation of the Storing the Tire Sealant Tire Changing Sealant Canister and Compressor Kit Removing the Spare Tire and To remove the sealant canister: Tools 1. Unwrap the sealant hose. To access the spare tire and tools: 2. Press the canister release 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate button. on page 2‑14. 3. Pull up and remove the canister. 4. Replace with a new canister which is available from your dealer. 5. Push the new canister into place.

This vehicle may have a tire sealant and compressor kit in place of a jack or spare tire. It is located in a foam container in the rear compartment storage area. If the vehicle has a cargo cover, 2. Press on the bottom of the see Cargo Management System on handle assembly to unlatch it page 4‑4 for instructions on how and lift up on the handle. to access the tire sealant and compressor kit. The prop rod locks into place when open. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (90,1)

10-90 Vehicle Care

3. Remove the spare tire cover. 4. Remove the nut retaining the 6. Remove the wing nut (D). spare tire. 7. Remove the extension (A), 5. Remove the spare tire and place jack (B) and wheel wrench (C) it next to the tire being changed. and place them near the tire being changed. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (91,1)

Vehicle Care 10-91

Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire Take off the wheel cover or center cap, if the vehicle has one, to reach the wheel bolts. 1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See If a Tire Goes Flat on page 10‑79 for more information. 2. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to loosen and remove the wheel nut caps. 4. Turn the wheel wrench 6. Position the jack lift head at the Do not try to remove plastic caps counterclockwise to loosen jack location nearest the flat tire. from the cover or center cap. all the wheel nuts, but do not The jacking location is indicated remove them yet. 3. Pull the cover or center cap by a V-shaped notch in the away from the wheel. Store 5. Place the jack near the flat tire. plastic molding. The jack the wheel cover in the cargo Notice: Make sure that the jack must not be used in any other area until you have the flat tire lift head is in the correct position position. repaired or replaced. or you may damage your vehicle. The repairs would not be covered by your warranty. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (92,1)

10-92 Vehicle Care

8. Turn the extension with the { WARNING wheel wrench clockwise to raise the jack lift head until the jack Raising the vehicle with the just fits under the vehicle. jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall. To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage, be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle.

7. Insert the hooked end of the extension handle through the { WARNING jack and the flat end through the wheel wrench. Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or { WARNING repairs is dangerous without the 9. Raise the vehicle by turning the appropriate safety equipment and wheel wrench clockwise until the Getting under a vehicle when it training. If a jack is provided with slots in the jack head fit into the is jacked up is dangerous. If the the vehicle, it is designed only for metal flange located behind the vehicle slips off the jack, you changing a flat tire. If it is used for triangle on the plastic moulding. could be badly injured or killed. anything else, you or others could Never get under a vehicle when be badly injured or killed if the it is supported only by a jack. vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack is provided with the vehicle, only use it for changing a flat tire. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (93,1)

Vehicle Care 10-93

Notice: Using a jack to raise the vehicle without positioning it { WARNING correctly could damage your vehicle. When raising your Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the vehicle on a jack, be sure to parts to which it is fastened, can position it correctly under the make wheel nuts become loose frame and avoid contact with after time. The wheel could come the plastic molding. off and cause an accident. When changing a wheel, remove any 10. Put the compact spare tire rust or dirt from places where the near you. wheel attaches to the vehicle. In an emergency, use a cloth or a paper towel to do this; but be sure 12. Remove any rust or dirt from to use a scraper or wire brush the wheel bolts, mounting later, if needed, to get all the rust surfaces, and spare wheel. or dirt off. See If a Tire Goes Flat on page 10‑79. 13. Place the compact spare tire on the wheel-mounting surface.

{ WARNING

Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts because the nuts might come loose. The vehicle's wheel Remove all of the wheel nuts. could fall off, causing a crash. 11. Remove the flat tire. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (94,1)

10-94 Vehicle Care

14. Reinstall the wheel nuts. Notice: Improperly tightened 17. Lower the jack all the way and Tighten each nut by hand wheel nuts can lead to brake remove the jack from under the until the wheel is held against pulsation and rotor damage. vehicle. the hub. To avoid expensive brake repairs, 18. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly 15. Lower the vehicle by evenly tighten the wheel nuts with the wheel wrench. in the proper sequence and to turning the jack handle When reinstalling the wheel cover counterclockwise. the proper torque specification. See Capacities and Specifications or center cap on the full-size tire, on page 12‑2 for the wheel nut tighten all five plastic caps hand { WARNING torque specification. snug with the aid of the wheel wrench and tighten them with Wheel nuts that are improperly the wheel wrench an additional or incorrectly tightened can one‐quarter of a turn. cause the wheels to become loose or come off. The wheel Notice: Wheel covers will not fit nuts should be tightened with on the vehicle's compact spare. If you try to put a wheel cover on a torque wrench to the proper the compact spare, the cover or torque specification after the spare could be damaged. replacing. Follow the torque specification supplied by the aftermarket manufacturer when using accessory locking wheel nuts. See Capacities and Specifications on page 12 2 for ‑ 16. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly original equipment wheel nut in a crisscross sequence, torque specifications. as shown. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (95,1)

Vehicle Care 10-95

Storing a Flat or Spare Tire 3. Install the cargo cover. and Tools For more information, see Cargo Management System on { WARNING page 4‑4. 4. Place the tire, lying flat, in the Storing a jack, a tire, or other rear storage compartment. equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden stop or collision, loose equipment could strike someone. Store all these in the proper place. 6. Route the strap through the wheel, as shown. To store the flat or spare tire and tools: 7. Attach the strap to the other cargo tie-down in the rear of 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate the vehicle. on page 2‑14 for more information. 8. Tighten the strap. 2. Put back all tools as they 5. Attach the strap to the cargo The compact spare is for temporary were stored in the rear storage tie-down in the rear of the use only. Replace the compact compartment and put the vehicle. spare tire with a full-size tire as compartment cover back on. soon as you can. For more information, see “Storing the Compact Spare Tire and Tools” next in this section. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (96,1)

10-96 Vehicle Care

Compact Spare Tire tire repaired or replaced at your Jump Starting convenience. Of course, it is best to replace the spare with a full-size For more information about the { WARNING tire as soon as possible. The spare vehicle battery, see Battery on page 10 30. Driving with more than one tire will last longer and be in good ‑ shape in case it is needed again. compact spare tire at a time If the vehicle battery has run down, could result in loss of braking Notice: When the compact you may want to use another and handling. This could lead to a spare is installed, do not take vehicle and some jumper cables to crash and you or others could be the vehicle through an automatic start your vehicle. Be sure to use injured. Use only one compact car wash with guide rails. The the following steps to do it safely. spare tire at a time. compact spare can get caught on the rails which can damage the { WARNING tire, wheel and other parts of the If this vehicle has a compact vehicle. Batteries can hurt you. They can spare tire, it was fully inflated when be dangerous because: the vehicle was new; however, it Do not use the compact spare on can lose air after a time. Check the other vehicles. . They contain acid that can inflation pressure regularly. It should Do not mix the compact spare tire burn you. be 420 kPa (60 psi). or wheel with other wheels or tires. . They contain gas that can After installing the compact spare They will not fit. Keep the spare tire explode or ignite. and its wheel together. on the vehicle, stop as soon . They contain enough as possible and make sure the Notice: Tire chains will not fit electricity to burn you. spare tire is correctly inflated. the compact spare. Using them The compact spare is made to can damage the vehicle and can If you do not follow these steps perform well at speeds up to damage the chains too. Do not exactly, some or all of these 105 km/h (65 mph) for distances up use tire chains on the compact things can hurt you. to 5 000 km (3,000 mi), so you can spare. finish your trip and have the full-size Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (97,1)

Vehicle Care 10-97

Notice: Ignoring these steps 2. Get the vehicles close enough 3. Turn off the ignition on both could result in costly damage so the jumper cables can reach, vehicles. Unplug unnecessary to the vehicle that would not be but be sure the vehicles are accessories plugged into the covered by the warranty. not touching each other. If they cigarette lighter or the accessory Trying to start the vehicle by are, it could cause a ground power outlet. Turn off the radio pushing or pulling it will not connection you do not want. and all lamps that are not work, and it could damage the You would not be able to start needed. This will avoid sparks, vehicle. your vehicle, and the bad helping save both batteries and grounding could damage the the radio. 1. Check the other vehicle. It must electrical systems. have a 12-volt battery with a 4. Open the hood on the negative ground system. To avoid the possibility of the other vehicle and locate the vehicles rolling, set the parking positive (+) and negative (−) Notice: Only use a vehicle brake firmly on both vehicles terminal locations on that that has a 12-volt system with involved in the jump start vehicle. a negative ground for jump procedure. Put the transmission starting. If the other vehicle does Open the hood on your vehicle in P (Park) before setting the and find the remote positive (+) not have a 12-volt system with a parking brake. negative ground, both vehicles and remote negative (−) jump can be damaged. Notice: If the radio or other starting terminals. accessories are left on during the jump starting procedure, they could be damaged. The repairs would not be covered by the warranty. Always turn off the radio and other accessories when jump starting the vehicle. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (98,1)

10-98 Vehicle Care

To uncover the remote positive (+) terminal, lift open WARNING (Continued) the access panel on the battery cover indicated by the (+) sign. your new vehicle. But if a battery has filler caps, be sure the right amount of fluid is there. If it is low, { WARNING add water to take care of that An electric fan can start up even first. If you do not, explosive gas when the engine is not running could be present. and can injure you. Keep hands, Battery fluid contains acid that clothing and tools away from any can burn you. Do not get it on underhood electric fan. you. If you accidentally get it in Your vehicle is equipped with a your eyes or on your skin, flush remote positive (+) terminal (A) the place with water and get and a remote negative (−) { WARNING medical help immediately. terminal (B). The remote positive (+) terminal is located Using an open flame near a in the engine compartment on battery can cause battery gas to { WARNING the driver side of the vehicle, explode. People have been hurt above the rear of the battery. doing this, and some have been The remote negative (−) terminal Fans or other moving engine blinded. Use a flashlight if you is a stud located in the engine parts can injure you badly. Keep compartment on the driver side need more light. your hands away from moving of the vehicle, on the front tie Be sure the battery has enough parts once the engine is running. bar. See Engine Compartment water. You do not need to add Overview on page 10‑6 for more water to the battery installed in information on location. (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (99,1)

Vehicle Care 10-99

5. Check that the jumper cables 6. Connect the red positive (+) 9. Connect the other end of the do not have loose or missing cable to the positive (+) terminal negative (−) cable away from insulation. If they do, you could on the vehicle with the dead the dead battery, but not near get a shock. The vehicles could battery. Use a remote engine parts that move. The also be damaged. positive (+) terminal if the electrical connection is just as Before you connect the cables, vehicle has one. good there, and the chance here are some basic things you 7. Do not let the other end of sparks getting back to the should know. Positive (+) will go touch metal. Connect it to battery is much less. to positive (+) or to a remote the positive (+) terminal of the Your vehicle has a remote (−) positive (+) terminal if the vehicle good battery. Use a remote terminal for this purpose. has one. Negative (−) will go to a positive (+) terminal if the 10. Now start the vehicle with heavy, unpainted metal engine vehicle has one. the good battery and run the part or to a remote negative (−) 8. Now connect the black engine for a while. terminal if the vehicle has one. negative (−) cable to the 11. Try to start the vehicle that Do not connect positive (+) to negative (−) terminal of the had the dead battery. If it will negative (−) or you will get a good battery. Use a remote not start after a few tries, it short that would damage the negative (−) terminal if the probably needs service. battery and maybe other parts. vehicle has one. Do not connect the negative (−) Do not let the other end touch cable to the negative (−) terminal anything until the next step. on the dead battery because this The other end of the negative (−) can cause sparks. cable does not go to the dead battery. It goes to a heavy, unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative (−) terminal on the vehicle with the dead battery. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (100,1)

10-100 Vehicle Care

Notice: If the jumper cables are To disconnect the jumper cables connected or removed in the from both vehicles, do the following: wrong order, electrical shorting 1. Disconnect the black may occur and damage the negative (−) cable from the vehicle. The repairs would not be vehicle that had the dead covered by the vehicle warranty. battery. Always connect and remove the jumper cables in the correct 2. Disconnect the black order, making sure that the negative (−) cable from the cables do not touch each other vehicle with the good battery. or other metal. 3. Disconnect the red positive (+) cable from the vehicle with the Jumper Cable Removal good battery. A. Heavy, Unpainted Metal Engine 4. Disconnect the red positive (+) Part or Remote Negative (−) cable from the other vehicle. Terminal 5. Close the access panel on the B. Good Battery or Remote battery cover, if applicable. Positive (+) and Remote Negative (−) Terminals C. Dead Battery or Remote Positive (+) Terminal Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (101,1)

Vehicle Care 10-101

Recreational Vehicle . What is the distance that will be Towing travelled? Some vehicles have Towing restrictions on how far and how Towing the Vehicle Recreational vehicle towing means long they can tow. Notice: To avoid damage, towing the vehicle behind another . Is the proper towing equipment the disabled vehicle should vehicle – such as behind a motor going to be used? See your be towed with all four wheels home. The two most common types dealer or trailering professional off the ground. Care must be of recreational vehicle towing are for additional advice and taken with vehicles that have known as dinghy towing and dolly equipment recommendations. low ground clearance and/or towing. Dinghy towing is towing the . Is the vehicle ready to be special equipment. Always vehicle with all four wheels on the towed? Just as preparing the flatbed on a car carrier. ground. Dolly towing is towing the vehicle with two wheels on the vehicle for a long trip, make sure Consult your dealer or a ground and two wheels up on a the vehicle is prepared to be professional towing service if the device known as a dolly. towed. disabled vehicle must be towed. See Roadside Service (U.S. and Here are some important things to Canada) on page 13‑8 or Roadside consider before recreational vehicle Service (Mexico) on page 13‑11. towing: To tow the vehicle behind another . What is the towing capacity vehicle for recreational purposes, of the towing vehicle? such as behind a motor home, see Be sure to read the tow “Recreational Vehicle Towing” in this vehicle manufacturer's section. recommendations. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (102,1)

10-102 Vehicle Care

Dinghy Towing For vehicles being dinghy towed, the vehicle should be run at the Front-wheel drive and ‐ beginning of each day and at each all-wheel-drive vehicles may RV fuel stop for about five minutes. be dinghy towed from the front. This will ensure proper lubrication These vehicles can also be towed of transmission components. by placing them on a platform trailer with all four wheels off of the ground. For other towing options, see “Dolly Towing” following in this section. Vehicles with an 2.8 L V 6 engine can be dinghy towed only for service and are restricted to a 2. Remove the shift lever boot by maximum distance of 100 km pulling up on the rear of the trim (60 miles) and not to exceed plate. 80 km/h (50 mph). Vehicles with the 3.0 L V 6 engine can be dinghy towed without distance restrictions. To tow the vehicle from the front Notice: If 105 km/h (65 mph) with all four wheels on the ground: is exceeded while towing the 1. Position the vehicle that will vehicle, it could be damaged. be towed and secure it to the Never exceed 105 km/h (65 mph) towing vehicle. while towing the vehicle. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (103,1)

Vehicle Care 10-103

Once the destination has been Notice: Do not tow a vehicle reached: with the front drive wheels on 1. Shift the vehicle to P (Park). the ground if one of the front tires is a compact spare tire. Towing 2. Reinstall the shift lever boot by with two different tire sizes on inserting the front edge and the front of the vehicle can pressing the rear of the trim cause severe damage to the plate until it snaps into place. transmission. 3. Start the engine and let it idle for Dolly Towing (All-Wheel‐Drive more than three minutes before Vehicles) driving the vehicle. All-wheel drive vehicles should not Notice: Too much or too ‐ be towed with two wheels on the 3. Use a small screw driver or tool little fluid can damage the ground. To properly tow these to press and hold the manual transmission. Be sure that vehicles, they should be placed on release button on the front right. the transmission fluid is at the a platform trailer with all four wheels proper level before towing with 4. Put the vehicle in N (Neutral). off of the ground or dinghy towed all four wheels on the ground. Notice: If the vehicle is from the front. See Dinghy Towing towed without performing earlier in this section. each of the steps listed under “Dinghy Towing,” the automatic transmission could be damaged. Be sure to follow all steps of the dinghy towing procedure prior to and after towing the vehicle. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (104,1)

10-104 Vehicle Care

Dolly Towing 3. Set the parking brake. (Front-Wheel‐Drive Vehicles) 4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly. 5. Follow the dolly manufacturer's instructions for preparing the vehicle and dolly for towing. 6. Release the parking brake. Towing the Vehicle From the Rear

Notice: Towing the vehicle from the rear could damage it. Also, repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Never have To tow the vehicle from the front the vehicle towed from the rear. with the rear wheels on the ground, do the following: 1. Put the front wheels on a dolly. 2. Move the shift lever to P (Park). See Shifting Into Park on page 9‑23. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (105,1)

Vehicle Care 10-105

Appearance Care waxes and polishes that are Exterior painted surfaces are non-abrasive and made for a subject to aging, weather, and Exterior Care basecoat/clearcoat paint finish. chemical fallout that can take their Notice: Machine compounding toll over a period of years. To keep Cleaning Exterior or aggressive polishing on a the paint finish looking new, keep Lamps/Lenses basecoat/clearcoat paint finish the vehicle garaged or covered may damage it. Use only whenever possible. Use only lukewarm or cold water, a non-abrasive waxes and polishes soft cloth, and a car washing soap Protecting Exterior Bright Metal that are made for a basecoat/ to clean exterior lamps and lenses. Parts clearcoat paint finish on the Follow instructions under Washing Bright metal parts should be “ vehicle. the Vehicle” later in this section. cleaned regularly to keep their Foreign materials such as calcium luster. Wash with water or use Finish Care chloride and other salts, ice melting chrome polish on chrome or Occasional waxing or mild polishing agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, stainless steel trim, if necessary. bird droppings, chemicals from of the vehicle by hand may be Use special care with aluminum industrial chimneys, etc., can necessary to remove residue from trim. To avoid damaging protective the paint finish. Approved cleaning damage the vehicle's finish if they remain on painted surfaces. Wash trim, never use auto or chrome products can be obtained from your polish, steam, or caustic soap dealer. the vehicle as soon as possible. If necessary, use non-abrasive to clean aluminum. A coating If the vehicle has a basecoat/ cleaners that are marked safe for of wax, rubbed to high polish, clearcoat paint finish, the clearcoat painted surfaces to remove foreign is recommended for all bright metal parts. gives more depth and gloss to the matter. colored basecoat. Always use Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (106,1)

10-106 Vehicle Care

Washing the Vehicle should not be used on plastic Notice: Conveyor systems on parts, do not use it on the vehicle some automatic car washes could To preserve the vehicle's finish, or damage may occur and it damage the vehicle. There may keep it clean by washing it often. would not be covered by the not be enough clearance for the Do not wash the vehicle in warranty. undercarriage. Check with the car direct sunlight and use a car Rinse the vehicle well, before wash manager before using the washing soap. washing and after, to remove all automatic car wash. Notice: Do not use cleaning cleaning agents completely. If they Weatherstrips agents that are petroleum based are allowed to dry on the surface, or that contain acid or abrasives, they could stain. Silicone grease on weatherstrips as they can damage the paint, will make them last longer, seal Dry the finish with a soft, clean metal, or plastic on the vehicle. better, and not stick or squeak. chamois or an all-cotton towel to Approved cleaning products Apply silicone grease with a clean avoid surface scratches and water can be obtained from your cloth. During very cold, damp spotting. dealer. Follow all manufacturer weather frequent application may directions regarding correct High pressure car washes could be required. See Recommended product usage, necessary safety cause water to enter the vehicle. Fluids and Lubricants on page 11‑7. precautions, and appropriate Avoid using high pressure washes disposal of any vehicle care closer than 30 cm (12 in) to the product. Certain cleaners contain surface of the vehicle. Use of power chemicals that can damage the washers exceeding 8,274 kPa emblems or nameplates on the (1,200 psi) can result in damage vehicle. Check the cleaning or removal of paint and decals. product label. If it states that it Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (107,1)

Vehicle Care 10-107

Wheels and Trim — Aluminum chrome-plated wheels, because Windshield and Wiper Blades the surface could be damaged. or Chrome Clean the outside of the windshield The repairs would not be covered with glass cleaner. The vehicle may have either by the vehicle warranty. Use only aluminum or chrome-plated wheels. approved cleaners on aluminum Clean the rubber blades using Keep the wheels clean using a or chrome-plated wheels. a lint‐free cloth or paper towel soaked with windshield washer soft, clean cloth with mild soap Notice: Never drive a vehicle that fluid or a mild detergent. Wash and water. Rinse with clean water. has aluminum or chrome-plated the windshield thoroughly when After rinsing thoroughly, dry with a wheels through an automatic car cleaning the blades. Bugs, road soft, clean towel. A wax may then wash that uses silicone carbide grime, sap, and a buildup of vehicle be applied. tire cleaning brushes, as this wash/wax treatments may cause Notice: Chrome wheels and could cause damage. The repairs wiper streaking. Replace the wiper other chrome trim may be would not be covered by the blades if they are worn or damaged. damaged if the vehicle is not vehicle warranty. Wipers can be damaged by: washed after driving on roads Notice: Driving the vehicle that have been sprayed with through an automatic car wash . Extreme dusty conditions magnesium, calcium or sodium that has silicone carbide tire . Sand and salt chloride. These chlorides are cleaning brushes, could damage used on roads for conditions the aluminum or chrome-plated . Heat and sun such as ice and dust. Always wheels. The repairs would not be . wash the chrome with soap and Snow and ice, without proper covered by the vehicle warranty. removal water after exposure. Never drive a vehicle that has Notice: Do not use strong soaps, aluminum or chrome-plated chemicals, abrasive polishes, wheels through an automatic cleaners, brushes, or cleaners car wash that uses silicone that contain acid on aluminum or carbide tire cleaning brushes. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (108,1)

10-108 Vehicle Care

Tires Finish Damage At least every spring, flush these materials from the underbody Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to Any stone chips, fractures, or deep with plain water. Clean any areas clean the tires. scratches in the finish should be where mud and debris can collect. repaired right away. Bare metal will Notice: Using petroleum-based Dirt packed in close areas of the corrode quickly and may develop tire dressing products on the frame should be loosened before into major repair expense. vehicle may damage the paint being flushed. Your dealer or an finish and/or tires. When applying Minor chips and scratches can be underbody car washing system a tire dressing, always wipe off repaired with touch-up materials can do this. any overspray from all painted available from your dealer. Larger surfaces on the vehicle. areas of finish damage can be Chemical Paint Spotting corrected in your dealer's body Sheet Metal Damage Some weather and atmospheric and paint shop. conditions can create a chemical If the vehicle is damaged and Underbody Maintenance fallout. Airborne pollutants can fall requires sheet metal repair or upon and attack painted surfaces replacement, make sure the body Chemicals used for ice and snow on the vehicle. This damage can repair shop applies anti-corrosion removal and dust control can collect take two forms: blotchy, ring-shaped material to parts repaired or on the underbody. If these are not discolorations, and small, irregular replaced to restore corrosion removed, corrosion and rust can dark spots etched into the paint protection. develop on the underbody parts surface. Original manufacturer replacement such as fuel lines, frame, floor pan, parts will provide the corrosion and exhaust system even though protection while maintaining the they have corrosion protection. vehicle warranty. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (109,1)

Vehicle Care 10-109

Interior Care Your dealer has products for Cleaners can contain solvents that cleaning the interior. When cleaning can become concentrated in the The interior will continue to look the interior, only use cleaners interior. Before using cleaners, its best if it is cleaned often. Dust specifically designed for the read and adhere to all safety and dirt can accumulate on the surfaces that are being cleaned. instructions on the label. While upholstery and cause damage Permanent damage can result cleaning the interior, maintain to the carpet, fabric, leather, and from using cleaners on surfaces adequate ventilation by opening plastic surfaces. Stains should be for which they were not intended. the doors and windows. removed quickly as extreme heat Apply the cleaner directly to the could cause them to set rapidly. Do not clean the interior using the cleaning cloth to prevent over-spray. following cleaners or techniques: Lighter colored interiors may Remove any accidental over-spray require more frequent cleaning. from other surfaces immediately. . Never use a knife or any other Newspapers and garments that can sharp object to remove a soil Notice: Using abrasive cleaners from any interior surface. transfer color to home furnishings when cleaning glass surfaces can also transfer color to the on the vehicle, could scratch the . Never use a stiff brush. It can interior. glass and/or cause damage to cause damage. Remove dust from small buttons the rear window defogger. When . Never apply heavy pressure or and knobs with a small brush with cleaning the glass on the vehicle, rub aggressively with a cleaning soft bristles. use only a soft cloth and glass cloth. Use of heavy pressure can cleaner. damage the interior and does not improve the effectiveness of soil removal. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (110,1)

10-110 Vehicle Care

. Avoid laundry detergents Fabric/Carpet To clean: or dishwashing soaps with degreasers. Using too much Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft 1. Saturate a lint-free, clean white soap will leave a residue that brush attachment to remove dust cloth with water or club soda. leaves streaks and attracts and loose dirt. A canister vacuum 2. Remove excess moisture. dirt. For liquid cleaners, about with rotating brushes in the nozzle 3. Start on the outside edge of the 20 drops per 3.78 L (1 gal) of may only be used on floor carpet soil and gently rub toward the water is a good guide. Use only and carpeted floor mats. For soils, center. Continue cleaning, using mild, neutral-pH soaps. always try to remove them first with plain water or club soda. Before a clean area of the cloth each . Do not heavily saturate the cleaning, gently remove as much of time it becomes soiled. upholstery while cleaning. the soil as possible using one of the 4. Continue to gently rub the . Cleaners that contain solvents following techniques: soiled area. can damage the interior. . For liquids: gently blot the 5. If the soil is not completely remaining soil with a paper removed, use a mild soap towel. Allow the soil to absorb solution and repeat the cleaning into the paper towel until no process with plain water. more can be removed. . For solid dry soils: remove as much as possible and then vacuum. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (111,1)

Vehicle Care 10-111

If any of the soil remains, a To remove dust, a soft cloth Instrument Panel, Vinyl, and commercial fabric cleaner or dampened with water can be Other Plastic Surfaces spot lifter may be necessary. used. If a more thorough cleaning Test a small hidden area for is necessary, a soft cloth dampened To remove dust, a soft cloth colorfastness before using a with a mild soap solution can dampened with water can be commercial upholstery cleaner be used. Your dealer has a GM used. If a more thorough cleaning or spot lifter. If the locally cleaned approved leather cleaner available is necessary, a clean soft cloth area gives any impression that a that provides superior cleaning dampened with a mild soap solution ring formation may result, clean performance when used regularly can be used to gently remove the entire surface. on finished automotive leathers. dust and dirt. Never use spot lifters or removers on plastic surfaces. A paper towel can be used to blot Allow the leather to dry naturally. Do not use heat, steam, spot lifters Many commercial cleaners and excess moisture from the fabric or coatings that are sold to preserve carpet after the cleaning process. or spot removers, or shoe polish on leather. Many commercial leather and protect soft plastic surfaces Leather cleaners and coatings that are may permanently change the sold to preserve and protect leather appearance and feel of the interior Leather, and lighter colored leather may permanently change the and are not recommended. Do not in particular, will need more frequent appearance and feel of the leather use silicone or wax-based products, cleaning to prevent the buildup of and are not recommended. Do not or those containing organic solvents dust, dirt, and colors transferred use silicone or wax-based products, to clean the interior because they from other items so that these do or those containing organic solvents can alter the appearance by not become permanent stains. to clean the interior because they increasing the gloss in a can alter the appearance by non-uniform manner. increasing the gloss in a non-uniform manner. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (112,1)

10-112 Vehicle Care

Some commercial products may Care of Safety Belts Floor Mats increase gloss on the instrument Keep belts clean and dry. panel. The increase in gloss may cause annoying reflections in the { WARNING { WARNING windshield and even make it difficult If a floor mat is the wrong size to see through the windshield under or is not properly installed, it can certain conditions. Do not bleach or dye safety belts. It may severely weaken them. interfere with the accelerator Notice: Air fresheners contain In a crash, they might not be able pedal and/or brake pedal. solvents that may cause damage to provide adequate protection. Interference with the pedals can to plastics and painted surfaces. Clean safety belts only with mild cause unintended acceleration Follow the manufacturer s ’ soap and lukewarm water. and/or increased stopping instructions when using air distance which can cause a crash fresheners in the vehicle. If air and injury. Make sure the floor freshener comes in contact with mat does not interfere with the paint or a plastic surface, blot accelerator or brake pedal. immediately with a soft cloth. Damage caused by using air fresheners would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (113,1)

Vehicle Care 10-113

Use the following guidelines for Removing and Replacing the 2. Reinstall by lining up the floor proper floor mat usage: Floor Mats mat retainer openings over the carpet retainers and snapping . The original equipment floor The drivers side floor mat is held in into position. mats were designed for your place by two button-type retainers. vehicle. If the floor mats need The passenger side floor mat is held 3. Make sure the floor mat is replacing, it is recommended in place by one button-type retainer. properly secured and verify that that GM certified floor mats be it does not interfere with the purchased. Non-GM floor mats accelerator or brake pedal. may not fit properly and may interfere with the accelerator or brake pedal. Always check that the floor mats do not interfere with the pedals. . Use the floor mat with the correct side up. Do not turn it over. . Do not place anything on top of the driver side floor mat. . Use only a single floor mat on 1. Pull up on the rear of the floor the driver side. mat to unlock each retainer and . Do not place one floor mat on remove. top of another. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (114,1)

10-114 Vehicle Care

2 NOTES Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-1

General Information Because of all the different ways Service and people use vehicles, maintenance Maintenance Notice: Maintenance needs vary. The vehicle might need intervals, checks, inspections, more frequent checks and services. recommended fluids, and Please read the information under General Information lubricants are necessary to Scheduled Maintenance. To keep General Information ...... 11-1 keep this vehicle in good the vehicle in good condition, working condition. Damage see your dealer. Scheduled Maintenance caused by failure to follow The maintenance schedule is for Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . 11-2 scheduled maintenance might vehicles that: not be covered by the vehicle Recommended Fluids, warranty. . Carry passengers and cargo Lubricants, and Parts within recommended limits on As the vehicle owner, you are Recommended Fluids and the Tire and Loading Information responsible for the scheduled Lubricants ...... 11-7 label. See Vehicle Load Limits maintenance in this section. Maintenance Replacement on page 9‑12. Parts ...... 11-9 We recommend having your dealer perform these services. . Are driven on reasonable road Maintenance Records Proper vehicle maintenance helps surfaces within legal driving Maintenance Records ...... 11-10 to keep the vehicle in good working limits. condition, improves fuel economy, . Use the recommended fuel. and reduces vehicle emissions for See Recommended Fuel on better air quality. page 9‑48. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

11-2 Service and Maintenance

The proper replacement parts, Scheduled { WARNING fluids, and lubricants to use are listed in Recommended Fluids Maintenance Performing maintenance work can and Lubricants on page 11‑7 and be dangerous. Some jobs can Maintenance Replacement Parts on When the Change Engine Oil cause serious injury. Perform page 11‑9. We recommend the use Soon Message Displays maintenance work only if you of genuine parts from your dealer. Change engine oil and filter. have the required know-how and Rotation of New Tires See Engine Oil on page 10‑10. the proper tools and equipment. An Emission Control Service. If in doubt, see your dealer to To maintain ride, handling, have a qualified technician do and performance of the vehicle, When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL the work. See Doing Your Own it is important that the first SOON message displays, service is required for the vehicle as Service Work on page 10‑4. rotation service for new tires be performed. Tires should be soon as possible, within the next rotated every 12 000 km/7,500 miles. 1 000 km/600 miles. If driving under At your dealer, you can be See Tire Rotation on page 10‑71. the best conditions, the engine oil certain that you will receive the life system might not indicate the highest level of service available. need for vehicle service for more Your dealer has specially trained than a year. The engine oil and filter service technicians, uses genuine must be changed at least once a replacement parts, as well as, year and the oil life system must up‐to‐date tools and equipment be reset. Your dealer has trained to ensure fast and accurate service technicians who will perform diagnostics. this work and reset the system. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-3

If the engine oil life system is reset . Windshield washer fluid level . Fluids visual leak check accidentally, service the vehicle check. See Washer Fluid on (or every 12 months, whichever within 5 000 km/3,000 miles since page 10‑26. occurs first). A leak in any system must be repaired the last service. Reset the oil life . Windshield wiper blade system whenever the oil is changed. inspection for wear, cracking, and the fluid level checked. See Engine Oil Life System on or contamination and windshield . Engine air cleaner filter page 10‑14. and wiper blade cleaning, inspection. See Engine Air Every Engine Oil Change if contaminated. See Exterior Cleaner/Filter on page 10‑16. Care on page 10 105. Worn ‑ . Brake system inspection . Change engine oil and or damaged wiper blade (or every 12 months, whichever filter. Reset oil life system. replacement. See Wiper Blade occurs first). See Engine Oil on page 10‑10 Replacement on page 10‑33. and Engine Oil Life System on . Steering and suspension . Tire inflation pressures page 10 14. An Emission inspection. Visual inspection ‑ check. See Tire Pressure on Control Service. for damaged, loose, or missing page 10‑63. parts or signs of wear. . Engine coolant level check. . Tire wear inspection. See Tire See Engine Coolant on Inspection on page 10‑71. page 10‑20. . Rotate tires if necessary. . Engine cooling system See Tire Rotation on inspection. Visual inspection page 10 71. of hoses, pipes, fittings, and ‑ clamps and replacement, if needed. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

11-4 Service and Maintenance

. Body hinges and latches, Additional Required Services Once a Year key lock cylinders, folding seat hardware, and sunroof Every 12 000 km/7,500 Miles . See Starter Switch Check on page 10‑31. (if equipped) lubrication. . Rotate tires. Tires should See Recommended Fluids be rotated every 12 000 km/ . See Automatic Transmission and Lubricants on page 11‑7. 7,500 miles. See Tire Rotation Shift Lock Control Function More frequent lubrication may on page 10‑71. Check on page 10‑31. be required when the vehicle . See Ignition Transmission Lock is exposed to a corrosive At Each Fuel Stop Check on page 10‑32. environment. Applying silicone . Engine oil level check. . See Park Brake and P (Park) grease on weatherstrips with See Engine Oil on page 10‑10. a clean cloth makes them last Mechanism Check on longer, seal better, and not . Engine coolant level check. page 10‑32. See Engine Coolant on stick or squeak. . Accelerator pedal check for page 10‑20. . Restraint system component damage, high effort, or binding. check. See Safety System . Windshield washer fluid level Replace if needed. check. See Washer Fluid on Check on page 3‑29. . If the vehicle has a Tire Sealant page 10‑26. . Fuel system inspection for and Compressor Kit, check the damage or leaks. Once a Month sealant expiration date printed on the instruction label of . Exhaust system and nearby heat . Tire inflation check. See Tire the kit. See Tire Sealant and shields inspection for loose or Pressure on page 10‑63. Compressor Kit on page 10‑81. damaged components. . Tire wear inspection. See Tire Inspection on page 10‑71. . Sunroof track and seal inspection, if equipped. See Sunroof on page 2‑27. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-5

. Underbody flushing service. First Engine Oil Change After . All‐wheel drive only: Transfer case fluid change (severe . Hood/Decklid/Liftgate/Liftglass Every 80 000 km/50,000 Miles service) for vehicles mainly Support Gas Strut Service: . Engine air cleaner filter Visually inspect gas strut, driven when frequently towing replacement. See Engine Air a trailer, or used for taxi, police, if equipped, for signs of wear, Cleaner/Filter on page 10‑16. cracks, or other damage. or delivery service. Check Check the hold open ability . Automatic transmission fluid vent hose at transfer case for of the gas strut. Contact your change (severe service) for kinks and proper installation. dealer if service is required. vehicles mainly driven in Check to be sure vent hose is heavy city traffic in hot weather, unobstructed, clear, and free of First Engine Oil Change After in hilly or mountainous terrain, debris. During any maintenance, Every 40 000 km/25,000 Miles when frequently towing a if a power washer is used to . Passenger compartment trailer, or used for taxi, clean mud and dirt from the air filter replacement (or every police, or delivery service. underbody, care should be taken 24 months, whichever occurs See Automatic Transmission to not directly spray the transfer first). More frequent replacement Fluid on page 10‑16. case output seals. High pressure may be needed if you drive water can overcome the seals in areas with heavy traffic, and contaminate the transfer areas with poor air quality, case fluid. Contaminated fluid or areas with high dust levels. will decrease the life of the Replacement may also be transfer case and should be needed if you notice reduced replaced. air flow, windows fogging up, or odors. Your dealer can help you determine when it is the right time to replace the filter. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

11-6 Service and Maintenance

. Evaporative control system First Engine Oil Change After . Spark plug replacement and inspection. Check all fuel and Every 160 000 km/100,000 Miles spark plug wires inspection. vapor lines and hoses for proper An Emission Control Service. . hook‐up, routing, and condition. Automatic transmission fluid Check that the purge valve, change (normal service). First Engine Oil Change After if the vehicle has one, works See Automatic Transmission Every 240 000 km/150,000 Miles properly. Replace as needed. Fluid on page 10‑16. . Engine cooling system drain, An Emission Control Service. . All‐wheel drive only: Transfer flush, and refill (or every The U.S. Environmental case fluid change (normal five years, whichever occurs Protection Agency or the service). Check vent hose at first). See Cooling System on California Air Resources Board transfer case for kinks and page 10‑19. An Emission has determined that the failure proper installation. Check to be Control Service. to perform this maintenance sure vent hose is unobstructed, . Engine drive belts inspection item will not nullify the emission clear, and free of debris. During for fraying, excessive cracks, warranty or limit recall liability any maintenance, if a power or obvious damage (or every prior to the completion of washer is used to clean mud 10 years, whichever occurs the vehicle's useful life. and dirt from the underbody, first). Replace, if needed. We, however, urge that all care should be taken to not recommended maintenance directly spray the transfer case services be performed at the output seals. High pressure indicated intervals and the water can overcome the seals maintenance be recorded. and contaminate the transfer case fluid. Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the transfer case and should be replaced. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-7

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Usage Fluid/Lubricant The engine requires engine oil approved to the dexos specification. Oils meeting this specification can be identified with the dexos certification Engine Oil mark. Look for and use only an engine oil that displays the dexos certification mark of the proper viscosity grade. See Engine Oil on page 10‑10. 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. Engine Coolant See Engine Coolant on page 10‑20. DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 88863461, Hydraulic Brake System in Canada 88863462). Windshield Washer Optikleen® Washer Solvent. Hydraulic Power Steering System DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. (3.0L V6 Engine) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

11-8 Service and Maintenance

Usage Fluid/Lubricant Automatic Transmission AW‐1 Automatic Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 19256039, (2.8L V6 Engine) in Canada 19256040). Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or Chassis Lubrication lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, Key Lock Cylinders in Canada 10953474). Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 12346293, in Canada 992723) Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Release Pawl Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, Hood, Door, and Folding Seat Hinges in Canada 10953474). Power Liftgate Actuator Ball Joint Multi-Purpose Lubricant (GM Part No. 89021668, in Canada 89021674). Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or Weatherstrip Conditioning Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 992887). Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-9

Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 20897358 A3147C Engine Oil Filter 2.8L V6 Engine 12593333 PF457G 3.0L V6 Engine 89017525 PF63 Passenger Compartment Air Filter Element 13271191 CF176 Spark Plugs 2.8L V6 Engine 12622561 41–109 3.0L V6 Engine 12622561 41–109 Wiper Blades Driver Side – 65.0 cm (25.6 in) 25979378 — Passenger Side – 42.5 cm (16.7 in) 25979379 — Rear – 30.0 cm (11.8 in) 20825882 — Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

11-10 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Maintenance Record Odometer Date Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed Reading Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-11

Maintenance Record (cont.) Odometer Date Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed Reading Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

11-12 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Record (cont.) Odometer Date Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed Reading Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Technical Data 12-1

Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification The eighth character in the Vehicle Identification VIN is the engine code. This code Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine, Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 parts. See “Engine Specifications” Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications Label ...... 12-1 on page 12‑2 for the vehicle's engine code. Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications ...... 12-2 Service Parts Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-4 Identification Label This label, on the inside of the rear side cargo management cover, has the following information: . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). This legal identifier is in the front . Model designation. corner of the instrument panel, on . Paint information. the left side of the vehicle. It can be . seen through the windshield from Production options and special outside. The VIN also appears on equipment. the Vehicle Certification and Service Do not remove this label from the Parts labels and certificates of title vehicle. and registration. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

12-2 Technical Data

Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications Capacities Application Metric English For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a amount, see the refrigerant label located under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Engine Cooling System 2.8L V6 Engine 12.4 L 13.1 qt 3.0L V6 Engine 11.9 L 12.6 qt Engine Oil with Filter 2.8L V6 Engine 5.7 L 6.0 qt 3.0L V6 Engine 5.7 L 6.0 qt Fuel Tank 79.5 L 21.0 gal Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Technical Data 12-3

Capacities Application Metric English Transmission Fluid 2.8L V6 6–Speed Automatic (Transmission Requires No Fluid Replacement) —— 3.0L V6 6–Speed Automatic* (Drain and Refill) 9.0 L 9.5 qt Wheel Nut Torque 150 Y 110 ft lb *See Automatic Transmission Fluid on page 10‑16 for information on checking fluid level. All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.

Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap 2.8L V6 (LAU) 6 Automatic 1.10 mm (0.043 in) 3.0L V6 (LF1) Y Automatic 1.10 mm (0.043 in) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

12-4 Technical Data

Engine Drive Belt Routing

2.8L, 3.0L V6 Engines Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

Customer Information 13-1

Courtesy Transportation Customer Information Customer Program (U.S. and Information Canada) ...... 13-11 Collision Damage Repair Customer Satisfaction (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-13 Procedure (U.S. and Customer Information Service Publications Canada) Customer Satisfaction Ordering Information ...... 13-16 Your satisfaction and goodwill Procedure (U.S. and Reporting Safety Defects are important to the dealer and to Canada) ...... 13-1 Reporting Safety Defects to Cadillac. Normally, any concerns Customer Satisfaction the United States Procedure (Mexico) ...... 13-3 with the sales transaction or the Government ...... 13-17 operation of the vehicle will be Customer Assistance Offices Reporting Safety Defects to (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-5 resolved by the dealer's sales or the Canadian service departments. Sometimes, Customer Assistance Offices Government ...... 13-17 (Mexico) ...... 13-6 however, despite the best intentions Reporting Safety Defects to of all concerned, misunderstandings Customer Assistance for Text General Motors ...... 13-18 Telephone (TTY) Users (U.S. can occur. If your concern has not and Canada) ...... 13-6 Vehicle Data Recording and been resolved to your satisfaction, Online Owner Center ...... 13-7 Privacy the following steps should be taken: GM Mobility Reimbursement Vehicle Data Recording and STEP ONE: Discuss your concern Program (U.S. and Privacy ...... 13-18 with a member of dealership Canada) ...... 13-8 Event Data Recorders ...... 13-18 management. Normally, concerns Roadside Service (U.S. and OnStar® ...... 13-19 can be quickly resolved at that Canada) ...... 13-8 Navigation System ...... 13-19 level. If the matter has already been Roadside Service Radio Frequency reviewed with the sales, service or (Mexico) ...... 13-11 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-20 parts manager, contact the owner Scheduling Service Radio Frequency of the dealership or the general Appointments (U.S. and Statement ...... 13-20 manager. Canada) ...... 13-11 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

13-2 Customer Information

STEP TWO: If after contacting When contacting Cadillac, case will generally be heard within a member of dealership remember that your concern will 40 days. If you do not agree with management, it appears your likely be resolved at a dealer's the decision given in your case, concern cannot be resolved by facility. That is why we suggest you may reject it and proceed with the dealership without further following Step One first. any other venue for relief available help, in the U.S., call the Cadillac to you. STEP THREE — U.S. Owners: Customer Assistance Center at Both General Motors and the You may contact the BBB Auto 1‐800‐458‐8006. In Canada, call dealer are committed to making Line Program using the toll-free the Canadian Cadillac Customer sure you are completely satisfied telephone number or write them Communication Centre at with the new vehicle. However, at the following address: 1-888-446-2000. if you continue to remain unsatisfied BBB Auto Line Program We encourage you to call the after following the procedure Council of Better Business toll-free number in order to give outlined in Steps One and Two, Bureaus, Inc. your inquiry prompt attention. you can file with the Better Business ® 4200 Wilson Boulevard Have the following information Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program Suite 800 available to give the Customer to enforce your rights. Arlington, VA 22203-1838 Assistance representative: The BBB Auto Line Program is an Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 . Vehicle Identification out-of-court program administered www.dr.bbb.org/goauto Number (VIN). This is available by the Council of Better Business from the vehicle registration or Bureaus to settle automotive This program is available in title, or the plate at the top left of disputes regarding vehicle repairs or all 50 states and the District of the instrument panel and visible the interpretation of the New Vehicle Columbia. Eligibility is limited by through the windshield. Limited Warranty. Although you may vehicle age, mileage and other be required to resort to this informal factors. General Motors reserves . Dealership name and location. dispute resolution program prior the right to change eligibility . Vehicle delivery date and to filing a court action, use of the limitations and/or discontinue present mileage. program is free of charge and your its participation in this program. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

Customer Information 13-3

STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning Customer Satisfaction Owners: In the event that you eligibility in the Canadian Motor do not feel your concerns have Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), Procedure (Mexico) been addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or procedure outlined in Steps One call the General Motors Customer and Two, General Motors of Canada Communication Centre, Limited wants you to be aware 1-800-263-3777 (English), of its participation in a no-charge 1-800-263-7854 (French), mediation/arbitration program. or write to: General Motors of Canada Limited Mediation/Arbitration Program has committed to binding arbitration c/o Customer Communication Did you get the Warranty Extension of owner disputes involving Centre Plan? This plan is recommended by factory-related vehicle service General Motors of Canada Limited General Motors to supplement the claims. The program provides for Mail Code: CA1-163-005 warranty included with the new the review of the facts involved by 1908 Colonel Sam Drive vehicle purchase. an impartial third party arbiter, and Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 may include an informal hearing See your dealer for details. before the arbiter. The program is The inquiry should be accompanied designed so that the entire dispute by the Vehicle Identification settlement process, from the time Number (VIN). you file your complaint to the final decision, should be completed in approximately 70 days. We believe our impartial program offers advantages over courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal, quick, and free of charge. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

13-4 Customer Information

Customer Assistance Make sure that they have all . Brand Procedure necessary information. They are . Vehicle Identification interested in your continual Number (VIN) Owner satisfaction and goodwill are satisfaction. very important to your dealer and . Mileage General Motors. STEP TWO . Delivery date Normally, any problem with the If you are not satisfied, please . Description of the problem transaction, sale, or usage of contact the general manager or the the vehicle must be handled dealership owner to ask for their . Dealership name by your dealer sales or service help. If they are not able to resolve . Dealership address departments. However, we your case, ask them to contact the recognize that despite the good right people at General Motors for See Customer Assistance Offices intentions of all parties involved, support, if needed. (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑5 sometimes a misunderstanding or Customer Assistance Offices STEP THREE may occur. (Mexico) on page 13‑6 for more If your case is not resolved in a information. If you have a problem that has not reasonable amount of time by your been satisfactorily handled through dealer, please call the General the normal means, we suggest the Motors Customer Assistance following steps: Center (CAC) and provide the STEP ONE following information: Explain your case to the dealer . Name service agent, service manager, . Address dealer sales agent, or sales manager, depending on your case. . Phone number . Model year Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

Customer Information 13-5

Customer Assistance From Puerto Rico: Overseas Offices (U.S. and Canada) 1-800-496-9992 (English) Please contact the local 1-800-496-9993 (Spanish) General Motors Business Unit. Cadillac encourages customers to call the toll-free number for From U.S. Virgin Islands: Mexico, Central America and assistance. However, if a customer 1-800-496-9994 Caribbean Islands/Countries wishes to write or e-mail Cadillac, (Except Puerto Rico and Canada the letter should be addressed to: U.S. Virgin Islands) United States General Motors of Canada Limited Canadian Cadillac Customer General Motors de Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V. Cadillac Customer Assistance Communication Centre, Mail Code: Customer Assistance Center Center CA1-163-005 Cadillac Motor Car Division 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Av. Ejercito Nacional #843 P.O. Box 33169 Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Col. Granada C.P. 11520, Mexico, D.F. Detroit, MI 48232-5169 www.gm.ca www.Cadillac.com 01-800-466-0805 1-888-446-2000 1-800-458-8006 1-800-263-3830 (For Text Long Distance: 011-52-53 29 0805 1-800-833-2622 (For Text Telephone devices (TTYs)) Telephone devices (TTYs)) Roadside Assistance: Roadside Assistance: 1-800-882-1112 1-800-882-1112 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

13-6 Customer Information

Customer Assistance United States and Canada Customer Assistance for Offices (Mexico) 1-866-466-8195 Text Telephone (TTY) To contact the Customer Assistance Costa Rica Users (U.S. and Canada) Center (CAC), use the phone 00-800-052-1005 To assist customers who are deaf, numbers listed in this section. hard of hearing, or speech-impaired Customer assistance is available Guatemala and who use Text Telephones Monday through Friday, 08:00 to 1-800-999-5252 (TTYs), Cadillac has TTY equipment 20:00 hours, and Saturdays from available at its Customer Assistance 08:00 to 15:00 hours. Panama Center. Any TTY user can All e-mail inquiries to the Customer 00-800-052-0001 communicate with Cadillac by Assistance Center (CAC) should be dialing: 1-800-833-2622. TTY users sent to: [email protected]. Dominican Republic in Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. Mexico 1-888-751-5301 From Mexico City El Salvador 5329-0816 800-6273 From Other Mexico Locations Honduras 01-800-466-0816 800-0122-6101 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

Customer Information 13-7

Online Owner Center Other Helpful Links: Here are a few of the valuable tools and services you will have Cadillac — www.cadillac.com Cadillac Owner Center (U.S.) access to: Cadillac Merchandise www.cadillacownercenter.com — . www.cadillaccollection.com My Showroom: Find and save Information and services information on vehicles and customized for your specific Help Center — www.cadillac.com/ current offers in your area. pages/mds/helpcenter/faq.do vehicle — all in one convenient . My Dealers: Save details such place. . FAQ (Frequently Asked as address and phone number . Digital owner manual, warranty Questions) for each of your preferred GM information, and more. . Contact Us dealers. . . Storage for online service and My GM Canada www.gm.ca My Driveway: Access quick maintenance records. links to parts and service My GM Canada is a estimates, check trade-in . Cadillac dealer locator for password-protected section of values, or schedule a service service nationwide. www.gm.ca where you can save appointment by adding the . Exclusive privileges and offers. information on GM vehicles, get vehicles you own to your . Recall notices for your specific personalized offers, and use handy driveway profile. tools and forms with greater ease. vehicle. . My Preferences: Manage your . OnStar and GM Cardmember profile and use tools and forms Services Earnings summaries. with greater ease. To sign up, visit the My GM.ca section within www.gm.ca. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

13-8 Customer Information

GM Mobility For more information on the limited Calling for Service offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or When calling Roadside Service, Reimbursement Program call the GM Mobility Assistance have the following information (U.S. and Canada) Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text ready: Telephone (TTY) users, call 1-800-833-9935. . Your name, home address, and home telephone number. General Motors of Canada also has a Mobility Program. . Telephone number of your Call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) location. for details. TTY users call . Location of the vehicle. 1-800-263-3830. This program is available to . Model, year, color, and license qualified applicants for cost Roadside Service plate number of the vehicle. reimbursement of eligible (U.S. and Canada) . Odometer reading, Vehicle aftermarket adaptive equipment Identification Number (VIN), required for the vehicle, such as In the United States or Canada, and delivery date of the vehicle. hand controls or a wheelchair/ call 1-800-882-1112. . Description of the problem. scooter lift for the vehicle. Text Telephone (TTY), U.S. only, call 1-888-889-2438. Service is available 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

Customer Information 13-9

Coverage Cadillac Owner Privileges™ responsibility for the repair or replacement of the tire if it is not Services are provided up to . Emergency Fuel Delivery: covered by the warranty. 5 years/160 000 km (100,000 mi), Delivery of enough fuel for the whichever comes first. vehicle to get to the nearest . Battery Jump Start: Service to jump start a dead battery. In the U.S., anyone driving the service station. vehicle is covered. In Canada, a . Lock‐Out Service: Service . Trip Routing Service: Detailed person driving the vehicle without to unlock the vehicle if you are maps of North America are permission from the owner is not locked out. A remote unlock may provided when requested covered. be available if you have OnStar. either with the most direct route or the most scenic route. Roadside Service is not a part of For security reasons, the driver Additional travel information the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. must present identification is also available. Allow three Cadillac and General Motors of before this service is given. weeks for delivery. Canada Limited reserve the right to . Emergency Tow From a Public make any changes or discontinue Road or Highway: Tow to . Trip Interruption Benefits the Roadside Service program at the nearest Cadillac dealer for and Service: If your trip is any time without notification. warranty service, or if the vehicle interrupted due to a warranty failure, incidental expenses Cadillac and General Motors of was in a crash and cannot be may be reimbursed during the Canada Limited reserve the right driven. Assistance is also given 5 years/160 000 km (100,000 mi) to limit services or payment to an when the vehicle is stuck in the Powertrain warranty period. owner or driver if they decide the sand, mud, or snow. Items considered are hotel, claims are made too often, or the . Flat Tire Change: Service to meals, and rental car. same type of claim is made many change a flat tire with spare times. tire. The spare tire, if equipped, must be in good condition and properly inflated. It is your Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

13-10 Customer Information

Cadillac Technician Roadside Services Not Included in . Trip Interruption Benefits and Service (U.S. only) Roadside Service Service: Pre-authorization, original detailed receipts, and Cadillac's exceptional Roadside . Impound towing caused by a copy of the repair orders are Service is more than an auto club violation of any laws. required. Once authorization or towing service. It provides every . Legal fines. has been received, the Cadillac owner in the United States Roadside Service advisor will with the advantage of contacting . Mounting, dismounting, help you make arrangements a Cadillac advisor and, where or changing of snow tires, and explain how to receive available, a Cadillac trained dealer chains, or other traction payment. technician who can provide on-site devices. . service. Alternative Service: If . Towing or services for vehicles assistance cannot be provided A dealer technician will travel driven on a non-public road or right away, the Roadside to your location within a 30 mile highway. Service advisor may give radius of a participating Cadillac Services Specific to you permission to get local dealership. If beyond this radius, we Canadian Purchased Vehicles emergency road service. will arrange to have your car towed ‐ You will receive payment, up to to the nearest Cadillac dealership. . Fuel delivery: Reimbursement $100, after sending the original Each technician travels with a is approximately $5 Canadian. receipt to Roadside Service. specially equipped service vehicle Diesel fuel delivery may be Mechanical failures may be complete with the necessary restricted. Propane and other covered, however any cost for Cadillac parts and tools required fuels are not provided through parts and labor for repairs not to handle most roadside repairs. this service. covered by the warranty are . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle the owner responsibility. registration is required. . Trip Routing Service: Limit of six requests per year. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

Customer Information 13-11

Roadside Service Scheduling Service Courtesy Transportation (Mexico) Appointments Program (U.S. and Roadside Service is available (U.S. and Canada) Canada) 24 hours a day, 365 days of When the vehicle requires warranty To enhance your ownership the year. service, contact the dealer and experience, we and our participating For detailed information about request an appointment. By dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Roadside Service, please see scheduling a service appointment Transportation, a customer support the brochure provided with your and advising the service consultant program for vehicles with the new vehicle or visit our website of your transportation needs, the Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty at: www.cadillac.com.mx. dealer can help minimize your Coverage period in Canada), Navigate the site and click on inconvenience. extended powertrain, and/or “Asistencia en el Camino.” E-mail If the vehicle cannot be scheduled hybrid‐specific warranties in correspondence should be sent into the service department both the U.S. and Canada. to: [email protected]. immediately, keep driving it until Several Courtesy Transportation To contact Roadside Service by it can be scheduled for service, options are available to assist in phone, use the following numbers: unless, of course, the problem is reducing inconvenience when safety related. If it is, please call warranty repairs are required. Mexico the dealership, let them know this, Courtesy Transportation is not a 01-800-466-0805 and ask for instructions. part of the New Vehicle Limited United States If the dealer requests you to bring Warranty. A separate booklet the vehicle for service, you are entitled “Warranty and Owner 1-866-466-8906 urged to do so as early in the work Assistance Information” furnished Canada day as possible to allow for the with each new vehicle provides same day-repair. detailed warranty coverage 1-800-268-6800 information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

13-12 Customer Information

Transportation Options Public Transportation or Fuel Courtesy Rental Vehicle Reimbursement Warranty service can generally The dealer may arrange to provide be completed while you wait. If the vehicle requires overnight you with a courtesy rental vehicle However, if you are unable warranty repairs, and public or reimburse you for a rental vehicle to wait, GM helps to minimize transportation is used instead that you obtain if the vehicle is kept inconvenience by providing several of the dealer's shuttle service, for an overnight warranty repair. transportation options. Depending the expense must be supported Rental reimbursement will be limited on the circumstances, the dealer by original receipts and can only and must be supported by original can offer one of the following: be up to the maximum amount receipts. This requires that you sign allowed by GM for shuttle service. and complete a rental agreement Shuttle Service In addition, for U.S. customers, and meet state/provincial, local, Shuttle service is the preferred should you arrange transportation and rental vehicle provider means of offering Courtesy through a friend or relative, limited requirements. Requirements vary Transportation. Dealers may provide reimbursement for reasonable and may include minimum age shuttle service to get you to your fuel expenses may be available. requirements, insurance coverage, destination with minimal interruption Claim amounts should reflect credit card, etc. You are responsible of your daily schedule. This includes actual costs and be supported by for fuel usage charges and may one‐way or round‐trip shuttle service original receipts. See the dealer for also be responsible for taxes, levies, within reasonable time and distance information regarding the allowance usage fees, excessive mileage, parameters of the dealer's area. amounts for reimbursement of fuel or rental usage beyond the or other transportation costs. completion of the repair. It may not be possible to provide a like vehicle as a courtesy rental. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

Customer Information 13-13

Additional Program Collision Damage Repair appearance, durability, and safety Information are preserved. The use of Genuine (U.S. and Canada) GM parts can help maintain the All program options, such as shuttle If the vehicle is involved in a GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty. service, may not be available at collision and it is damaged, Recycled original equipment every dealer. Please contact the have the damage repaired by a dealer for specific information parts may also be used for repair. qualified technician using the proper These parts are typically removed about availability. All Courtesy equipment and quality replacement Transportation arrangements from vehicles that were total losses parts. Poorly performed collision in prior crashes. In most cases, will be administered by appropriate repairs diminish the vehicle resale dealer personnel. the parts being recycled are from value, and safety performance can undamaged sections of the vehicle. General Motors reserves the be compromised in subsequent A recycled original equipment GM right to unilaterally modify, collisions. part may be an acceptable choice change, or discontinue Courtesy Collision Parts to maintain the vehicle's originally Transportation at any time and designed appearance and safety to resolve all questions of claim Genuine GM Collision parts are performance; however, the history eligibility pursuant to the terms and new parts made with the same of these parts is not known. Such conditions described herein at its materials and construction methods parts are not covered by the GM sole discretion. as the parts with which the vehicle New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and was originally built. Genuine GM any related failures are not covered Collision parts are the best choice to by that warranty. ensure that the vehicle's designed Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

13-14 Customer Information

Aftermarket collision parts are Insuring The Vehicle If the vehicle is leased, the leasing also available. These are made company may require you to have Protect your investment in the by companies other than GM and insurance that ensures repairs with GM vehicle with comprehensive may not have been tested for the Genuine GM Original Equipment and collision insurance coverage. vehicle. As a result, these parts Manufacturer (OEM) parts or There are significant differences may fit poorly, exhibit premature Genuine Manufacturer replacement in the quality of coverage afforded durability/corrosion problems, parts. Read the lease carefully, as by various insurance policy terms. and may not perform properly in you may be charged at the end of Many insurance policies provide subsequent collisions. Aftermarket the lease for poor quality repairs. reduced protection to the GM parts are not covered by the GM vehicle by limiting compensation New Vehicle Limited Warranty, If a Crash Occurs for damage repairs by using and any vehicle failure related to aftermarket collision parts. Some If there has been an injury, call such parts is not covered by that insurance companies will not emergency services for help. Do not warranty. specify aftermarket collision parts. leave the scene of a crash until all matters have been taken care of. Repair Facility When purchasing insurance, we recommend that you ensure Move the vehicle only if its position GM also recommends that you that the vehicle will be repaired puts you in danger, or you are choose a collision repair facility that with GM original equipment collision instructed to move it by a police meets your needs before you ever parts. If such insurance coverage officer. need collision repairs. The dealer is not available from your current Give only the necessary information may have a collision repair center insurance carrier, consider switching to police and other parties involved with GM-trained technicians and to another insurance carrier. in the crash. state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be able to recommend a collision repair center that has GM-trained technicians and comparable equipment. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)

Customer Information 13-15

For emergency towing see Choose a reputable repair facility Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Roadside Service (U.S. and that uses quality replacement parts. but you must live with the repair. Canada) on page 13‑8 or Roadside See “Collision Parts” earlier in this Depending on your policy limits, Service (Mexico) on page 13‑11. section. your insurance company may Gather the following information: If the airbag has inflated, see initially value the repair using What Will You See After an Airbag aftermarket parts. Discuss this with . Driver name, address, and the repair professional, and insist Inflates? on page 3‑37. telephone number. on Genuine GM parts. Remember, . Driver license number. Managing the Vehicle Damage if the vehicle is leased, you may Repair Process be obligated to have the vehicle . Owner name, address, and repaired with Genuine GM parts, telephone number. In the event that the vehicle requires even if your insurance coverage damage repairs, GM recommends . Vehicle license plate number. does not pay the full cost. that you take an active role in its . Vehicle make, model, and repair. If you have a pre-determined If another party's insurance model year. repair facility of choice, take the company is paying for the repairs, you are not obligated to accept . vehicle there, or have it towed Vehicle Identification a repair valuation based on that Number (VIN). there. Specify to the facility that any required replacement collision parts insurance company's collision . Insurance company and policy be original equipment parts, either policy repair limits, as you have no number. new Genuine GM parts or recycled contractual limits with that company. In such cases, you can have control . General description of the original GM parts. Remember, damage to the other vehicle. recycled parts will not be covered of the repair and parts choices as by the GM vehicle warranty. long as the cost stays within reasonable limits. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)

13-16 Customer Information

Service Publications Owner Information Current and Past Models Ordering Information Owner publications are written Technical Service Bulletins and specifically for owners and intended Manuals are available for current Service Manuals to provide basic operational and past model GM vehicles. Service Manuals have the information about the vehicle. The Owner Manual includes the ORDER TOLL FREE: diagnosis and repair information 1-800-551-4123 Monday - Friday Maintenance Schedule for all on the engines, transmission, axle, 8:00 AM - 6:00 PM Eastern Time suspension, brakes, electrical, models. For Credit Card Orders Only steering, body, etc. In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), visit Owner Manual, and Warranty Service Bulletins Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. Booklet. Service Bulletins give additional Or write to: technical service information RETAIL SELL PRICE: Helm, Incorporated needed to knowledgeably service $35.00 (U.S.) plus handling and P.O. Box 07130 General Motors cars and trucks. shipping fees. Detroit, MI 48207 Each bulletin contains instructions Without Portfolio: Owner to assist in the diagnosis and Manual only. Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurring service of the vehicle. RETAIL SELL PRICE: obligation. Allow ample time for $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and delivery. shipping fees. All listed prices are quoted in U.S. funds. Make checks payable in U.S. funds. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)

Customer Information 13-17

Reporting Safety group of vehicles, it may order Reporting Safety Defects a recall and remedy campaign. to the Canadian Defects However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual Government Reporting Safety Defects problems between you, your If you live in Canada, and you to the United States dealer, or General Motors. believe that the vehicle has a Government safety defect, notify Transport To contact NHTSA, you may Canada immediately, and notify If you believe that your vehicle call the Vehicle Safety Hotline General Motors of Canada Limited. has a defect which could cause toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 Call them at 1-800-333-0510 or a crash or could cause injury or (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go write to: death, you should immediately to http://www.safercar.gov; Transport Canada inform the National Highway or write to: Road Safety Branch Traffic Safety Administration Administrator, NHTSA 2780 Sheffield Road (NHTSA) in addition to notifying 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Ottawa, Ontario K1B 3V9 General Motors. Washington, D.C. 20590 If NHTSA receives similar You can also obtain other complaints, it may open an information about motor investigation, and if it finds vehicle safety from that a safety defect exists in a http://www.safercar.gov. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)

13-18 Customer Information

Reporting Safety Defects Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders to General Motors Recording and This vehicle has an Event Data In addition to notifying NHTSA Privacy Recorder (EDR). The main purpose (or Transport Canada) in a situation of an EDR is to record, in certain like this, notify General Motors. This GM vehicle has a number of crash or near crash-like situations, sophisticated computers that record such as an airbag deployment or Call 1-800-458-8006, or write: information about the vehicle’s hitting a road obstacle, data that Cadillac Customer Assistance performance and how it is driven. will assist in understanding how Center For example, the vehicle uses a vehicle's systems performed. Cadillac Motor Car Division computer modules to monitor and The EDR is designed to record P.O. Box 33169 control engine and transmission data related to vehicle dynamics Detroit, MI 48232-5169 performance, to monitor the and safety systems for a short conditions for airbag deployment period of time, typically 30 seconds In Canada, call 1‐888‐446‐2000, or less. The EDR in this vehicle is or write: and deploy airbags in a crash, and, if so equipped, to provide antilock designed to record such data as: Canadian Cadillac Customer braking to help the driver control the . How various systems in the Communication Centre, Mail Code: vehicle. These modules may store vehicle were operating. CA1-163-005 data to help the dealer technician . General Motors of Canada Limited service the vehicle. Some modules Whether or not the driver and 1908 Colonel Sam Drive may also store data about how you passenger safety belts were Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 operate the vehicle, such as rate of buckled/fastened. fuel consumption or average speed. . How far, if at all, the driver was These modules may also retain the pressing the accelerator and/or owner’s personal preferences, such brake pedal. as radio pre-sets, seat positions, . How fast the vehicle was and temperature settings. traveling. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)

Customer Information 13-19

This data can help provide a better manufacturer, other parties, such OnStar® understanding of the circumstances as law enforcement, that have the in which crashes and injuries occur. special equipment, can read the If the vehicle is equipped with an active OnStar system, that Important: EDR data is recorded information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR. system may also record data in by the vehicle only if a non-trivial crash or near crash‐like situations. crash situation occurs; no data is GM will not access this data or The OnStar Terms and Conditions recorded by the EDR under normal share it with others except: with provides information on data driving conditions and no personal the consent of the vehicle owner collection and use and is available data (e.g., name, gender, age, or, if the vehicle is leased, with the in the OnStar glove box kit, and crash location) is recorded. consent of the lessee; in response at www.onstar.com (U.S.) or However, other parties, such as to an official request by police or www.onstar.ca (Canada), or law enforcement, could combine similar government office; as part by pressing the Q button and the EDR data with the type of of GM's defense of litigation through personally identifying data the discovery process; or, as speaking to an advisor. routinely acquired during a required by law. Data that GM crash investigation. collects or receives may also be Navigation System To read data recorded by an EDR, used for GM research needs or If the vehicle has a navigation special equipment is required, and may be made available to others for system, use of the system may access to the vehicle or the EDR is research purposes, where a need is result in the storage of destinations, needed. In addition to the vehicle shown and the data is not tied to a addresses, telephone numbers, and specific vehicle or vehicle owner. other trip information. Refer to the navigation system operating manual for information on stored data and for deletion instructions. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)

13-20 Customer Information

Radio Frequency Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) Statement RFID technology is used in This vehicle has systems that some vehicles for functions such operate on a radio frequency that as tire pressure monitoring and comply with Part 15 of the Federal ignition system security, as well as Communications Commission (FCC) in connection with conveniences rules and with Industry Canada such as key fobs for remote door Standards RSS‐210/220/310. locking/unlocking and starting, and Operation is subject to the following in-vehicle transmitters for garage two conditions: door openers. RFID technology in GM vehicles does not use or record 1. The device may not cause personal information or link with interference. any other GM system containing 2. The device must accept any personal information. interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Changes or modifications to any of these systems by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)

INDEX i-1

A Airbag System AM-FM Radio ...... 7-11 Check ...... 3-45 Antenna Accessories and How Does an Airbag Multi-Band ...... 7-19 Modifications ...... 10-3 Restrain? ...... 3-36 Anti-Theft Accessory Power ...... 9-22 Passenger Sensing Alarm System ...... 2-18 Adaptive Forward System ...... 3-39 Alarm System Messages . . . . .5-40 Lighting (AFL) ...... 6-3 What Makes an Airbag Antilock Brake Adaptive Forward Inflate? ...... 3-36 System (ABS) ...... 9-30 Lighting (AFL) Light ...... 5-28 What Will You See After Warning Light ...... 5-23 Add-On Electrical an Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-37 Appearance Care Equipment ...... 9-62 When Should an Airbag Exterior ...... 10-105 Adjustable Throttle and Inflate? ...... 3-34 Interior ...... 10-109 Brake Pedal ...... 9-18 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 3-33 Armrest Storage ...... 4-2 Adjustments Airbags Ashtrays ...... 5-10 Lumbar, Front Seats ...... 3-7 Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-17 Audio Players ...... 7-19 Thigh Support ...... 3-7 Readiness Light ...... 5-17 CD ...... 7-19 Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-16 Servicing Airbag-Equipped CD/DVD ...... 7-22 Air Filter, Passenger Vehicles ...... 3-43 Audio System Compartment ...... 8-6 System Check ...... 3-30 Radio Reception ...... 7-18 Air Vents ...... 8-6 Alarm System Rear Seat (RSA) ...... 7-48 Airbag Anti-Theft ...... 2-18 Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 Adding Equipment to the All-Wheel Drive ...... 10-30, 9-30 Vehicle ...... 3-44 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)

i-2 INDEX

Automatic Brake System Warning Light . . . 5-22 C Dimming Mirrors ...... 2-22 Brakes ...... 10-27 Calibration ...... 5-7 Automatic Transmission ...... 9-26 Antilock ...... 9-30 California Fluid ...... 10-16 Assist ...... 9-33 Fuel Requirements ...... 9-49 Manual Mode ...... 9-28 Fluid ...... 10-28 Perchlorate Materials Shift Lock Control Parking ...... 9-31 Requirements ...... 10-3 Function Check ...... 10-31 System Messages ...... 5-34 Warning ...... 10-3 Auxiliary Devices ...... 7-29, 7-35 Braking ...... 9-4 Camera, Rear Vision ...... 9-43 Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 9-17 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... iii Bulb Replacement ...... 10-47 B Capacities and Back-Up Lamps ...... 10-45 Battery ...... 10-30 Specifications ...... 12-2 Fog Lamps ...... 10-43 Jump Starting ...... 10-96 Carbon Monoxide Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-38 Load Management ...... 6-8 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-24 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-34 Voltage and Charging Liftgate ...... 2-14 Headlamps ...... 10-38 Messages ...... 5-34 Winter Driving ...... 9-9 High Intensity Discharge Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-33 Cargo (HID) Lighting ...... 10-38 Bluetooth ...... 7-50, 7-52, 7-56 Cover ...... 4-3 License Plate Lamps ...... 10-46 Brake Management System ...... 4-4 Turn Signal Lamps ...... 10-43 Pedal and Adjustable Tie-Downs ...... 4-4 Throttle ...... 9-18 Buying New Tires ...... 10-73 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)

INDEX i-3

Cargo Lamp ...... 6-7 Cigarette Lighter ...... 5-9 Cooling System ...... 10-19 Cargo Net ...... 4-9 Circuit Breakers ...... 10-48 Engine Messages ...... 5-36 Cautions, Danger, and Cleaning Courtesy Lamps ...... 6-7 Warnings ...... iv Exterior Care ...... 10-105 Courtesy Transportation CD Player ...... 7-19 Interior Care ...... 10-109 Program ...... 13-11 CD/DVD Player ...... 7-22 Climate Control Systems Cover Center Console Storage ...... 4-2 Dual Automatic ...... 8-1 Cargo ...... 4-3 Chains, Tire ...... 10-79 Rear ...... 8-5 Engine ...... 10-10 Charging System Light ...... 5-18 Clock ...... 5-7 Cruise Control ...... 9-38 Check Cluster, Instrument ...... 5-11 Light ...... 5-29 Engine Light ...... 5-19 Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 13-13 Messages ...... 5-35 Ignition Compact Spare Tire ...... 10-96 Cupholders ...... 4-1 Transmission Lock ...... 10-32 Compass ...... 5-7 Customer Assistance ...... 13-6 Child Restraints Messages ...... 5-35 Offices ...... 13-5, 13-6 Infants and Young Compressor Kit, Tire Text Telephone (TTY) Children ...... 3-48 Sealant ...... 10-81 Users ...... 13-6 Lower Anchors and Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-3 Customer Information Tethers for Children ...... 3-55 Convenience Net ...... 4-10 Service Publications Older Children ...... 3-46 Convex Mirrors ...... 2-20 Ordering Information ...... 13-16 Securing ...... 3-63, 3-66 Coolant Customer Satisfaction Systems ...... 3-51 Engine ...... 10-20 Procedure ...... 13-1, 13-3 Engine Temperature Gauge ...... 5-15 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)

i-4 INDEX

D Driving E Characteristics and Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . 13-13 E85 Fuel ...... 9-50 Towing Tips ...... 9-54 Danger, Warnings, and ECO Button ...... 9-29 Defensive ...... 9-2 Cautions ...... iv Economy Mode Drunk ...... 9-2 Data Recorders, Event ...... 13-18 Fuel ...... 9-29 Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-8 Daytime Running Electric Parking Brake Light . . . 5-22 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-8 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-3 Electrical Equipment, If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 9-11 Defensive Driving ...... 9-2 Add-On ...... 9-62 Loss of Control ...... 9-6 Devices, Auxiliary ...... 7-29, 7-35 Electrical System Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-6 Dome Lamps ...... 6-7 Engine Compartment Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-12 Door Fuse Block ...... 10-48 Wet Roads ...... 9-7 Ajar Messages ...... 5-35 Fuses and Circuit Winter ...... 9-9 Locks ...... 2-12 Breakers ...... 10-48 Driving for Better Fuel Power Locks ...... 2-12 Instrument Panel Fuse Economy ...... 1-26 Rear Seat Pass-Through . . . . .3-14 Block ...... 10-51 Dual Automatic Climate Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-4 Overload ...... 10-47 Control System ...... 8-1 Drive Systems Rear Compartment Fuse DVD All-Wheel Drive ...... 10-30, 9-30 Block ...... 10-53 Rear Seat Entertainment Driver Information System ...... 7-37 Center (DIC) ...... 5-29 DVD/CD Player ...... 7-22 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)

INDEX i-5

Engine Entry Lighting ...... 6-8 Fog Lamps Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 10-16 Equipment, Towing ...... 9-61 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-43 Check and Service Engine Event Data Recorders ...... 13-18 Front ...... 6-6 Soon Light ...... 5-19 Exit Lighting ...... 6-8 Folding Mirrors ...... 2-21 Compartment Overview ...... 10-6 Extender, Safety Belt ...... 3-29 Front Fog Lamp Coolant ...... 10-20 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 Light ...... 5-28 Coolant Temperature Front Seats Gauge ...... 5-15 F Adjustment ...... 3-4 Cooling System ...... 10-19 Features Heated ...... 3-10 Cooling System Messages . . .5-36 Memory ...... 1-8 Heated and Ventilated ...... 3-11 Cover ...... 10-10 Filter, Front Storage ...... 4-2 Drive Belt Routing ...... 12-4 Engine Air Cleaner ...... 10-16 Fuel ...... 9-47 Exhaust ...... 9-24 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Additives ...... 9-49 Gasoline Starting ...... 9-20 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 6-5 E85 (85% Ethanol) ...... 9-50 Heater ...... 9-22 Flat Tire ...... 10-79 Economy Light ...... 5-27 Overheating ...... 10-24 Changing ...... 10-89 Filling a Portable Fuel Power Messages ...... 5-37 Floor Mats ...... 10-112 Container ...... 9-53 Pressure Light ...... 5-26 Fluid Filling the Tank ...... 9-52 Running While Parked ...... 9-25 Automatic Transmission . . . . 10-16 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . .9-49 Engine Oil Brakes ...... 10-28 Gasoline Specifications ...... 9-48 Life System ...... 10-14 Power Steering ...... 10-26 Gauge ...... 5-12 Messages ...... 5-37 Washer ...... 10-26 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)

i-6 INDEX

Fuel (cont.) G General Information Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-27 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1 Garage Door Opener ...... 5-48 Recommended ...... 9-48 Towing ...... 9-54 Programming ...... 5-48 Requirements, California . . . . .9-49 Vehicle Care ...... 10-2 Gasoline System Messages ...... 5-38 Glove Box ...... 4-1 Specifications ...... 9-48 Fuel Economy GM Mobility Reimbursement Gasoline Engine, Starting ...... 9-20 Driving ...... 1-26 Program ...... 13-8 Gauge Fuel Economy Gauge ...... 5-13 Turbo ...... 5-14 Fuel Economy Mode ...... 9-29 Gauges H Fuses Engine Coolant Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-38 Engine Compartment Temperature ...... 5-15 Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 6-5 Fuse Block ...... 10-48 Fuel ...... 5-12 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Fuses and Circuit Fuel Economy ...... 5-13 Headlamps ...... 10-38 Breakers ...... 10-48 Odometer ...... 5-12 Adaptive Forward Instrument Panel Fuse Speedometer ...... 5-12 Lighting (AFL) ...... 6-3 Block ...... 10-51 Tachometer ...... 5-12 Aiming ...... 10-34 Rear Compartment Fuse Warning Lights and Bulb Replacement ...... 10-38 Block ...... 10-53 Indicators ...... 5-10 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-3 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 High Intensity Discharge (HID) Lighting ...... 10-38 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)

INDEX i-7

Headlamps (cont.) I L High-Beam On Light ...... 5-28 Ignition Positions ...... 9-18 Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 10-57 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-2 Ignition Transmission Lock Lamp Messages ...... 5-38 Lamps On Reminder ...... 5-29 Check ...... 10-32 Lamps Turn Signal Lamps ...... 10-43 Immobilizer ...... 2-19 Cargo ...... 6-7 Twilight Sentinel ...... 6-4 Infants and Young Children, Courtesy ...... 6-7 Washer ...... 5-6 Restraints ...... 3-48 Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 6-3 Heated Infotainment ...... 7-1 Dome ...... 6-7 Rear Seats ...... 3-14 Instrument Cluster ...... 5-11 Exterior Controls ...... 6-1 Heated and Ventilated Front Introduction ...... iii Front Fog ...... 6-6 Seats ...... 3-11 License Plate ...... 10-46 Heated Front Seats ...... 3-10 Malfunction Indicator ...... 5-19 Heated Mirrors ...... 2-22 J On Reminder ...... 5-29 Heater Jump Starting ...... 10-96 Reading ...... 6-7 Engine ...... 9-22 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-24 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-28 K LATCH System High-Speed Operation ...... 10-65 Key and Lock Messages ...... 5-38 Replacing Parts After a Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-8 Keyless Entry Crash ...... 3-63 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-8 Remote (RKE) System ...... 2-4 LATCH, Lower Anchors and Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 9-34 Keys ...... 2-2 Tethers for Children ...... 3-55 Hood ...... 10-5 Horn ...... 5-3 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly ...... 3-19 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)

i-8 INDEX

Liftgate Lights (cont.) M Carbon Monoxide ...... 2-14 Fuel Economy ...... 5-27 Maintenance Light High-Beam On ...... 5-28 Records ...... 11-10 Adaptive Forward Lighting High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-2 Maintenance Schedule (AFL) Light ...... 5-28 Low Fuel Warning ...... 5-27 Recommended Fluids and StabiliTrak® OFF ...... 5-24 Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-15 Lubricants ...... 11-7 Lighter, Cigarette ...... 5-9 Security ...... 5-27 Scheduled Maintenance ...... 11-2 Lighting Tire Pressure ...... 5-25 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-19 Adaptive Forward ...... 6-3 Traction Control System Manual Mode ...... 9-28 Entry ...... 6-8 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® ...... 5-25 Mass Storage Media (MEM) . . . 7-25 Exit ...... 6-8 Traction Off ...... 5-24 Memory Features ...... 1-8 Illumination Control ...... 6-7 Limited-Slip Rear Axle ...... 9-37 Messages Lights Locks Airbag System ...... 5-40 Airbag Readiness ...... 5-17 Door ...... 2-12 Anti-Theft Alarm System ...... 5-40 Antilock Brake System Power Door ...... 2-12 Battery Voltage and (ABS) Warning ...... 5-23 Safety ...... 2-13 Charging ...... 5-34 Brake System Warning ...... 5-22 Loss of Control ...... 9-6 Brake System ...... 5-34 Charging System ...... 5-18 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-27 Compass ...... 5-35 Cruise Control ...... 5-29 Lower Anchors and Door Ajar ...... 5-35 Tethers for Children Electric Parking Brake ...... 5-22 Engine Cooling System ...... 5-36 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 5-26 (LATCH System) ...... 3-55 Engine Oil ...... 5-37 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 3-7 Engine Power ...... 5-37 Front Fog Lamp ...... 5-28 Front Seats ...... 3-7 Fuel System ...... 5-38 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)

INDEX i-9

Messages (cont.) N Ordering Key and Lock ...... 5-38 Service Publications ...... 13-16 Navigation Lamp ...... 5-38 Outlets Vehicle Data Recording Object Detection System . . . . .5-39 Power ...... 5-8 and Privacy ...... 13-19 Ride Control System ...... 5-39 Overheating, Engine ...... 10-24 Net Safety Belt ...... 5-40 Overview, Infotainment Cargo ...... 4-9 Service Vehicle ...... 5-40 System ...... 7-3, 7-5 Net, Convenience ...... 4-10 Starting the Vehicle ...... 5-40 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-17 Tire ...... 5-41 P Transmission ...... 5-41 O Park Vehicle ...... 5-34 Shifting Into ...... 9-23 Object Detection System Vehicle Reminder ...... 5-42 Shifting Out of ...... 9-24 Messages ...... 5-39 Washer Fluid ...... 5-42 Parking Odometer ...... 5-12 Mirrors Assist, Ultrasonic ...... 9-40 Off-Road Automatic Dimming ...... 2-22 Brake ...... 9-31 Recovery ...... 9-6 Automatic Dimming Brake and P (Park) Oil Rearview ...... 2-23 Mechanism Check ...... 10-32 Engine ...... 10-10 Convex ...... 2-20 Over Things That Burn ...... 9-24 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-14 Folding ...... 2-21 Passenger Airbag Status Messages ...... 5-37 Heated ...... 2-22 Indicator ...... 5-17 Pressure Light ...... 5-26 Manual Rearview ...... 2-22 Passenger Compartment Air Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-46 Power ...... 2-21 Filter ...... 8-6 Tilt in Reverse ...... 2-22 Online Owner Center ...... 13-7 ® Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-39 OnStar System ...... 1-27 Monitor System, Perchlorate Materials Operation, Infotainment Tire Pressure ...... 10-65 Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3 Multi-Band Antenna ...... 7-19 System ...... 7-7 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)

i-10 INDEX

Personalization R Rear Seats ...... 3-12 Vehicle ...... 5-42 Heated ...... 3-14 Radio Frequency Phone Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 9-43 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-20 Bluetooth ...... 7-50, 7-52, 7-56 Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 5-5 Statement ...... 13-20 Power Rearview Mirror Radios Door Locks ...... 2-12 Automatic Dimming ...... 2-23 AM-FM Radio ...... 7-11 Mirrors ...... 2-21 Rearview Mirrors ...... 2-22 CD/DVD Player ...... 7-22 Outlets ...... 5-8 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-8 Reception ...... 7-18 Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-22 Recommended Satellite ...... 7-14 Seat Adjustment ...... 3-4 Fuel ...... 9-48 Reading Lamps ...... 6-7 Steering Fluid ...... 10-26 Recommended Fluids and Rear Axle Windows ...... 2-24 Lubricants ...... 11-7 Limited-Slip ...... 9-37 Pregnancy, Using Safety Records Rear Climate Control System . . . 8-5 Belts ...... 3-28 Maintenance ...... 11-10 Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Privacy Recreational Vehicle System ...... 7-48 Radio Frequency Towing ...... 10-101 Rear Seat Entertainment Identification (RFID) ...... 13-20 Reimbursement Program, System ...... 7-37 Program GM Mobility ...... 13-8 Rear Seat Audio (RSA) ...... 7-48 Courtesy Transportation . . . . .13-11 Remote Keyless Entry Rear Seat (RKE) System ...... 2-3, 2-4 Proposition 65 Warning, Pass-Through Door ...... 3-14 California ...... 10-3 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)

INDEX i-11

Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-10 Roadside Service ...... 13-8, 13-11 Safety Locks ...... 2-13 Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-47 Roof Safety System Check ...... 3-29 Replacement Parts Sunroof ...... 2-27 Satellite Radio ...... 7-14 Airbags ...... 3-45 Roof Rack System ...... 4-11 Scheduled Maintenance ...... 11-2 Maintenance ...... 11-9 Rotation, Tires ...... 10-71 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 13-11 Replacing Airbag System ...... 3-45 Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-4 Sealant Kit, Tire ...... 10-81 Replacing LATCH System Running the Vehicle While Seats Parts After a Crash ...... 3-63 Parked ...... 9-25 Adjustment, Front ...... 3-4 Replacing Safety Belt Head Restraints ...... 3-2 System Parts After a S Heated and Ventilated Crash ...... 3-30 Safety Belts ...... 3-15 Front ...... 3-11 Reporting Safety Defects Care ...... 3-29 Heated Front ...... 3-10 Canadian Government ...... 13-17 Extender ...... 3-29 Heated, Rear ...... 3-14 General Motors ...... 13-18 How to Wear Safety Belts Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-7 U.S. Government ...... 13-17 Properly ...... 3-19 Power Adjustment, Front ...... 3-4 Restraints Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-24 Rear ...... 3-12 Where to Put ...... 3-53 Messages ...... 5-40 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-8 Retained Accessory Reminders ...... 5-15 Securing Child Power (RAP) ...... 9-22 Replacing After a Crash ...... 3-30 Restraints ...... 3-63, 3-66 Reverse Tilt Mirrors ...... 2-22 Use During Pregnancy ...... 3-28 Security Ride Control Systems Safety Defects Reporting Light ...... 5-27 Limited Slip Rear Axle ...... 9-37 Canadian Government ...... 13-17 Vehicle ...... 2-18 Messages ...... 5-39 General Motors ...... 13-18 Selective Ride Control ...... 9-37 Selective ...... 9-37 U.S. Government ...... 13-17 Roads Driving, Wet ...... 9-7 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)

i-12 INDEX

Service Speedometer ...... 5-12 Storing the Tire Sealant Accessories and StabiliTrak® OFF Light ...... 5-24 and Compressor Kit ...... 10-89 Modifications ...... 10-3 StabiliTrak® System ...... 9-36 Stuck Vehicle ...... 9-11 Doing Your Own Work ...... 10-4 Start Assist, Hills ...... 9-34 Sun Visors ...... 2-26 Engine Soon Light ...... 5-19 Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 2-10 Sunroof ...... 2-27 Maintenance Records ...... 11-10 Starter Switch Check ...... 10-31 Symbols ...... iv Maintenance, General Starting the Gasoline System Information ...... 11-1 Engine ...... 9-20 Infotainment ...... 7-1 Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1 Starting the Vehicle Roof Rack ...... 4-11 Publications Ordering Messsages ...... 5-40 Information ...... 13-16 Steering ...... 9-5 T Scheduling Appointments . . . .13-11 Fluid, Power ...... 10-26 Tachometer ...... 5-12 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-40 Wheel Adjustment ...... 5-2 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-6 Servicing the Airbag ...... 3-43 Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 2-19 Shift Lock Control Function Storage Immobilizer ...... 2-19 Check, Automatic Mass Media (MEM) ...... 7-25 Thigh Support Adjustment ...... 3-7 Transmission ...... 10-31 Storage Areas Throttle, Adjustable ...... 9-18 Shifting Armrest ...... 4-2 Time ...... 5-7 Into Park ...... 9-23 Cargo Cover ...... 4-3 Tires Out of Park ...... 9-24 Cargo Management System . . . 4-4 Buying New Tires ...... 10-73 Signals, Turn and Center Console ...... 4-2 Chains ...... 10-79 Lane-Change ...... 6-6 Convenience Net ...... 4-10 Changing ...... 10-89 Spare Tire Front ...... 4-2 Compact Spare ...... 10-96 Compact ...... 10-96 Glove Box ...... 4-1 Designations ...... 10-59 Specifications and Roof Rack System ...... 4-11 Different Size ...... 10-75 Capacities ...... 12-2 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-79 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)

INDEX i-13

Tires (cont.) Towing (cont.) U Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-67 Trailer ...... 9-58 Ultrasonic Parking Assist ...... 9-40 Inspection ...... 10-71 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . .9-62 Uniform Tire Quality Messages ...... 5-41 Vehicle ...... 10-101 Grading ...... 10-76 Pressure ...... 10-65 Traction Universal Remote System . . . . . 5-48 Pressure Light ...... 5-25 Control System (TCS) ...... 9-34 Operation ...... 5-51 Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-65 Control System (TCS)/ Programming ...... 5-48 Rotation ...... 10-71 StabiliTrak® Light ...... 5-25 Using this Manual ...... iv Sealant and Limited-Slip Rear Axle ...... 9-37 Compressor Kit ...... 10-81 Off Light ...... 5-24 Sealant and Compressor Selective Ride Control ...... 9-37 V Kit, Storing ...... 10-89 Trailer Vehicle Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-57 Sway Control (TSC) ...... 9-62 Canadian Owners ...... iii Terminology and Trailer Towing ...... 9-58 Control ...... 9-3 Definitions ...... 10-60 Transmission Identification Uniform Tire Quality Automatic ...... 9-26 Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 Grading ...... 10-76 Fluid, Automatic ...... 10-16 Load Limits ...... 9-12 Wheel Alignment and Tire Messages ...... 5-41 Messages ...... 5-34 Balance ...... 10-78 Transportation Program, Personalization ...... 5-42 Wheel Replacement ...... 10-78 Courtesy ...... 13-11 Reminder Messages ...... 5-42 When It Is Time for New Turbo Gauge ...... 5-14 Remote Start ...... 2-10 Tires ...... 10-72 Turn and Lane-Change Security ...... 2-18 Towing Signals ...... 6-6 Towing ...... 10-101 Driving Characteristics ...... 9-54 Twilight Sentinel ...... 6-4 Equipment ...... 9-61 General Information ...... 9-54 Recreational Vehicle ...... 10-101 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)

i-14 INDEX

Vehicle Care Washer, Headlamps ...... 5-6 Storing the Tire Sealant Wheels and Compressor Kit ...... 10-89 Alignment and Tire Tire Pressure ...... 10-63 Balance ...... 10-78 Vehicle Identification Different Size ...... 10-75 Service Parts Identification Replacement ...... 10-78 Label ...... 12-1 When It Is Time for New Ventilation, Air ...... 8-6 Tires ...... 10-72 Visors ...... 2-26 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-53 Windows ...... 2-23 W Power ...... 2-24 Warning Windshield Brake System Light ...... 5-22 Wiper/Washer ...... 5-3 Warning Lights, Gauges, Winter and Indicators ...... 5-10 Driving ...... 9-9 Warnings ...... iv Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-33 Cautions and Danger ...... iv Wipers Hazard Flashers ...... 6-5 Rear Washer ...... 5-5 Washer Fluid ...... 10-26 Washer Fluid Messages ...... 5-42